<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:podcast="https://podcastindex.org/namespace/1.0" xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" version="2.0"><channel><title>Audiobooks in Non-Fiction, Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/podcast/download-best-full-audiobooks-in-non-fiction-current-affairs-law-politics--6575919</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/408/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/408/</a> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Are you looking for ways to relax after stressful working hours? With over 500,000+ audiobooks in categories like Comedy, Sports &amp; Entertainment, and Science Fiction, we will bring you interesting experiences. Get 3 free audiobooks right away and start exploring the world of sound. Easily listen on iPhone, iPad, Android, and many other devices; audiobooks will be the perfect companion for your modern life. Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.]]></description><atom:link href="https://www.spreaker.com/show/6575919/episodes/feed" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml"/><language>en</language><category>Education</category><copyright>Copyright Bud  Bergstrom</copyright><image><url>https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/367e32b51562f54fb7974f709139c7f5.jpg</url><title>Audiobooks in Non-Fiction, Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/podcast/download-best-full-audiobooks-in-non-fiction-current-affairs-law-politics--6575919</link></image><lastBuildDate>Sat, 29 Mar 2025 03:42:29 +0000</lastBuildDate><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:owner><itunes:name>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:name><itunes:email>feeds@spreaker.com</itunes:email></itunes:owner><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/367e32b51562f54fb7974f709139c7f5.jpg"/><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/408/ to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Are you looking for ways to relax after stressful working hours? With over 500,000+ audiobooks in categories like...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/408/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/408/</a> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Are you looking for ways to relax after stressful working hours? With over 500,000+ audiobooks in categories like Comedy, Sports &amp; Entertainment, and Science Fiction, we will bring you interesting experiences. Get 3 free audiobooks right away and start exploring the world of sound. Easily listen on iPhone, iPad, Android, and many other devices; audiobooks will be the perfect companion for your modern life. Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:category text="Education"/><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:type>episodic</itunes:type><item><title>What's Next: A Backstage Pass to The West Wing, Its Cast and Crew, and Its Enduring Legacy of Service by Melissa Fitzgerald, Mary Mccormack</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-s-next-a-backstage-pass-to-the-west-wing-its-cast-and-crew-and-its-enduring-legacy-of-service-by-melissa-fitzgerald-mary-mccormack--65205362</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666342" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666342</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What's Next: A Backstage Pass to The West Wing, Its Cast and Crew, and Its Enduring Legacy of Service Author: Melissa Fitzgerald, Mary Mccormack Narrator: Mary Mccormack, Melissa Fitzgerald Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 12 minutes Release date: August 13, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A behind-the-scenes look into the creation and legacy of The West Wing as told by cast members Melissa Fitzgerald and Mary McCormack, with compelling insights from cast and crew exploring what made the show what it was and how its impassioned commitment to service has made the series and relationships behind it endure.     Step back inside the world of President Jed Bartlet’s Oval Office with Fitzgerald and McCormack as they reunite the West Wing cast and crew in a lively and colorful “backstage pass” to the timeless series. This intimate, in-depth reflection reveals how The West Wing was conceived, and spotlights the army of people it took to produce it, the lifelong friendships it forged, and the service it inspired.      From cast member origin stories to the collective cathartic farewell on the show’s final night of filming, What’s Next will delight readers with on-set and off-camera anecdotes that even West Wing superfans have never heard. Meanwhile, a deeper analysis of the show’s legacy through American culture, service, government, and civic life underscores how the series envisaged an American politics of decency and honor, creating an aspirational White House beyond the bounds of fictional television.      What’s Next revisits beloved episodes with fresh, untold commentary; compiles poignant and hilarious stories from the show’s production; highlights initiatives supported by the cast, crew, and creators; and makes a powerful case for competent, empathetic leadership, hope, and optimism for whatever lies ahead. * This audiobook edition has been adapted for the audio format, and the content deviates slightly from the printed version. It includes a downloadable PDF that contains a list of organizations important to the cast and crew and behind the scenes photos and images from The West Wing.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666342</guid><pubDate>Tue, 13 Aug 2024 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205362/9780593786925.mp3" length="4837249" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666342 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What's Next: A Backstage Pass to The West Wing, Its Cast and Crew, and Its Enduring Legacy of Service Author: Melissa Fitzgerald, Mary Mccormack...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666342" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666342</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What's Next: A Backstage Pass to The West Wing, Its Cast and Crew, and Its Enduring Legacy of Service Author: Melissa Fitzgerald, Mary Mccormack Narrator: Mary Mccormack, Melissa Fitzgerald Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 12 minutes Release date: August 13, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A behind-the-scenes look into the creation and legacy of The West Wing as told by cast members Melissa Fitzgerald and Mary McCormack, with compelling insights from cast and crew exploring what made the show what it was and how its impassioned commitment to service has made the series and relationships behind it endure.     Step back inside the world of President Jed Bartlet’s Oval Office with Fitzgerald and McCormack as they reunite the West Wing cast and crew in a lively and colorful “backstage pass” to the timeless series. This intimate, in-depth reflection reveals how The West Wing was conceived, and spotlights the army of people it took to produce it, the lifelong friendships it forged, and the service it inspired.      From cast member origin stories to the collective cathartic farewell on the show’s final night of filming, What’s Next will delight readers with on-set and off-camera anecdotes that even West Wing superfans have never heard. Meanwhile, a deeper analysis of the show’s legacy through American culture, service, government, and civic life underscores how the series envisaged an American politics of decency and honor, creating an aspirational White House beyond the bounds of fictional television.      What’s Next revisits beloved episodes with fresh, untold commentary; compiles poignant and hilarious stories from the show’s production; highlights initiatives supported by the cast, crew, and creators; and makes a powerful case for competent, empathetic leadership, hope, and optimism for whatever lies ahead. * This audiobook edition has been adapted for the audio format, and the content deviates slightly from the printed version. It includes a downloadable PDF that contains a list of organizations important to the cast and crew and behind the scenes photos and images from The West Wing.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f214d82f23d8b87a4866dcd086771748.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Beyond Policing by Philip V. Mcharris</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/beyond-policing-by-philip-v-mcharris--65205351</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665584" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665584</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Policing Author: Philip V. Mcharris Narrator: Philip V. Mcharris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 36 minutes Release date: July 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  What would happen if policing disappeared? Would we be safe? This book imagines a world without police.  It’s evident that policing is a problem. But what is the way best forward? In Beyond Policing, distinguished scholar and writer Philip V. McHarris reimagines the world without police to find answers and reveal how we can make police departments obsolete.  Beyond Policing tackles thorny issues with evidence, including data and personal stories, to uncover the weight of policing on people and communities and the patterns that prove police reform only leads to more policing.   McHarris challenges us to envision a future where safety is not synonymous with policing but is built on the foundation of community support and preventive measures. He explores innovative community-based safety models (like community mediators and violence interrupters), the decriminalization of driving offenses, and the creation of nonpolice crisis response teams. McHarris also outlines strategies for responding to conflict and harm in ways that transform the conditions that give rise to the issues. He asks us to imagine a world where people thrive without the shadow of inequality, where our approach to safety is a collective achievement.   McHarris writes, “What if our response to crisis wasn’t about control but about care? How can we create conditions where safety is a shared responsibility? How can we design justice so that no community is routinely oppressed? Envisioning such a world isn’t just a daydream; it’s the first step toward building a society where violence and fear no longer dictate our lives.”   Transformative and forward thinking, Beyond Policing provides a blueprint for a brighter, safer world. McHarris’s vision is clear: we must dare to move beyond policing and foster a society where everyone has the resources to thrive and feel safe.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665584</guid><pubDate>Tue, 30 Jul 2024 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205351/9781668632291.mp3" length="1477567" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665584 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Policing Author: Philip V. Mcharris Narrator: Philip V. Mcharris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 36 minutes Release date: July 30,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665584" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665584</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Policing Author: Philip V. Mcharris Narrator: Philip V. Mcharris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 36 minutes Release date: July 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  What would happen if policing disappeared? Would we be safe? This book imagines a world without police.  It’s evident that policing is a problem. But what is the way best forward? In Beyond Policing, distinguished scholar and writer Philip V. McHarris reimagines the world without police to find answers and reveal how we can make police departments obsolete.  Beyond Policing tackles thorny issues with evidence, including data and personal stories, to uncover the weight of policing on people and communities and the patterns that prove police reform only leads to more policing.   McHarris challenges us to envision a future where safety is not synonymous with policing but is built on the foundation of community support and preventive measures. He explores innovative community-based safety models (like community mediators and violence interrupters), the decriminalization of driving offenses, and the creation of nonpolice crisis response teams. McHarris also outlines strategies for responding to conflict and harm in ways that transform the conditions that give rise to the issues. He asks us to imagine a world where people thrive without the shadow of inequality, where our approach to safety is a collective achievement.   McHarris writes, “What if our response to crisis wasn’t about control but about care? How can we create conditions where safety is a shared responsibility? How can we design justice so that no community is routinely oppressed? Envisioning such a world isn’t just a daydream; it’s the first step toward building a society where violence and fear no longer dictate our lives.”   Transformative and forward thinking, Beyond Policing provides a blueprint for a brighter, safer world. McHarris’s vision is clear: we must dare to move beyond policing and foster a society where everyone has the resources to thrive and feel safe.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5f2cbc2e21b0c1bd29024dea058b4de9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Invisible Doctrine: The Secret History of Neoliberalism (&amp; How It Came To Control Your Life) by Peter Hutchison, George Monbiot</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-invisible-doctrine-the-secret-history-of-neoliberalism-how-it-came-to-control-your-life-by-peter-hutchison-george-monbiot--65205374</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659646" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659646</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Invisible Doctrine: The Secret History of Neoliberalism (&amp; How It Came To Control Your Life) Author: Peter Hutchison, George Monbiot Narrator: George Monbiot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 16, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. We live under an ideology that preys on every aspect of our lives: our education and our jobs; our healthcare and our leisure; our relationships and our mental wellbeing; even the planet we inhabit – the very air we breathe. So pervasive has it become that, for most people, it has no name. It seems unavoidable, like a natural law. But trace it back to its roots, and we discover that it is neither inevitable nor immutable. It was conceived, propagated, and then concealed by the powerful few. It is time to bring it into the light - and, in doing so, to find an alternative worth fighting for. Neoliberalism. Do you know what it is? BASED ON A MAJOR MOTION FILM TO BE RELEASED IN 2024 ©2024 George Monbiot &amp; Peter Hutchison (P)2024 Penguin Audio]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659646</guid><pubDate>Thu, 16 May 2024 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205374/9781802063431.mp3" length="2437488" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659646 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Invisible Doctrine: The Secret History of Neoliberalism (&amp;amp; How It Came To Control Your Life) Author: Peter Hutchison, George Monbiot Narrator:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659646" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659646</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Invisible Doctrine: The Secret History of Neoliberalism (&amp; How It Came To Control Your Life) Author: Peter Hutchison, George Monbiot Narrator: George Monbiot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 16, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. We live under an ideology that preys on every aspect of our lives: our education and our jobs; our healthcare and our leisure; our relationships and our mental wellbeing; even the planet we inhabit – the very air we breathe. So pervasive has it become that, for most people, it has no name. It seems unavoidable, like a natural law. But trace it back to its roots, and we discover that it is neither inevitable nor immutable. It was conceived, propagated, and then concealed by the powerful few. It is time to bring it into the light - and, in doing so, to find an alternative worth fighting for. Neoliberalism. Do you know what it is? BASED ON A MAJOR MOTION FILM TO BE RELEASED IN 2024 ©2024 George Monbiot &amp; Peter Hutchison (P)2024 Penguin Audio]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/dc9830baa0dd9913d3c65206e17a8391.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Rebellion: How Antiliberalism Is Tearing America Apart Again by Robert Kagan</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/rebellion-how-antiliberalism-is-tearing-america-apart-again-by-robert-kagan--65205371</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/661429" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/661429</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rebellion: How Antiliberalism Is Tearing America Apart Again Author: Robert Kagan Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 55 minutes Release date: May  2, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. A chilling and clear-eyed warning about the threats to our democracy posed by the increasing radicalization of the Republican Party, from a leading historian and intellectual The 2024 election could be the last free election held in a unified America. So warns Robert Kagan in this brilliant and terrifying analysis of the perilous state of democracy in the United States today. If Donald Trump loses the upcoming election, as he did in 2020, but refuses to accept the result, as he also did in the last election, he is likely to call on his millions of followers to repudiate the election results. It will be a short step from there to Republican-dominated states rejecting the legitimacy of the federal government and effectively seceding. The United States at that point will cease to be united, with grave consequences for both Americans and the world. In Rebellion, Kagan dives deeper than the op-eds and think pieces to explore the historical forces that have brought us to this moment—in particular the long history of opposition to liberalism, and to government, that has shaped America’s character from the time of the Revolution to today. Trump’s unique capacity to tap into that tradition of dissent and circumvent the American system has brought us to the edge of dissolution—not for the first time in our history but possibly the last. This is an elegant and deeply informed synthesis of history, contemporary politics, and ideas that sheds light on this crucial moment. 'The transformation of the US into an autocracy has advanced. By 2024, it might be irreversible [and] will change almost everything in the world. Nobody has outlined this danger more compellingly than Robert Kagan.' - Martin Wolf, Financial Times ©2024 Robert Kagan (P) 2024 Penguin Audio]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/661429</guid><pubDate>Thu, 02 May 2024 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205371/9780753560464.mp3" length="2437234" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/661429 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rebellion: How Antiliberalism Is Tearing America Apart Again Author: Robert Kagan Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 55...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/661429" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/661429</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rebellion: How Antiliberalism Is Tearing America Apart Again Author: Robert Kagan Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 55 minutes Release date: May  2, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. A chilling and clear-eyed warning about the threats to our democracy posed by the increasing radicalization of the Republican Party, from a leading historian and intellectual The 2024 election could be the last free election held in a unified America. So warns Robert Kagan in this brilliant and terrifying analysis of the perilous state of democracy in the United States today. If Donald Trump loses the upcoming election, as he did in 2020, but refuses to accept the result, as he also did in the last election, he is likely to call on his millions of followers to repudiate the election results. It will be a short step from there to Republican-dominated states rejecting the legitimacy of the federal government and effectively seceding. The United States at that point will cease to be united, with grave consequences for both Americans and the world. In Rebellion, Kagan dives deeper than the op-eds and think pieces to explore the historical forces that have brought us to this moment—in particular the long history of opposition to liberalism, and to government, that has shaped America’s character from the time of the Revolution to today. Trump’s unique capacity to tap into that tradition of dissent and circumvent the American system has brought us to the edge of dissolution—not for the first time in our history but possibly the last. This is an elegant and deeply informed synthesis of history, contemporary politics, and ideas that sheds light on this crucial moment. 'The transformation of the US into an autocracy has advanced. By 2024, it might be irreversible [and] will change almost everything in the world. Nobody has outlined this danger more compellingly than Robert Kagan.' - Martin Wolf, Financial Times ©2024 Robert Kagan (P) 2024 Penguin Audio]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d7ad14009f01ab68e433907e15bdf5b2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Adventures in Democracy: The Turbulent World of People Power by Erica Benner</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/adventures-in-democracy-the-turbulent-world-of-people-power-by-erica-benner--65205343</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667426" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667426</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Adventures in Democracy: The Turbulent World of People Power Author: Erica Benner Narrator: Louise Brealey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: February  8, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. In a hyper-competitive world obsessed with rankings, super-wealth and greatness, how can we live up to democratic ideals of equality? Erica Benner has spent a lifetime thinking about these questions from different angles in different countries - from post-war Japan, where democracy was imposed on a defeated country, to post-communist Poland, with sudden gaps of wealth and security, and the US and South Africa with their legacies of slavery and racism. Adventures in Democracy draws on her experiences and the deep history of democracies - in ancient Rome and Athens, the American and French revolutions and Renaissance Florence - to offer an unflinching portrait of modern democracy. To salvage democratic institutions and ideals, Benner argues, we need to pay more attention to inequalities and struggles for power among citizens. Probing myths of heroic triumph over tyranny and inexorable progress towards equality, she reveals the vulnerabilities of people power, inviting us to consider why democracy is worth fighting for and the role each citizen must play. ©2024 Erica Benner (P)2024 Penguin Audio]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667426</guid><pubDate>Thu, 08 Feb 2024 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205343/9781802063448.mp3" length="2437440" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667426 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Adventures in Democracy: The Turbulent World of People Power Author: Erica Benner Narrator: Louise Brealey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667426" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667426</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Adventures in Democracy: The Turbulent World of People Power Author: Erica Benner Narrator: Louise Brealey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: February  8, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. In a hyper-competitive world obsessed with rankings, super-wealth and greatness, how can we live up to democratic ideals of equality? Erica Benner has spent a lifetime thinking about these questions from different angles in different countries - from post-war Japan, where democracy was imposed on a defeated country, to post-communist Poland, with sudden gaps of wealth and security, and the US and South Africa with their legacies of slavery and racism. Adventures in Democracy draws on her experiences and the deep history of democracies - in ancient Rome and Athens, the American and French revolutions and Renaissance Florence - to offer an unflinching portrait of modern democracy. To salvage democratic institutions and ideals, Benner argues, we need to pay more attention to inequalities and struggles for power among citizens. Probing myths of heroic triumph over tyranny and inexorable progress towards equality, she reveals the vulnerabilities of people power, inviting us to consider why democracy is worth fighting for and the role each citizen must play. ©2024 Erica Benner (P)2024 Penguin Audio]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/49e0f0999abdcc32c22ffc1d2d712eb3.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Thoughts From the Ice-Drinker's Studio: Essays on China and the World by Liang Qichao</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/thoughts-from-the-ice-drinker-s-studio-essays-on-china-and-the-world-by-liang-qichao--65205413</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659645" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659645</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thoughts From the Ice-Drinker's Studio: Essays on China and the World Author: Liang Qichao Narrator: Daniel York Loh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: October 26, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. 'A country does not become corrupt and weak overnight. Rather, we are now reaping the evil harvest of what previous generations sowed.' The power, anger and fluency of Liang Qichao's writings make him one of the towering figures in modern Chinese literature. He saw his great, almost unmanageable task as an attempt to write China into the new era - to provide an ancient country, devastated by civil war and foreign predators, with the intellectual equipment to renew itself. Liang said that he wrote from an 'ice-drinker's studio', implying that underneath his dispassionate, disabused and rational tone lay an ardour and passion which only ice could cool. China could only recover through a clear-sighted, informed understanding of its enemies - and by engaging in a thorough-going self-critique. Liang did not propose aping the West but taking only what China needed to 'renew the people' and create 'new citizens'. Then China would be able to expel its invaders, reform its society and become a great power once more. This selection of pieces shows Liang's extraordinary range and the burning sense of mission which drove him on, attempting to galvanize and refresh an entire nation. Blending together Confucianism, Buddhism and the Western Enlightenment, Liang's ideas about nation, democracy, and morality had a profound impact on Chinese visions of the political order, though the China that eventually emerged from the further disasters of the 1930s and 1940s would be a very different one. ©2023 LLiang Qichao (P)2023 Penguin Audio]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659645</guid><pubDate>Thu, 26 Oct 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205413/9781802063585.mp3" length="2437446" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659645 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thoughts From the Ice-Drinker's Studio: Essays on China and the World Author: Liang Qichao Narrator: Daniel York Loh Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659645" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659645</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thoughts From the Ice-Drinker's Studio: Essays on China and the World Author: Liang Qichao Narrator: Daniel York Loh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: October 26, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. 'A country does not become corrupt and weak overnight. Rather, we are now reaping the evil harvest of what previous generations sowed.' The power, anger and fluency of Liang Qichao's writings make him one of the towering figures in modern Chinese literature. He saw his great, almost unmanageable task as an attempt to write China into the new era - to provide an ancient country, devastated by civil war and foreign predators, with the intellectual equipment to renew itself. Liang said that he wrote from an 'ice-drinker's studio', implying that underneath his dispassionate, disabused and rational tone lay an ardour and passion which only ice could cool. China could only recover through a clear-sighted, informed understanding of its enemies - and by engaging in a thorough-going self-critique. Liang did not propose aping the West but taking only what China needed to 'renew the people' and create 'new citizens'. Then China would be able to expel its invaders, reform its society and become a great power once more. This selection of pieces shows Liang's extraordinary range and the burning sense of mission which drove him on, attempting to galvanize and refresh an entire nation. Blending together Confucianism, Buddhism and the Western Enlightenment, Liang's ideas about nation, democracy, and morality had a profound impact on Chinese visions of the political order, though the China that eventually emerged from the further disasters of the 1930s and 1940s would be a very different one. ©2023 LLiang Qichao (P)2023 Penguin Audio]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2555a9f88df11d3739d5a29b26483d2c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Humanizing Immigration: How to Transform Our Racist and Unjust System by Bill Ong Hing</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/humanizing-immigration-how-to-transform-our-racist-and-unjust-system-by-bill-ong-hing--65205443</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659209" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659209</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Humanizing Immigration: How to Transform Our Racist and Unjust System Author: Bill Ong Hing Narrator: Rob Brinkmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 24, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “Incisive and compelling, reflecting the painful wisdom and knowledge that Bill Ong Hing has accrued over the course of fifty years . . . ”—Michelle Alexander, author of The New Jim Crow First book to argue that immigrant and refugee rights are part of the fight for racial justice; offers a humanitarian approach to reform and abolition Representing non-citizens caught up in what he calls the immigration and enforcement “meat grinder”, Bill Ong Hing witnessed their trauma, arriving at this conclusion: migrants should have the right to free movement across borders—and the right to live free of harassment over immigration status. He cites examples of racial injustices endemic in immigration law and enforcement, from historic courtroom cases to the recent treatment of Haitian migrants. Hing includes histories of Mexican immigration, African migration and the Asian exclusion era, all of which reveal ICE abuse and a history of often forgotten racist immigration laws. While ultimately arguing for the abolishment of ICE, Hing advocates for change now. With 50 years of law practice and litigation, Hing has represented non-citizens—from gang members to asylum seekers fleeing violence, and from individuals in ICE detention to families at the US southern border seeking refuge. Hing maps out major reforms to the immigration system, making an urgent call for the adoption of a radical, racial justice lens. Readers will understand the root causes of migration and our country’s culpability in contributing to those causes.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659209</guid><pubDate>Tue, 24 Oct 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205443/9780807014608.mp3" length="4837175" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659209 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Humanizing Immigration: How to Transform Our Racist and Unjust System Author: Bill Ong Hing Narrator: Rob Brinkmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659209" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659209</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Humanizing Immigration: How to Transform Our Racist and Unjust System Author: Bill Ong Hing Narrator: Rob Brinkmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 24, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “Incisive and compelling, reflecting the painful wisdom and knowledge that Bill Ong Hing has accrued over the course of fifty years . . . ”—Michelle Alexander, author of The New Jim Crow First book to argue that immigrant and refugee rights are part of the fight for racial justice; offers a humanitarian approach to reform and abolition Representing non-citizens caught up in what he calls the immigration and enforcement “meat grinder”, Bill Ong Hing witnessed their trauma, arriving at this conclusion: migrants should have the right to free movement across borders—and the right to live free of harassment over immigration status. He cites examples of racial injustices endemic in immigration law and enforcement, from historic courtroom cases to the recent treatment of Haitian migrants. Hing includes histories of Mexican immigration, African migration and the Asian exclusion era, all of which reveal ICE abuse and a history of often forgotten racist immigration laws. While ultimately arguing for the abolishment of ICE, Hing advocates for change now. With 50 years of law practice and litigation, Hing has represented non-citizens—from gang members to asylum seekers fleeing violence, and from individuals in ICE detention to families at the US southern border seeking refuge. Hing maps out major reforms to the immigration system, making an urgent call for the adoption of a radical, racial justice lens. Readers will understand the root causes of migration and our country’s culpability in contributing to those causes.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/45b1a49fa017a4b8cb38e886b816cd8b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>How Infrastructure Works: Inside the Systems That Shape Our World by Deb Chachra</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-infrastructure-works-inside-the-systems-that-shape-our-world-by-deb-chachra--65205385</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666331" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666331</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Infrastructure Works: Inside the Systems That Shape Our World Author: Deb Chachra Narrator: Kathe Mazur Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  NAMED A BEST BOOK OF 2023 BY PUBLISHERS WEEKLY 'Revelatory, superbly written, and pulsing with wisdom and humanity, How Infrastructure Works is a masterpiece.” —Ed Yong, author of An Immense World A new way of seeing the essential systems hidden inside our walls, under our streets, and all around us  Infrastructure is a marvel, meeting our basic needs and enabling lives of astounding ease and productivity that would have been unimaginable just a century ago. It is the physical manifestation of our social contract—of our ability to work collectively for the public good—and it consists of the most complex and vast technological systems ever created by humans.  A soaring bridge is an obvious infrastructural feat, but so are the mostly hidden reservoirs, transformers, sewers, cables, and pipes that deliver water, energy, and information to wherever we need it. When these systems work well, they hide in plain sight. Engineer and materials scientist Deb Chachra takes readers on a fascinating tour of these essential utilities, revealing how they work, what it takes to keep them running, just how much we rely on them—but also whom they work well for, and who pays the costs.  Across the U.S. and elsewhere, these systems are suffering from systemic neglect and the effects of climate change, becoming unavoidably visible when they break down. Communities that are already marginalized often bear the brunt of these failures. But Chachra maps out a path for transforming and rebuilding our shared infrastructure to be not just functional but also equitable, resilient, and sustainable. The cost of not being able to rely on these systems is unthinkably high. We need to learn how to see them—and fix them, together—before it’s too late.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666331</guid><pubDate>Tue, 17 Oct 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205385/9780593789025.mp3" length="4837174" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666331 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Infrastructure Works: Inside the Systems That Shape Our World Author: Deb Chachra Narrator: Kathe Mazur Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666331" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666331</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Infrastructure Works: Inside the Systems That Shape Our World Author: Deb Chachra Narrator: Kathe Mazur Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  NAMED A BEST BOOK OF 2023 BY PUBLISHERS WEEKLY 'Revelatory, superbly written, and pulsing with wisdom and humanity, How Infrastructure Works is a masterpiece.” —Ed Yong, author of An Immense World A new way of seeing the essential systems hidden inside our walls, under our streets, and all around us  Infrastructure is a marvel, meeting our basic needs and enabling lives of astounding ease and productivity that would have been unimaginable just a century ago. It is the physical manifestation of our social contract—of our ability to work collectively for the public good—and it consists of the most complex and vast technological systems ever created by humans.  A soaring bridge is an obvious infrastructural feat, but so are the mostly hidden reservoirs, transformers, sewers, cables, and pipes that deliver water, energy, and information to wherever we need it. When these systems work well, they hide in plain sight. Engineer and materials scientist Deb Chachra takes readers on a fascinating tour of these essential utilities, revealing how they work, what it takes to keep them running, just how much we rely on them—but also whom they work well for, and who pays the costs.  Across the U.S. and elsewhere, these systems are suffering from systemic neglect and the effects of climate change, becoming unavoidably visible when they break down. Communities that are already marginalized often bear the brunt of these failures. But Chachra maps out a path for transforming and rebuilding our shared infrastructure to be not just functional but also equitable, resilient, and sustainable. The cost of not being able to rely on these systems is unthinkably high. We need to learn how to see them—and fix them, together—before it’s too late.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2a0fbd9bd3db55a04746407265937150.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>An Inconvenient Cop: My Fight to Change Policing in America by Edwin Raymond, Jon Sternfeld</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/an-inconvenient-cop-my-fight-to-change-policing-in-america-by-edwin-raymond-jon-sternfeld--65205375</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666311" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666311</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Inconvenient Cop: My Fight to Change Policing in America Author: Edwin Raymond, Jon Sternfeld Narrator: Edwin Raymond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  FINALIST FOR THE DAYTON LITERARY PEACE PRIZE A WASHINGTON POST BEST NONFICTION BOOK OF 2023 A PUBLISHERS WEEKLY BEST BOOK OF 2023 “With illuminating, vivid, and meticulous prose, Edwin Raymond delivers an extraordinary exposé on policing in America . . . An essential, exceptional work.”   —Toluse Olorunnipa, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of His Name Is George Floyd From the highest-ranking whistleblower in NYPD history, a gripping insider look at the complexities of modern policing and the urgent need for reform Over his decade and a half with the New York Police Department, Edwin Raymond consistently exposed the dark underbelly of modern policing, becoming the highest-ranking whistleblower in the history of the force and one of the country’s leading voices against police injustice. Offering a rare, often shocking view of American policing, An Inconvenient Cop pulls back the curtain on the many flaws woven into the NYPD’s training, data, and practices, which have since been repackaged and repurposed by police departments across the country. Gravitating toward law enforcement in the hope of being a positive influence in his community, Raymond quickly learned that the problem with policing is a lot deeper than merely “a few bad apples”—the entire mechanism is set up to ensure that racial profiling is rewarded, and there are weighty consequences for cops who don’t play along. Struggling with the moral dilemma of policing impartially while witnessing his fellow officers go with the flow, Raymond’s journey takes him to the precipice of personal and professional ruin. Yet, through it all, he remains steadfast in his commitment to justice and his belief in the potential for change. At once revelatory and galvanizing, An Inconvenient Cop courageously bears witness to and exposes institutional violence. It presents a vision of radical hope and makes the case for a world in which the police’s responsibility is not to arrest numbers but to the people.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666311</guid><pubDate>Tue, 17 Oct 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205375/9780593789827.mp3" length="4837180" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666311 to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Inconvenient Cop: My Fight to Change Policing in America Author: Edwin Raymond, Jon Sternfeld Narrator: Edwin Raymond Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666311" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666311</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Inconvenient Cop: My Fight to Change Policing in America Author: Edwin Raymond, Jon Sternfeld Narrator: Edwin Raymond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  FINALIST FOR THE DAYTON LITERARY PEACE PRIZE A WASHINGTON POST BEST NONFICTION BOOK OF 2023 A PUBLISHERS WEEKLY BEST BOOK OF 2023 “With illuminating, vivid, and meticulous prose, Edwin Raymond delivers an extraordinary exposé on policing in America . . . An essential, exceptional work.”   —Toluse Olorunnipa, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of His Name Is George Floyd From the highest-ranking whistleblower in NYPD history, a gripping insider look at the complexities of modern policing and the urgent need for reform Over his decade and a half with the New York Police Department, Edwin Raymond consistently exposed the dark underbelly of modern policing, becoming the highest-ranking whistleblower in the history of the force and one of the country’s leading voices against police injustice. Offering a rare, often shocking view of American policing, An Inconvenient Cop pulls back the curtain on the many flaws woven into the NYPD’s training, data, and practices, which have since been repackaged and repurposed by police departments across the country. Gravitating toward law enforcement in the hope of being a positive influence in his community, Raymond quickly learned that the problem with policing is a lot deeper than merely “a few bad apples”—the entire mechanism is set up to ensure that racial profiling is rewarded, and there are weighty consequences for cops who don’t play along. Struggling with the moral dilemma of policing impartially while witnessing his fellow officers go with the flow, Raymond’s journey takes him to the precipice of personal and professional ruin. Yet, through it all, he remains steadfast in his commitment to justice and his belief in the potential for change. At once revelatory and galvanizing, An Inconvenient Cop courageously bears witness to and exposes institutional violence. It presents a vision of radical hope and makes the case for a world in which the police’s responsibility is not to arrest numbers but to the people.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f8dc837a57bb2d36add02bacc0c47f97.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Lumumba Plot: The Secret History of the CIA and a Cold War Assassination by Stuart A. Reid</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-lumumba-plot-the-secret-history-of-the-cia-and-a-cold-war-assassination-by-stuart-a-reid--65205345</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666375" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666375</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lumumba Plot: The Secret History of the CIA and a Cold War Assassination Author: Stuart A. Reid Narrator: Michael Boatman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The New York Times Book Review Editors' Choice • A spellbinding work of history that reads like a Cold War spy thriller—about the U.S.-sanctioned plot to assassinate the democratically elected leader of the newly independent Congo A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR: The New Yorker, The Economist, Financial Times “This is one of the best books I have read in years . . . gripping, full of colorful characters, and strange plot twists.” —Fareed Zakaria, CNN host It was supposed to be a moment of great optimism, a cause for jubilation. The Congo was at last being set free from Belgium—one of seventeen countries to gain independence in 1960 from ruling European powers. At the helm as prime minister was charismatic nationalist  Patrice Lumumba. Just days after the handover, however, the Congo’s new army mutinied, Belgian forces intervened, and Lumumba turned to the United Nations for help in saving his newborn nation from what the press was already calling “the Congo crisis.” Dag Hammarskjöld, the tidy Swede serving as UN secretary-general, quickly arranged the organization’s biggest peacekeeping mission in history. But chaos was still spreading. Frustrated with the fecklessness of the UN and spurned by the United States, Lumumba then approached the Soviets for help—an appeal that set off alarm bells at the CIA. To forestall the spread of Communism in Africa, the CIA sent word to its station chief in the Congo, Larry Devlin: Lumumba had to go. Within a year, everything would unravel. The CIA plot to murder Lumumba would ﬁzzle out, but he would be deposed in a CIA-backed coup, transferred to enemy territory in a CIA-approved operation, and shot dead by Congolese assassins. Hammarskjöld, too, would die, in a mysterious plane crash en route to negotiate a cease-ﬁre with the Congo’s rebellious southeast. And a young, ambitious military officer named Joseph Mobutu, who had once sworn fealty to Lumumba, would seize power with U.S. help and misrule the country for more than three decades. For the Congolese people, the events of 1960–61 represented the opening chapter of a long horror story. For the U.S. government, however, they provided a playbook for future interventions.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666375</guid><pubDate>Tue, 17 Oct 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205345/9780593788202.mp3" length="4837175" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666375 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lumumba Plot: The Secret History of the CIA and a Cold War Assassination Author: Stuart A. Reid Narrator: Michael Boatman Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666375" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666375</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lumumba Plot: The Secret History of the CIA and a Cold War Assassination Author: Stuart A. Reid Narrator: Michael Boatman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The New York Times Book Review Editors' Choice • A spellbinding work of history that reads like a Cold War spy thriller—about the U.S.-sanctioned plot to assassinate the democratically elected leader of the newly independent Congo A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR: The New Yorker, The Economist, Financial Times “This is one of the best books I have read in years . . . gripping, full of colorful characters, and strange plot twists.” —Fareed Zakaria, CNN host It was supposed to be a moment of great optimism, a cause for jubilation. The Congo was at last being set free from Belgium—one of seventeen countries to gain independence in 1960 from ruling European powers. At the helm as prime minister was charismatic nationalist  Patrice Lumumba. Just days after the handover, however, the Congo’s new army mutinied, Belgian forces intervened, and Lumumba turned to the United Nations for help in saving his newborn nation from what the press was already calling “the Congo crisis.” Dag Hammarskjöld, the tidy Swede serving as UN secretary-general, quickly arranged the organization’s biggest peacekeeping mission in history. But chaos was still spreading. Frustrated with the fecklessness of the UN and spurned by the United States, Lumumba then approached the Soviets for help—an appeal that set off alarm bells at the CIA. To forestall the spread of Communism in Africa, the CIA sent word to its station chief in the Congo, Larry Devlin: Lumumba had to go. Within a year, everything would unravel. The CIA plot to murder Lumumba would ﬁzzle out, but he would be deposed in a CIA-backed coup, transferred to enemy territory in a CIA-approved operation, and shot dead by Congolese assassins. Hammarskjöld, too, would die, in a mysterious plane crash en route to negotiate a cease-ﬁre with the Congo’s rebellious southeast. And a young, ambitious military officer named Joseph Mobutu, who had once sworn fealty to Lumumba, would seize power with U.S. help and misrule the country for more than three decades. For the Congolese people, the events of 1960–61 represented the opening chapter of a long horror story. For the U.S. government, however, they provided a playbook for future interventions.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/24baac104d9f0e64ada00c1b74ba5669.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Sedition Hunters: How January 6th Broke the Justice System by Ryan J. Reilly</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/sedition-hunters-how-january-6th-broke-the-justice-system-by-ryan-j-reilly--65205326</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665591" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665591</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sedition Hunters: How January 6th Broke the Justice System Author: Ryan J. Reilly Narrator: Ryan J. Reilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 32 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The January 6th attack is an unprecedented crime in American history. Sprawling and openly political, it can't be handled by the traditional rules and norms of law enforcement--threatening the very idea of justice and its role in society.  The attack on the Capitol building following the 2020 election was an extraordinarily large and brazen crime. Conspiracies were formed on social media in full public view, the law-breakers paraded on national television with undisguised faces, and with outgoing President Donald Trump openly cheering them on. The basic concept of law enforcement--investigators find criminals and serve justice--quickly breaks down in the face of such an event. The system has been strained by the sheer volume of criminals and the widespread perception that what they did wasn't wrong.   A mass of online tipsters--"sedition hunters"--have mobilized, simultaneously providing the FBI with valuable intelligence and creating an ethical dilemma. Who gets to serve justice? How can law enforcement still function as a pillar of civil society? As the foundations of our government are questioned, the FBI and Department of Justice are the first responders to a crisis of democracy and law that threatens to spread, and fast.  In this work of extraordinary reportage, Ryan Reilly gets to know would-be revolutionaries, obsessive online sleuths, and FBI agents, and shines a light on a justice system that's straining to maintain order in our polarized country. From the moment the police barriers were breached on January 6th, 2021, Americans knew something had profoundly changed. Sedition Hunters is the fascinating, high-stakes story of what happens next.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665591</guid><pubDate>Tue, 17 Oct 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205326/9781668632741.mp3" length="1477691" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665591 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sedition Hunters: How January 6th Broke the Justice System Author: Ryan J. Reilly Narrator: Ryan J. Reilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665591" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665591</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sedition Hunters: How January 6th Broke the Justice System Author: Ryan J. Reilly Narrator: Ryan J. Reilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 32 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The January 6th attack is an unprecedented crime in American history. Sprawling and openly political, it can't be handled by the traditional rules and norms of law enforcement--threatening the very idea of justice and its role in society.  The attack on the Capitol building following the 2020 election was an extraordinarily large and brazen crime. Conspiracies were formed on social media in full public view, the law-breakers paraded on national television with undisguised faces, and with outgoing President Donald Trump openly cheering them on. The basic concept of law enforcement--investigators find criminals and serve justice--quickly breaks down in the face of such an event. The system has been strained by the sheer volume of criminals and the widespread perception that what they did wasn't wrong.   A mass of online tipsters--"sedition hunters"--have mobilized, simultaneously providing the FBI with valuable intelligence and creating an ethical dilemma. Who gets to serve justice? How can law enforcement still function as a pillar of civil society? As the foundations of our government are questioned, the FBI and Department of Justice are the first responders to a crisis of democracy and law that threatens to spread, and fast.  In this work of extraordinary reportage, Ryan Reilly gets to know would-be revolutionaries, obsessive online sleuths, and FBI agents, and shines a light on a justice system that's straining to maintain order in our polarized country. From the moment the police barriers were breached on January 6th, 2021, Americans knew something had profoundly changed. Sedition Hunters is the fascinating, high-stakes story of what happens next.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0db2512900115cd6a351e4a6fdaed909.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Planes, Trains and Toilet Doors: 50 Places That Changed British Politics by Matt Chorley</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/planes-trains-and-toilet-doors-50-places-that-changed-british-politics-by-matt-chorley--65205386</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659565" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659565</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Planes, Trains and Toilet Doors: 50 Places That Changed British Politics Author: Matt Chorley Narrator: Matt Chorley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 49 minutes Release date: October 12, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  ‘’F *** ing brilliant. I would describe it as like a bag of political nuts – moreish and fabulously salty’ JOE LYCETT                         A TIMES BOOK OF THE YEAR                                   Planes, Trains and Toilet Doors is an entertaining and original romp through the highs and lows of British political history and the unlikely locations that have decided our national fate.                      Forget Westminster bust-ups and PMQs, some of the key events that have shaped modern British politics happened not in the cloisters of parliament or Downing Street’s many corridors of power, but in car parks, village halls and seaside resorts where the mundane have played host to the mighty. From Pitt the Younger’s Putney Heath duel to finding Margaret Thatcher a voice coach on a train, Harold Wilson’s ‘Scilly’ season holidays to John Major’s dental appointment clearing his path to No10 – these (and many more) are the places where chance meetings, untimely deaths and snap, sometimes daft, decisions changed the course of politics.           Matt Chorley has spent almost two decades covering Westminster, interviewing prime ministers, mocking ministers and chronicling the serious, and sometimes unintentionally absurd, events which act as unlikely turning points in the direction of a nation. Illustrated by award-winning political cartoonist Morten Morland, Planes, Trains and Toilet Doors combines Matt’s insider-knowledge, smart analysis and detailed research with his background in comedy to create an hilarious history of how politics actually happens.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659565</guid><pubDate>Thu, 12 Oct 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205386/9780008622084.mp3" length="2437251" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659565 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Planes, Trains and Toilet Doors: 50 Places That Changed British Politics Author: Matt Chorley Narrator: Matt Chorley Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659565" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659565</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Planes, Trains and Toilet Doors: 50 Places That Changed British Politics Author: Matt Chorley Narrator: Matt Chorley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 49 minutes Release date: October 12, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  ‘’F *** ing brilliant. I would describe it as like a bag of political nuts – moreish and fabulously salty’ JOE LYCETT                         A TIMES BOOK OF THE YEAR                                   Planes, Trains and Toilet Doors is an entertaining and original romp through the highs and lows of British political history and the unlikely locations that have decided our national fate.                      Forget Westminster bust-ups and PMQs, some of the key events that have shaped modern British politics happened not in the cloisters of parliament or Downing Street’s many corridors of power, but in car parks, village halls and seaside resorts where the mundane have played host to the mighty. From Pitt the Younger’s Putney Heath duel to finding Margaret Thatcher a voice coach on a train, Harold Wilson’s ‘Scilly’ season holidays to John Major’s dental appointment clearing his path to No10 – these (and many more) are the places where chance meetings, untimely deaths and snap, sometimes daft, decisions changed the course of politics.           Matt Chorley has spent almost two decades covering Westminster, interviewing prime ministers, mocking ministers and chronicling the serious, and sometimes unintentionally absurd, events which act as unlikely turning points in the direction of a nation. Illustrated by award-winning political cartoonist Morten Morland, Planes, Trains and Toilet Doors combines Matt’s insider-knowledge, smart analysis and detailed research with his background in comedy to create an hilarious history of how politics actually happens.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/03dbab3ec1787e8c37b64e8047854615.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>First, Best: Lessons in Leadership and Legacy from Today's Civil Rights Movement by Fagan Harris, Steven L. Reed</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/first-best-lessons-in-leadership-and-legacy-from-today-s-civil-rights-movement-by-fagan-harris-steven-l-reed--65205353</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666318" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666318</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: First, Best: Lessons in Leadership and Legacy from Today's Civil Rights Movement Author: Fagan Harris, Steven L. Reed Narrator: Steven L. Reed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 10, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The first Black mayor of Montgomery, Alabama, shares his story of making his way in a world that wasn’t built for him, drawing on his rich heritage as the son of a civil rights leader. As a proud son of a civil rights leader, Steven L. Reed grew up hearing stories about how his father integrated Montgomery lunch counters and took advice directly from Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. and Reverend Ralph Abernathy. However, it wasn’t until Reed was in the fourth grade and received a death threat against his father that he began to understand more fully the importance of the lessons his father was trying to impart. At this pivotal moment, his father explained, “My job is to prepare you to be a cross-bearer and not just a crown-wearer. Bigotry has no place in our household. It will only hold you down and make you small.”     First, Best is an essential antidote to the perpetual dehumanization and distortions of Black men in our culture and media. By sharing the story of forging his own path, Reed offers an alternative narrative to Black men coming of age, catalyzing their hope and sense of possibility. Although Reed took a circuitous path to the office of mayor that began by forging his identity at Morehouse College, pursuing entrepreneurship and exploring the wider world, and serving as a probate judge, each step was guided by the values of his father’s generation. First, Best is not just about assuming the mantle of manhood or leadership, nor is it only about the expectation of greatness. Fundamentally, it’s about responsibility and preparation, serving others, and being willing to pay the price of leadership by carrying the weight of each decision. First, Best affirms the next generation of Black men and women by showing, through story and example, their power and potential in a world that doesn’t always root for them. Permission to reproduce 50th Anniversary of the Selma to Montgomery Voting Rights March (2015) mural provided by the artist Sunny Paulk and the City of Montgomery’s Public Art Commission.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666318</guid><pubDate>Tue, 10 Oct 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205353/9780593674918.mp3" length="4837234" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666318 to listen full audiobooks. Title: First, Best: Lessons in Leadership and Legacy from Today's Civil Rights Movement Author: Fagan Harris, Steven L. Reed Narrator: Steven L. Reed Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666318" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666318</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: First, Best: Lessons in Leadership and Legacy from Today's Civil Rights Movement Author: Fagan Harris, Steven L. Reed Narrator: Steven L. Reed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 10, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The first Black mayor of Montgomery, Alabama, shares his story of making his way in a world that wasn’t built for him, drawing on his rich heritage as the son of a civil rights leader. As a proud son of a civil rights leader, Steven L. Reed grew up hearing stories about how his father integrated Montgomery lunch counters and took advice directly from Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. and Reverend Ralph Abernathy. However, it wasn’t until Reed was in the fourth grade and received a death threat against his father that he began to understand more fully the importance of the lessons his father was trying to impart. At this pivotal moment, his father explained, “My job is to prepare you to be a cross-bearer and not just a crown-wearer. Bigotry has no place in our household. It will only hold you down and make you small.”     First, Best is an essential antidote to the perpetual dehumanization and distortions of Black men in our culture and media. By sharing the story of forging his own path, Reed offers an alternative narrative to Black men coming of age, catalyzing their hope and sense of possibility. Although Reed took a circuitous path to the office of mayor that began by forging his identity at Morehouse College, pursuing entrepreneurship and exploring the wider world, and serving as a probate judge, each step was guided by the values of his father’s generation. First, Best is not just about assuming the mantle of manhood or leadership, nor is it only about the expectation of greatness. Fundamentally, it’s about responsibility and preparation, serving others, and being willing to pay the price of leadership by carrying the weight of each decision. First, Best affirms the next generation of Black men and women by showing, through story and example, their power and potential in a world that doesn’t always root for them. Permission to reproduce 50th Anniversary of the Selma to Montgomery Voting Rights March (2015) mural provided by the artist Sunny Paulk and the City of Montgomery’s Public Art Commission.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/42dea5e26291d9cbb84bb80391023079.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>American Man: Speaking the Truth about the War on Masculinity by Lawrence Jones</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/american-man-speaking-the-truth-about-the-war-on-masculinity-by-lawrence-jones--65205332</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665574" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665574</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Man: Speaking the Truth about the War on Masculinity Author: Lawrence Jones Narrator: Lincoln Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 1 minute Release date: October 10, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Fox News star Lawrence Jones delivers the common sense book America needs more than ever in this definitive takedown of the left’s never-ending attacks on masculinity.  A generation ago it was understood that men and women were unique, yet interdependent, and designed by God to be that way. Today, the woke crowd wants you to believe masculinity is “toxic.” In his first book, Lawrence embarks on a thorough examination of who is doing the attacking and why. Informed by his travels across the country for Fox News, Lawrence explains how confused progressives are about manhood—and how powerful the need is to set the record straight. Men, he argues, are indispensable to thriving families and prosperous societies, and the sooner men start acting like men, the better off we all will be.    Packed with stories from his own life and work, Lawrence makes a persuasive case for the virtues of manliness—courage, resilience, godliness, and self-reliance among others. Lawrence challenges his fellow men to live up to their responsibilities as men and to fill the cultural void woke ideologues have been happy to exploit. In confronting the chaos of contemporary culture, Lawrence is forced to reexamine his own beliefs as he spurs an honest discussion about what it means to be a man in America. The book also includes candid, never-before-shared interviews conducted by Lawrence of his Fox News colleagues, like Sean Hannity, Mark Levin, Pete Hegseth, Will Cain, as well as other prominent voices like NFL great Ben Watson and actor Dean Cain.   This insightful and uncompromising book from one of the country’s fastest rising stars will enlighten and inspire readers—as it proves once and for all the crucial role men can and must play in American life today.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665574</guid><pubDate>Tue, 10 Oct 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205332/9781668633168.mp3" length="1477717" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665574 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Man: Speaking the Truth about the War on Masculinity Author: Lawrence Jones Narrator: Lincoln Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665574" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665574</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Man: Speaking the Truth about the War on Masculinity Author: Lawrence Jones Narrator: Lincoln Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 1 minute Release date: October 10, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Fox News star Lawrence Jones delivers the common sense book America needs more than ever in this definitive takedown of the left’s never-ending attacks on masculinity.  A generation ago it was understood that men and women were unique, yet interdependent, and designed by God to be that way. Today, the woke crowd wants you to believe masculinity is “toxic.” In his first book, Lawrence embarks on a thorough examination of who is doing the attacking and why. Informed by his travels across the country for Fox News, Lawrence explains how confused progressives are about manhood—and how powerful the need is to set the record straight. Men, he argues, are indispensable to thriving families and prosperous societies, and the sooner men start acting like men, the better off we all will be.    Packed with stories from his own life and work, Lawrence makes a persuasive case for the virtues of manliness—courage, resilience, godliness, and self-reliance among others. Lawrence challenges his fellow men to live up to their responsibilities as men and to fill the cultural void woke ideologues have been happy to exploit. In confronting the chaos of contemporary culture, Lawrence is forced to reexamine his own beliefs as he spurs an honest discussion about what it means to be a man in America. The book also includes candid, never-before-shared interviews conducted by Lawrence of his Fox News colleagues, like Sean Hannity, Mark Levin, Pete Hegseth, Will Cain, as well as other prominent voices like NFL great Ben Watson and actor Dean Cain.   This insightful and uncompromising book from one of the country’s fastest rising stars will enlighten and inspire readers—as it proves once and for all the crucial role men can and must play in American life today.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9b4b97fbb7430e4c3e8586c941ca44c9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>In the Shadow of Fear: America and the World in 1950 by Nick Bunker</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/in-the-shadow-of-fear-america-and-the-world-in-1950-by-nick-bunker--65205380</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665581" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665581</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In the Shadow of Fear: America and the World in 1950 Author: Nick Bunker Narrator: Rich Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 36 minutes Release date: October  3, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An evocative portrait of a divided America at the dawn of the Cold War       Halfway through the twentieth century, the United States towered over the world in industrial might. After winning the 1948 election, Harry Truman hoped to use this economic strength to build on FDR’s achievements with new liberal reforms. But then, in just ten months between September 1949 and June 1950, the president’s ambitions were overtaken by events that left the country gripped by rage and fear. The Soviets tested an atomic bomb, Mao’s army swept through China, and at home Truman faced labor unrest and a Republican Party desperate for power.       In the Shadow of Fear is an innovative and gripping history of this pivotal moment. Recounting the launch of Senator Joe McCarthy’s anti-communist crusade, the defeat of Truman’s liberal program, and the start of the Korean War, prizewinning historian Nick Bunker shows us a polarized nation facing crises at home and abroad—a story with deep resonances today.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665581</guid><pubDate>Tue, 03 Oct 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205380/9781668632826.mp3" length="1477637" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665581 to listen full audiobooks. Title: In the Shadow of Fear: America and the World in 1950 Author: Nick Bunker Narrator: Rich Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 36 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665581" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665581</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In the Shadow of Fear: America and the World in 1950 Author: Nick Bunker Narrator: Rich Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 36 minutes Release date: October  3, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An evocative portrait of a divided America at the dawn of the Cold War       Halfway through the twentieth century, the United States towered over the world in industrial might. After winning the 1948 election, Harry Truman hoped to use this economic strength to build on FDR’s achievements with new liberal reforms. But then, in just ten months between September 1949 and June 1950, the president’s ambitions were overtaken by events that left the country gripped by rage and fear. The Soviets tested an atomic bomb, Mao’s army swept through China, and at home Truman faced labor unrest and a Republican Party desperate for power.       In the Shadow of Fear is an innovative and gripping history of this pivotal moment. Recounting the launch of Senator Joe McCarthy’s anti-communist crusade, the defeat of Truman’s liberal program, and the start of the Korean War, prizewinning historian Nick Bunker shows us a polarized nation facing crises at home and abroad—a story with deep resonances today.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b35a169c8b35077888904f10a18a58ad.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Conservative Futurist: How to Create the Sci-Fi World We Were Promised by James Pethokoukis</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-conservative-futurist-how-to-create-the-sci-fi-world-we-were-promised-by-james-pethokoukis--65205322</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665559" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665559</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Conservative Futurist: How to Create the Sci-Fi World We Were Promised Author: James Pethokoukis Narrator: Séan Marrinan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 46 minutes Release date: October  3, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Discover the surprising case for how conservatism can help us achieve the epic sci-fi future we were promised.     America was once the world’s dream factory. We turned imagination into reality, from curing polio to landing on the Moon to creating the internet. And we were confident that more wonders lay just over the horizon: clean and infinite energy, a cure for cancer, computers and robots as humanity’s great helpers, and space colonies. (Also, of course, flying cars.) Science fiction, from The Jetsons to Star Trek, would become fact.     But as we moved into the late 20th century, we grew cautious, even cynical, about what the future held and our ability to shape it. Too many of us saw only the threats from rapid change. The year 2023 marks the 50th anniversary of the start of the Great Downshift in technological progress and economic growth, followed by decades of economic stagnation, downsized dreams, and a popular culture fixated on catastrophe: AI that will take all our jobs if it doesn’t kill us first, nuclear war, climate chaos, plague and the zombie apocalypse. We are now at risk of another half-century of making the same mistakes and pushing a pro-progress future into the realm of impossibility.     But American Enterprise Institute (AEI) economic policy expert and long-time CNBC contributor James Pethokoukis argues that there’s still hope. We can absolutely turn things around—if we the people choose to dream and act. How dare we delay or fail to deliver for ourselves and our children.     With groundbreaking ideas and sharp analysis, Pethokoukis provides a detailed roadmap to a fantastic future filled with incredible progress and prosperity that is both optimistic and realistic. Through an exploration of culture, economics, and history, The Conservative Futurist tells the fascinating story of what went wrong in the past and what we need to do today to finally get it right. Using the latest economic research and policy analysis, as well as insights from top economists, historians, and technologists, Pethokoukis reveals that the failed futuristic visions of the past were totally possible. And they still are. If America is to fully recover from the COVID-19 pandemic, take full advantage of emerging tech from generative AI to CRISPR to reusable rockets, and launch itself into a shining tomorrow, it must again become a fully risk-taking, future-oriented society. It’s time for America to embrace the future confidently, act boldly, and take that giant leap forward.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665559</guid><pubDate>Tue, 03 Oct 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205322/9781668633519.mp3" length="1477759" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665559 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Conservative Futurist: How to Create the Sci-Fi World We Were Promised Author: James Pethokoukis Narrator: Séan Marrinan Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665559" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665559</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Conservative Futurist: How to Create the Sci-Fi World We Were Promised Author: James Pethokoukis Narrator: Séan Marrinan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 46 minutes Release date: October  3, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Discover the surprising case for how conservatism can help us achieve the epic sci-fi future we were promised.     America was once the world’s dream factory. We turned imagination into reality, from curing polio to landing on the Moon to creating the internet. And we were confident that more wonders lay just over the horizon: clean and infinite energy, a cure for cancer, computers and robots as humanity’s great helpers, and space colonies. (Also, of course, flying cars.) Science fiction, from The Jetsons to Star Trek, would become fact.     But as we moved into the late 20th century, we grew cautious, even cynical, about what the future held and our ability to shape it. Too many of us saw only the threats from rapid change. The year 2023 marks the 50th anniversary of the start of the Great Downshift in technological progress and economic growth, followed by decades of economic stagnation, downsized dreams, and a popular culture fixated on catastrophe: AI that will take all our jobs if it doesn’t kill us first, nuclear war, climate chaos, plague and the zombie apocalypse. We are now at risk of another half-century of making the same mistakes and pushing a pro-progress future into the realm of impossibility.     But American Enterprise Institute (AEI) economic policy expert and long-time CNBC contributor James Pethokoukis argues that there’s still hope. We can absolutely turn things around—if we the people choose to dream and act. How dare we delay or fail to deliver for ourselves and our children.     With groundbreaking ideas and sharp analysis, Pethokoukis provides a detailed roadmap to a fantastic future filled with incredible progress and prosperity that is both optimistic and realistic. Through an exploration of culture, economics, and history, The Conservative Futurist tells the fascinating story of what went wrong in the past and what we need to do today to finally get it right. Using the latest economic research and policy analysis, as well as insights from top economists, historians, and technologists, Pethokoukis reveals that the failed futuristic visions of the past were totally possible. And they still are. If America is to fully recover from the COVID-19 pandemic, take full advantage of emerging tech from generative AI to CRISPR to reusable rockets, and launch itself into a shining tomorrow, it must again become a fully risk-taking, future-oriented society. It’s time for America to embrace the future confidently, act boldly, and take that giant leap forward.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/812708f67ba7d53b97f598e28b8634bc.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Target Tehran: How Israel Is Using Sabotage, Cyberwarfare, Assassination – and Secret Diplomacy – to Stop a Nuclear Iran and Create a New Mi</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/target-tehran-how-israel-is-using-sabotage-cyberwarfare-assassination-and-secret-diplomacy-to-stop-a-nuclear-iran-and-create-a-new-mi--65205356</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667593" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667593</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Target Tehran: How Israel Is Using Sabotage, Cyberwarfare, Assassination – and Secret Diplomacy – to Stop a Nuclear Iran and Create a New Middle East Author: Yonah Jeremy Bob, Ilan Evyatar Narrator: Jonathan Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A Wall Street Journal Best Book of the Year/Politics  Winner of the Jewish Book Council’s Natan Notable Book Prize    “One of the most accurate and fascinating books so far” (Michael Bar-Zohar, coauthor of Mossad) about how Israel used sabotage, assassination, cyberwar—and diplomacy—to thwart Iran’s development of nuclear weapons and, in the process, begin to reshape the Middle East. Yonah Bob and Ilan Evyatar describe how Israel has used cyberwarfare, targeted assassinations, and sabotage of Iranian facilities to great effect, sometimes in cooperation with the United States. Even as it takes lethal action, Israel has managed to alter the politics of the Middle East, culminating in the Abraham Accords of 2020. Arab states such as Bahrain and the United Arab Emirates normalized relations with Israel, and the holy grail of normalization with Saudi Arabia may yet be achieved. Despite the war with Hamas, these Arab states share Israel’s concern with Iran, remaining silent while Israel undermines Iran’s nuclear program.   Bob and Evyatar reveal how Israel has used documents stolen from Tehran in a daring, secret Mossad raid to show the United States and the International Atomic Energy Agency how Iran has repeatedly violated the 2015 JCPOA nuclear agreement and lied about its active nuclear weapons program. Drawing from interviews with top confidential Israeli and US sources, including from the Mossad and the CIA, the authors tell the “thrilling” (Lt. Gen. H.R. McMaster, author of Battlegrounds) inside story of the tumultuous, and often bloody, history of how Israel has managed to outmaneuver Iran—so far.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667593</guid><pubDate>Tue, 26 Sep 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205356/9781797164571.mp3" length="1477873" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667593 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Target Tehran: How Israel Is Using Sabotage, Cyberwarfare, Assassination – and Secret Diplomacy – to Stop a Nuclear Iran and Create a New Middle East...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667593" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667593</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Target Tehran: How Israel Is Using Sabotage, Cyberwarfare, Assassination – and Secret Diplomacy – to Stop a Nuclear Iran and Create a New Middle East Author: Yonah Jeremy Bob, Ilan Evyatar Narrator: Jonathan Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A Wall Street Journal Best Book of the Year/Politics  Winner of the Jewish Book Council’s Natan Notable Book Prize    “One of the most accurate and fascinating books so far” (Michael Bar-Zohar, coauthor of Mossad) about how Israel used sabotage, assassination, cyberwar—and diplomacy—to thwart Iran’s development of nuclear weapons and, in the process, begin to reshape the Middle East. Yonah Bob and Ilan Evyatar describe how Israel has used cyberwarfare, targeted assassinations, and sabotage of Iranian facilities to great effect, sometimes in cooperation with the United States. Even as it takes lethal action, Israel has managed to alter the politics of the Middle East, culminating in the Abraham Accords of 2020. Arab states such as Bahrain and the United Arab Emirates normalized relations with Israel, and the holy grail of normalization with Saudi Arabia may yet be achieved. Despite the war with Hamas, these Arab states share Israel’s concern with Iran, remaining silent while Israel undermines Iran’s nuclear program.   Bob and Evyatar reveal how Israel has used documents stolen from Tehran in a daring, secret Mossad raid to show the United States and the International Atomic Energy Agency how Iran has repeatedly violated the 2015 JCPOA nuclear agreement and lied about its active nuclear weapons program. Drawing from interviews with top confidential Israeli and US sources, including from the Mossad and the CIA, the authors tell the “thrilling” (Lt. Gen. H.R. McMaster, author of Battlegrounds) inside story of the tumultuous, and often bloody, history of how Israel has managed to outmaneuver Iran—so far.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b21fa934e73b49950e04e7cafb356b1e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>What’s Killing America: Inside the Radical Left's Tragic Destruction of Our Cities by Jason Rantz</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-s-killing-america-inside-the-radical-left-s-tragic-destruction-of-our-cities-by-jason-rantz--65205333</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665561" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665561</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What’s Killing America: Inside the Radical Left's Tragic Destruction of Our Cities Author: Jason Rantz Narrator: Jason Rantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A stunning book about how America’s biggest cities are being destroyed by progressive policies and woke Democrats.  Many Americans have no idea how badly our largest, Democrat-run cities have deteriorated. We've been complacent for far too long, assuming that the craziest elements of the radical Left would stay confined to the East and West coasts. But crime, drug addiction, homelessness, left-wing school indoctrination, so-called inclusive housing policies, and outrageous taxes don’t stay within the big city limits of places like Los Angeles, Chicago, Portland, New York, Seattle, and San Francisco. The effects of ideologically driven left-wing policies always spread, which should alarm Americans regardless of their political leanings.  Jason Rantz is a prominent radio host, a trusted journalist, and a frequent Fox News guest unafraid to go directly into the action. He’s grown a national following by breaking news the mainstream media won’t, covering the consequences of destructive leftist policies wherever they occur. He was right there for the chaos in his hometown of Seattle when liberal anarchists declared an autonomous, police-free “CHOP Zone.” He infiltrates the Antifa marches and knows firsthand how those radicals operate.    This is the shocking story of what he’s learned.   Employing on-the-ground reporting and fact-based analysis, Rantz zooms out to conduct a fascinating detailed, data-driven study of how these liberal policies result in chaos, misery, and (too often) bloodshed. He skillfully recounts the tragic events with a narrative reporter's eye for detail to tell the true story of what's happening in America's cities.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665561</guid><pubDate>Tue, 26 Sep 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205333/9781668632369.mp3" length="1477675" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665561 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What’s Killing America: Inside the Radical Left's Tragic Destruction of Our Cities Author: Jason Rantz Narrator: Jason Rantz Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665561" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665561</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What’s Killing America: Inside the Radical Left's Tragic Destruction of Our Cities Author: Jason Rantz Narrator: Jason Rantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A stunning book about how America’s biggest cities are being destroyed by progressive policies and woke Democrats.  Many Americans have no idea how badly our largest, Democrat-run cities have deteriorated. We've been complacent for far too long, assuming that the craziest elements of the radical Left would stay confined to the East and West coasts. But crime, drug addiction, homelessness, left-wing school indoctrination, so-called inclusive housing policies, and outrageous taxes don’t stay within the big city limits of places like Los Angeles, Chicago, Portland, New York, Seattle, and San Francisco. The effects of ideologically driven left-wing policies always spread, which should alarm Americans regardless of their political leanings.  Jason Rantz is a prominent radio host, a trusted journalist, and a frequent Fox News guest unafraid to go directly into the action. He’s grown a national following by breaking news the mainstream media won’t, covering the consequences of destructive leftist policies wherever they occur. He was right there for the chaos in his hometown of Seattle when liberal anarchists declared an autonomous, police-free “CHOP Zone.” He infiltrates the Antifa marches and knows firsthand how those radicals operate.    This is the shocking story of what he’s learned.   Employing on-the-ground reporting and fact-based analysis, Rantz zooms out to conduct a fascinating detailed, data-driven study of how these liberal policies result in chaos, misery, and (too often) bloodshed. He skillfully recounts the tragic events with a narrative reporter's eye for detail to tell the true story of what's happening in America's cities.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ac09a2b7a265d5d1a3cb72c40175b7ee.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Identity Trap: A Story of Ideas and Power in Our Time by Yascha Mounk</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-identity-trap-a-story-of-ideas-and-power-in-our-time-by-yascha-mounk--65205340</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669368" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669368</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Identity Trap: A Story of Ideas and Power in Our Time Author: Yascha Mounk Narrator: Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 1 minute Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Named a Best Book of the Year by The Economist, Financial Times, Inc., Prospect Magazine, and The Conversation “The most comprehensive and reasonable story of this shift that has yet been attempted . . . Mounk has told the story of the Great Awokening better than any other writer who has attempted to make sense of it.” —The Washington Post 'An intellectual tour de force about the origins of identity politics and the threat it presents to genuine, honest, old-fashioned liberalism.” —Bret Stephens, The New York Times “Among the most insightful and important books written in the last decade on American democracy and its current torments, because it also shows us a way out of the trap.” —Jonathan Haidt, author of The Righteous Mind, and coauthor of The Coddling of the American Mind 'Outstanding.' —David Brooks, The New York Times One of our leading public intellectuals traces the origin of a set of ideas about identity and social justice that is rapidly transforming America—and explains why it will fail to accomplish its noble goals. For much of history, societies have violently oppressed ethnic, religious, and sexual minorities. It is no surprise that many who passionately believe in social justice came to believe that members of marginalized groups need to take pride in their identity to resist injustice. But over the past decades, a healthy appreciation for the culture and heritage of minority groups has transformed into a counterproductive obsession with group identity in all its forms. A new ideology aiming to place each person’s matrix of identities at the center of social, cultural, and political life has quickly become highly influential. It stifles discourse, vilifies mutual influence as cultural appropriation, denies that members of different groups can truly understand one another, and insists that the way governments treat their citizens should depend on the color of their skin. This, Yascha Mounk argues, is the identity trap. Though those who battle for these ideas are full of good intentions, they will ultimately make it harder to achieve progress toward the genuine equality we desperately need. Mounk has built his acclaimed scholarly career on being one of the first to warn of the risks right-wing populists pose to American democracy. But, he shows, those on the left and center who are stuck in the identity trap are now inadvertent allies to the MAGA movement. In The Identity Trap, Mounk provides the most ambitious and comprehensive account to date of the origins, consequences, and limitations of so-called “wokeness.” He is the first to show how postmodernism, postcolonialism, and critical race theory forged the “identity synthesis” that conquered many college campuses by 2010. He lays out how a relatively marginal set of ideas came to gain tremendous influence in business, media, and government by 2020. He makes a nuanced philosophical case for why the application of these ideas to areas from education to public policy is proving to be so deeply counterproductive—and why universal, humanist values can best serve the vital goal of true equality. In explaining the huge political and cultural transformations of the past decade, The Identity Trap provides truth and clarity where they are needed most.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669368</guid><pubDate>Tue, 26 Sep 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205340/9780593788752.mp3" length="4837190" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669368 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Identity Trap: A Story of Ideas and Power in Our Time Author: Yascha Mounk Narrator: Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 1...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669368" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669368</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Identity Trap: A Story of Ideas and Power in Our Time Author: Yascha Mounk Narrator: Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 1 minute Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Named a Best Book of the Year by The Economist, Financial Times, Inc., Prospect Magazine, and The Conversation “The most comprehensive and reasonable story of this shift that has yet been attempted . . . Mounk has told the story of the Great Awokening better than any other writer who has attempted to make sense of it.” —The Washington Post 'An intellectual tour de force about the origins of identity politics and the threat it presents to genuine, honest, old-fashioned liberalism.” —Bret Stephens, The New York Times “Among the most insightful and important books written in the last decade on American democracy and its current torments, because it also shows us a way out of the trap.” —Jonathan Haidt, author of The Righteous Mind, and coauthor of The Coddling of the American Mind 'Outstanding.' —David Brooks, The New York Times One of our leading public intellectuals traces the origin of a set of ideas about identity and social justice that is rapidly transforming America—and explains why it will fail to accomplish its noble goals. For much of history, societies have violently oppressed ethnic, religious, and sexual minorities. It is no surprise that many who passionately believe in social justice came to believe that members of marginalized groups need to take pride in their identity to resist injustice. But over the past decades, a healthy appreciation for the culture and heritage of minority groups has transformed into a counterproductive obsession with group identity in all its forms. A new ideology aiming to place each person’s matrix of identities at the center of social, cultural, and political life has quickly become highly influential. It stifles discourse, vilifies mutual influence as cultural appropriation, denies that members of different groups can truly understand one another, and insists that the way governments treat their citizens should depend on the color of their skin. This, Yascha Mounk argues, is the identity trap. Though those who battle for these ideas are full of good intentions, they will ultimately make it harder to achieve progress toward the genuine equality we desperately need. Mounk has built his acclaimed scholarly career on being one of the first to warn of the risks right-wing populists pose to American democracy. But, he shows, those on the left and center who are stuck in the identity trap are now inadvertent allies to the MAGA movement. In The Identity Trap, Mounk provides the most ambitious and comprehensive account to date of the origins, consequences, and limitations of so-called “wokeness.” He is the first to show how postmodernism, postcolonialism, and critical race theory forged the “identity synthesis” that conquered many college campuses by 2010. He lays out how a relatively marginal set of ideas came to gain tremendous influence in business, media, and government by 2020. He makes a nuanced philosophical case for why the application of these ideas to areas from education to public policy is proving to be so deeply counterproductive—and why universal, humanist values can best serve the vital goal of true equality. In explaining the huge political and cultural transformations of the past decade, The Identity Trap provides truth and clarity where they are needed most.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ad52c14a9eb530ba65491907a5c457ea.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Turning Points: Crisis and Change in Modern Britain, from 1945 to Truss by Steve Richards</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/turning-points-crisis-and-change-in-modern-britain-from-1945-to-truss-by-steve-richards--65205404</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659853" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659853</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Turning Points: Crisis and Change in Modern Britain, from 1945 to Truss Author: Steve Richards Narrator: Steve Richards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 21, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The Times Best Politics and Current Affairs Books of the Year An entertaining and revealing history of modern British politics from Steve Richards, broadcaster, journalist, and author of The Prime Ministers We Never Had. 'Through wonderful vignettes, Richards offers a masterful, clear-eyed and, above all, entertaining history of British politics. To pilot a better future, we need to learn how not to repeat the mistakes of the past. The book is a lesson in just that' – Will Hutton Every few weeks in British politics, a columnist will reach for the word ‘unprecedented’ as a cabinet minister resigns or yet another inquiry is called. We have become so accustomed to turmoil that it is impossible to take a breath and see where we are headed. In this magisterial history, respected broadcaster and journalist Steve Richards puts the recent chaos into context and takes a step back to explore ten critical moments that have shaped modern Britain. From the Suez Crisis of 1956 to the Covid-19 pandemic, from 1945 to Thatcher, Richards argues that it is only with distance that we can perceive the tectonic plates shifting – and events that may seem earth-shattering in the moment might be a passing tremor with the perspective of history. With his trademark insight, forged over several decades as one of the UK’s foremost political commentators, Richards blends anecdote and analysis to explore the biggest events in British political history. A must-read for anyone seeking to understand our nation, this landmark work is enlightening and entertaining in equal measure. 'An engaging canter through postwar Britain . . . shaped by a lifetime of reading' – Prospect]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659853</guid><pubDate>Thu, 21 Sep 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205404/9781035015382.mp3" length="2437252" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659853 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Turning Points: Crisis and Change in Modern Britain, from 1945 to Truss Author: Steve Richards Narrator: Steve Richards Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659853" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659853</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Turning Points: Crisis and Change in Modern Britain, from 1945 to Truss Author: Steve Richards Narrator: Steve Richards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 21, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The Times Best Politics and Current Affairs Books of the Year An entertaining and revealing history of modern British politics from Steve Richards, broadcaster, journalist, and author of The Prime Ministers We Never Had. 'Through wonderful vignettes, Richards offers a masterful, clear-eyed and, above all, entertaining history of British politics. To pilot a better future, we need to learn how not to repeat the mistakes of the past. The book is a lesson in just that' – Will Hutton Every few weeks in British politics, a columnist will reach for the word ‘unprecedented’ as a cabinet minister resigns or yet another inquiry is called. We have become so accustomed to turmoil that it is impossible to take a breath and see where we are headed. In this magisterial history, respected broadcaster and journalist Steve Richards puts the recent chaos into context and takes a step back to explore ten critical moments that have shaped modern Britain. From the Suez Crisis of 1956 to the Covid-19 pandemic, from 1945 to Thatcher, Richards argues that it is only with distance that we can perceive the tectonic plates shifting – and events that may seem earth-shattering in the moment might be a passing tremor with the perspective of history. With his trademark insight, forged over several decades as one of the UK’s foremost political commentators, Richards blends anecdote and analysis to explore the biggest events in British political history. A must-read for anyone seeking to understand our nation, this landmark work is enlightening and entertaining in equal measure. 'An engaging canter through postwar Britain . . . shaped by a lifetime of reading' – Prospect]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/3c1cbbb7af2557fee01b00097a7e3178.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Court at War: FDR, His Justices, and the World They Made by Cliff Sloan</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-court-at-war-fdr-his-justices-and-the-world-they-made-by-cliff-sloan--65205382</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660110" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660110</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Court at War: FDR, His Justices, and the World They Made Author: Cliff Sloan Narrator: Brian Troxell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 40 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The inside story of how one president forever altered the most powerful legal institution in the country—with consequences that endure today   By the summer of 1941, in the ninth year of his presidency, Franklin Roosevelt had molded his Court. He had appointed seven of the nine justices—the most by any president except George Washington—and handpicked the chief justice.     But the wartime Roosevelt Court had two faces. One was bold and progressive, the other supine and abject, cowed by the charisma of the revered president.    The Court at War explores this pivotal period. It provides a cast of unforgettable characters in the justices—from the mercurial, Vienna-born intellectual Felix Frankfurter to the Alabama populist Hugo Black; from the western prodigy William O. Douglas, FDR’s initial pick to be his running mate in 1944, to Roosevelt’s former attorney general and Nuremberg prosecutor Robert Jackson.     The justices’ shameless capitulation and unwillingness to cross their beloved president highlight the dangers of an unseemly closeness between Supreme Court justices and their political patrons. But the FDR Court’s finest moments also provided a robust defense of individual rights, rights the current Court has put in jeopardy. Sloan’s intimate portrait is a vivid, instructive tale for modern times.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660110</guid><pubDate>Tue, 19 Sep 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205382/9781668632895.mp3" length="1477673" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660110 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Court at War: FDR, His Justices, and the World They Made Author: Cliff Sloan Narrator: Brian Troxell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660110" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660110</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Court at War: FDR, His Justices, and the World They Made Author: Cliff Sloan Narrator: Brian Troxell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 40 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The inside story of how one president forever altered the most powerful legal institution in the country—with consequences that endure today   By the summer of 1941, in the ninth year of his presidency, Franklin Roosevelt had molded his Court. He had appointed seven of the nine justices—the most by any president except George Washington—and handpicked the chief justice.     But the wartime Roosevelt Court had two faces. One was bold and progressive, the other supine and abject, cowed by the charisma of the revered president.    The Court at War explores this pivotal period. It provides a cast of unforgettable characters in the justices—from the mercurial, Vienna-born intellectual Felix Frankfurter to the Alabama populist Hugo Black; from the western prodigy William O. Douglas, FDR’s initial pick to be his running mate in 1944, to Roosevelt’s former attorney general and Nuremberg prosecutor Robert Jackson.     The justices’ shameless capitulation and unwillingness to cross their beloved president highlight the dangers of an unseemly closeness between Supreme Court justices and their political patrons. But the FDR Court’s finest moments also provided a robust defense of individual rights, rights the current Court has put in jeopardy. Sloan’s intimate portrait is a vivid, instructive tale for modern times.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d3f756aea3104573a0e6fb15c2cc18a2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>How Not to Be a Politician: A Memoir by Rory Stewart</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-not-to-be-a-politician-a-memoir-by-rory-stewart--65205355</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667579" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667579</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Not to Be a Politician: A Memoir Author: Rory Stewart Narrator: Rory Stewart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Named a Best Book of 2023 by Financial Times and Kirkus Reviews The #1 Sunday Times bestseller, published in the UK as Politics on the Edge. “One of the best books on politics our era will see . . . A book of astonishing literary quality.” —Matthew Parris, The TLS “[Rory Stewart] walked across Asia, served in British Parliament, and ran against Boris Johnson. Now he gives us his view of what’s wrong with politics, and how we can make it right.” —Adam Grant, “The 12 New Fall Books to Enrich Your Thinking” From a great writer—legendary for his expeditions into some of the world’s most forbidding places—a wise, honest, and sometimes absurdist memoir of a most remarkable journey through British politics at the breaking point Rory Stewart was an unlikely politician. He was best known for his two-year walk across Asia—in which he crossed Afghanistan, essentially solo, in the months after 9/11—and for his service, as a diplomat in Iraq, and Afghanistan. But in 2009, he abandoned his chair at Harvard University to stand for a seat in Parliament, representing the communities and farms of the Lake District and the Scottish border—one of the most isolated and beautiful districts in England. He ran as a Conservative, though he had no prior connection to the politics and there was much about the party that he disagreed with. How Not to Be a Politician is a candid and penetrating examination of life on the ground as a politician in an age of shallow populism, when every hard problem has a solution that’s simple, appealing, and wrong. While undauntedly optimistic about what a public servant can accomplish in the lives of his constituents, the book is also a pitiless insider’s exposé of the game of politics at the highest level, often shocking in its displays of rampant cynicism, ignorance, glibness, and sheer incompetence. Stewart witnesses Britain’s vote to leave the European Union and its descent into political civil war, compounded by the bad faith of his party’s leaders—David Cameron, Boris Johnson, and Liz Truss. Finally, after nine years of service and six ministerial roles, and shocked by his party’s lurch to the populist right, Stewart ran for prime minister. Stewart’s campaign took him into the lead in the opinion polls, head-to-head against Boris Johnson. How Not to Be a Politician is his effort to make sense of it all, including what has happened to politics in Britain and the world and how we can fix it. The view into democracy’s dark heart is troubling, but at every turn Stewart also finds allies and ways to make a difference. A bracing, invigorating mix of irony and love infuses How Not to Be a Politician. This is one of the most revealing memoirs written by a politician in living memory.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667579</guid><pubDate>Tue, 19 Sep 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205355/9780593681435.mp3" length="4837164" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667579 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Not to Be a Politician: A Memoir Author: Rory Stewart Narrator: Rory Stewart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 21 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667579" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667579</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Not to Be a Politician: A Memoir Author: Rory Stewart Narrator: Rory Stewart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Named a Best Book of 2023 by Financial Times and Kirkus Reviews The #1 Sunday Times bestseller, published in the UK as Politics on the Edge. “One of the best books on politics our era will see . . . A book of astonishing literary quality.” —Matthew Parris, The TLS “[Rory Stewart] walked across Asia, served in British Parliament, and ran against Boris Johnson. Now he gives us his view of what’s wrong with politics, and how we can make it right.” —Adam Grant, “The 12 New Fall Books to Enrich Your Thinking” From a great writer—legendary for his expeditions into some of the world’s most forbidding places—a wise, honest, and sometimes absurdist memoir of a most remarkable journey through British politics at the breaking point Rory Stewart was an unlikely politician. He was best known for his two-year walk across Asia—in which he crossed Afghanistan, essentially solo, in the months after 9/11—and for his service, as a diplomat in Iraq, and Afghanistan. But in 2009, he abandoned his chair at Harvard University to stand for a seat in Parliament, representing the communities and farms of the Lake District and the Scottish border—one of the most isolated and beautiful districts in England. He ran as a Conservative, though he had no prior connection to the politics and there was much about the party that he disagreed with. How Not to Be a Politician is a candid and penetrating examination of life on the ground as a politician in an age of shallow populism, when every hard problem has a solution that’s simple, appealing, and wrong. While undauntedly optimistic about what a public servant can accomplish in the lives of his constituents, the book is also a pitiless insider’s exposé of the game of politics at the highest level, often shocking in its displays of rampant cynicism, ignorance, glibness, and sheer incompetence. Stewart witnesses Britain’s vote to leave the European Union and its descent into political civil war, compounded by the bad faith of his party’s leaders—David Cameron, Boris Johnson, and Liz Truss. Finally, after nine years of service and six ministerial roles, and shocked by his party’s lurch to the populist right, Stewart ran for prime minister. Stewart’s campaign took him into the lead in the opinion polls, head-to-head against Boris Johnson. How Not to Be a Politician is his effort to make sense of it all, including what has happened to politics in Britain and the world and how we can fix it. The view into democracy’s dark heart is troubling, but at every turn Stewart also finds allies and ways to make a difference. A bracing, invigorating mix of irony and love infuses How Not to Be a Politician. This is one of the most revealing memoirs written by a politician in living memory.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/88e781d1e15db2b3a79c249dbf9bfdc7.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Do Not Comply: Taking Power Back from America's Corrupt Elite by Will Witt</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/do-not-comply-taking-power-back-from-america-s-corrupt-elite-by-will-witt--65205342</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665606" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665606</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do Not Comply: Taking Power Back from America's Corrupt Elite Author: Will Witt Narrator: Will Witt, Dennis Prager Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From bestselling author Will Witt, this thought-provoking exposé shows readers how to break free from the control of America’s corrupt ruling class.     The America you grew up in is no longer here. Our country is in sharp decline. Yet we often fail to truly call out the culprits responsible for it. Who are the corrupters of our great country? They are politicians (both Democrat and Republican), they are businessmen, they are celebrities, they are media executives, they are scientists. They are the elite. And they are selfish.      In Do Not Comply, one of America’s most articulate and fastest rising political commentators on the right exposes the elite’s many lies holding America hostage. Witt persuasively explains how a corrupt ruling class has pitted us against each other in the name of “the greater good” and “building back better.” But the changes and programs they institute have only hurt us in the long run and have sent us spiraling to serfdom while the elites reap all the benefits.      Without fear or favor, the independent-minded Witt deconstructs the misguided policies and adventures of America’s political, pharmaceutical, tech, media, and financial institution elite – with surprising takeaways. Through systematically looking at the biggest issues used to divide us today, Witt answers these crucial questions about the future of America: How do the elite achieve their power? How do we fix the vexing problems in our society caused by this greed and selfishness? And how do we take our power back?      From one of America’s brightest young minds, this book is a must-read for citizens seeking the truth about who really controls the levers of power in our country. As we watch America descend toward moral and economic destruction, it’s tempting to believe we have no power to enact change. But we always have a choice—and it’s not too late. Do Not Comply is the first step towards righting the ship.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665606</guid><pubDate>Tue, 19 Sep 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205342/9781668633540.mp3" length="1477653" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665606 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do Not Comply: Taking Power Back from America's Corrupt Elite Author: Will Witt Narrator: Will Witt, Dennis Prager Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665606" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665606</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do Not Comply: Taking Power Back from America's Corrupt Elite Author: Will Witt Narrator: Will Witt, Dennis Prager Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From bestselling author Will Witt, this thought-provoking exposé shows readers how to break free from the control of America’s corrupt ruling class.     The America you grew up in is no longer here. Our country is in sharp decline. Yet we often fail to truly call out the culprits responsible for it. Who are the corrupters of our great country? They are politicians (both Democrat and Republican), they are businessmen, they are celebrities, they are media executives, they are scientists. They are the elite. And they are selfish.      In Do Not Comply, one of America’s most articulate and fastest rising political commentators on the right exposes the elite’s many lies holding America hostage. Witt persuasively explains how a corrupt ruling class has pitted us against each other in the name of “the greater good” and “building back better.” But the changes and programs they institute have only hurt us in the long run and have sent us spiraling to serfdom while the elites reap all the benefits.      Without fear or favor, the independent-minded Witt deconstructs the misguided policies and adventures of America’s political, pharmaceutical, tech, media, and financial institution elite – with surprising takeaways. Through systematically looking at the biggest issues used to divide us today, Witt answers these crucial questions about the future of America: How do the elite achieve their power? How do we fix the vexing problems in our society caused by this greed and selfishness? And how do we take our power back?      From one of America’s brightest young minds, this book is a must-read for citizens seeking the truth about who really controls the levers of power in our country. As we watch America descend toward moral and economic destruction, it’s tempting to believe we have no power to enact change. But we always have a choice—and it’s not too late. Do Not Comply is the first step towards righting the ship.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7b46e6915e120959e22e82b6def68f98.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Politics On the Edge by Rory Stewart</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/politics-on-the-edge-by-rory-stewart--65205331</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665618" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665618</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Politics On the Edge Author: Rory Stewart Narrator: Rory Stewart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 14, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 24   Ratings of Narrator: 4.93 of Total 14 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The searing inside story of our broken politics from the former Cabinet minister and co-host of The Rest Is Politics. Over the course of a decade, Rory Stewart went from being a political outsider to standing for prime minister – before being sacked from a Conservative Party that he had come to barely recognise. Uncompromising, honest and darkly humorous, this is his story of the challenges, absurdities and realities of political life. Instantly praised as a new classic, it is an astonishing portrait of our turbulent times. BRITISH BOOK AWARDS NON-FICTION BOOK OF THE YEAR 2024 ‘Rory Stewart’s Politics on the Edge digs deeper than most. As well as a fascinating insider account of the Cameron-May-Johnson premierships, it is a scathing portrait of our flawed political system and a “rebarbative profession” that, despite Stewart’s appetite for public service, chewed him up and spat him out’ GUARDIAN ‘Genuinely eye-opening…always riveting, often horrifying’ iNEWS ‘Hugely entertaining’ EVENING STANDARD ‘The most exceptional political memoir I’ve ever read’ ALAN JOHNSON ‘An instant classic’ MARINA HYDE ‘At last a politician who can write’ SEBASTIAN FAULKS * A BOOK OF THE YEAR FOR THE FT, GUARDIAN, SUNDAY TIMES, TELEGRAPH, TIMES, OBSERVER, i NEWSPAPER, NEW STATESMAN, PROSPECT, CHURCH TIMES AND SCOTSMAN * © 2023 Rory Stewart (P)2023 Penguin Audio]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665618</guid><pubDate>Thu, 14 Sep 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205331/9781529901139.mp3" length="2437224" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665618 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Politics On the Edge Author: Rory Stewart Narrator: Rory Stewart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 14,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665618" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665618</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Politics On the Edge Author: Rory Stewart Narrator: Rory Stewart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 14, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 24   Ratings of Narrator: 4.93 of Total 14 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The searing inside story of our broken politics from the former Cabinet minister and co-host of The Rest Is Politics. Over the course of a decade, Rory Stewart went from being a political outsider to standing for prime minister – before being sacked from a Conservative Party that he had come to barely recognise. Uncompromising, honest and darkly humorous, this is his story of the challenges, absurdities and realities of political life. Instantly praised as a new classic, it is an astonishing portrait of our turbulent times. BRITISH BOOK AWARDS NON-FICTION BOOK OF THE YEAR 2024 ‘Rory Stewart’s Politics on the Edge digs deeper than most. As well as a fascinating insider account of the Cameron-May-Johnson premierships, it is a scathing portrait of our flawed political system and a “rebarbative profession” that, despite Stewart’s appetite for public service, chewed him up and spat him out’ GUARDIAN ‘Genuinely eye-opening…always riveting, often horrifying’ iNEWS ‘Hugely entertaining’ EVENING STANDARD ‘The most exceptional political memoir I’ve ever read’ ALAN JOHNSON ‘An instant classic’ MARINA HYDE ‘At last a politician who can write’ SEBASTIAN FAULKS * A BOOK OF THE YEAR FOR THE FT, GUARDIAN, SUNDAY TIMES, TELEGRAPH, TIMES, OBSERVER, i NEWSPAPER, NEW STATESMAN, PROSPECT, CHURCH TIMES AND SCOTSMAN * © 2023 Rory Stewart (P)2023 Penguin Audio]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/179b9d90164db746e501955c800a03e6.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Tyranny of the Minority: Why American Democracy Reached the Breaking Point by Daniel Ziblatt, Steven Levitsky</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/tyranny-of-the-minority-why-american-democracy-reached-the-breaking-point-by-daniel-ziblatt-steven-levitsky--65205399</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669614" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669614</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tyranny of the Minority: Why American Democracy Reached the Breaking Point Author: Daniel Ziblatt, Steven Levitsky Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.78 of Total 9   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A call to reform our antiquated political institutions before it’s too late—from the authors of How Democracies Die “[Levitsky and Ziblatt] write with terrifying clarity about how the forces of the right have co-opted the enshrined rules to exert their tyranny.”—The Washington Post ONE OF THE CALIFORNIA REVIEW OF BOOKS’ TEN BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR • A NEWSWEEK BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR America is undergoing a massive experiment: It is moving, in fits and starts, toward a multiracial democracy, something few societies have ever done. But the prospect of change has sparked an authoritarian backlash that threatens the very foundations of our political system. Why is democracy under assault here, and not in other wealthy, diversifying nations? And what can we do to save it? With the clarity and brilliance that made their first book, How Democracies Die, a global bestseller, Harvard professors Steven Levitsky and Daniel Ziblatt offer a coherent framework for understanding these volatile times. They draw on a wealth of examples—from 1930s France to present-day Thailand—to explain why and how political parties turn against democracy. They then show how our Constitution makes us uniquely vulnerable to attacks from within: It is a pernicious enabler of minority rule, allowing partisan minorities to consistently thwart and even rule over popular majorities. Most modern democracies—from Germany and Sweden to Argentina and New Zealand—have eliminated outdated institutions like elite upper chambers, indirect elections, and lifetime tenure for judges. The United States lags dangerously behind. In this revelatory book, Levitsky and Ziblatt issue an urgent call to reform our politics. It’s a daunting task, but we have remade our country before—most notably, after the Civil War and during the Progressive Era. And now we are at a crossroads: America will either become a multiracial democracy or cease to be a democracy at all.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669614</guid><pubDate>Tue, 12 Sep 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205399/9780593786284.mp3" length="4837174" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669614 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tyranny of the Minority: Why American Democracy Reached the Breaking Point Author: Daniel Ziblatt, Steven Levitsky Narrator: Fred Sanders Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669614" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669614</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tyranny of the Minority: Why American Democracy Reached the Breaking Point Author: Daniel Ziblatt, Steven Levitsky Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.78 of Total 9   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A call to reform our antiquated political institutions before it’s too late—from the authors of How Democracies Die “[Levitsky and Ziblatt] write with terrifying clarity about how the forces of the right have co-opted the enshrined rules to exert their tyranny.”—The Washington Post ONE OF THE CALIFORNIA REVIEW OF BOOKS’ TEN BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR • A NEWSWEEK BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR America is undergoing a massive experiment: It is moving, in fits and starts, toward a multiracial democracy, something few societies have ever done. But the prospect of change has sparked an authoritarian backlash that threatens the very foundations of our political system. Why is democracy under assault here, and not in other wealthy, diversifying nations? And what can we do to save it? With the clarity and brilliance that made their first book, How Democracies Die, a global bestseller, Harvard professors Steven Levitsky and Daniel Ziblatt offer a coherent framework for understanding these volatile times. They draw on a wealth of examples—from 1930s France to present-day Thailand—to explain why and how political parties turn against democracy. They then show how our Constitution makes us uniquely vulnerable to attacks from within: It is a pernicious enabler of minority rule, allowing partisan minorities to consistently thwart and even rule over popular majorities. Most modern democracies—from Germany and Sweden to Argentina and New Zealand—have eliminated outdated institutions like elite upper chambers, indirect elections, and lifetime tenure for judges. The United States lags dangerously behind. In this revelatory book, Levitsky and Ziblatt issue an urgent call to reform our politics. It’s a daunting task, but we have remade our country before—most notably, after the Civil War and during the Progressive Era. And now we are at a crossroads: America will either become a multiracial democracy or cease to be a democracy at all.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2fcfe4c52cc96bd95277175b4d3247e4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Underground Empire: How America Weaponized the World Economy by Henry Farrell, Abraham Newman</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/underground-empire-how-america-weaponized-the-world-economy-by-henry-farrell-abraham-newman--65205367</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667232" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667232</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Underground Empire: How America Weaponized the World Economy Author: Henry Farrell, Abraham Newman Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 56 minutes Release date: September  7, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. An explosive new vision of geopolitics from two trailblazing political scientists Deep beneath our feet, vast and sprawling, lies one of the most sophisticated empires the world has ever known. At first glance, it might not look like much - it is made up of fibre optic cables and obscure payment systems. But according to prominent political scientists Henry Farrell and Abraham Newman, this network is the key source of American power on the global stage, more significant than its military might. Since the end of the Cold War, the United States has built a new empire underground, through telecommunications and financial networks that the entire world relies upon, which has allowed it to eavesdrop on other countries and isolate its enemies. And now, efforts by countries such as China and Russia to untether themselves from this coercive US-led system are turning the global economy into a battle zone. A gripping and revelatory account of contemporary geopolitics, Underground Empire weaves together tales of economic conflict, shadowy surveillance technologies and covert infrastructure projects to explain how the world order has been brought to the brink of chaos - and how we might find a way back from the edge. ©2023 Abraham Newman (P)2023 Penguin Audio]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667232</guid><pubDate>Thu, 07 Sep 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205367/9781802064018.mp3" length="2437263" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667232 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Underground Empire: How America Weaponized the World Economy Author: Henry Farrell, Abraham Newman Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667232" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667232</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Underground Empire: How America Weaponized the World Economy Author: Henry Farrell, Abraham Newman Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 56 minutes Release date: September  7, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. An explosive new vision of geopolitics from two trailblazing political scientists Deep beneath our feet, vast and sprawling, lies one of the most sophisticated empires the world has ever known. At first glance, it might not look like much - it is made up of fibre optic cables and obscure payment systems. But according to prominent political scientists Henry Farrell and Abraham Newman, this network is the key source of American power on the global stage, more significant than its military might. Since the end of the Cold War, the United States has built a new empire underground, through telecommunications and financial networks that the entire world relies upon, which has allowed it to eavesdrop on other countries and isolate its enemies. And now, efforts by countries such as China and Russia to untether themselves from this coercive US-led system are turning the global economy into a battle zone. A gripping and revelatory account of contemporary geopolitics, Underground Empire weaves together tales of economic conflict, shadowy surveillance technologies and covert infrastructure projects to explain how the world order has been brought to the brink of chaos - and how we might find a way back from the edge. ©2023 Abraham Newman (P)2023 Penguin Audio]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/cdd0b5c30ae1630b2d3f0b505ca5c3ef.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Beyond the Wall: A History of East Germany by Katja Hoyer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/beyond-the-wall-a-history-of-east-germany-by-katja-hoyer--65205419</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660112" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660112</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond the Wall: A History of East Germany Author: Katja Hoyer Narrator: Sam Peter Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 20 minutes Release date: September  5, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  AN INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER • From the ashes of the Second World War to the fall of the Berlin Wall, the definitive history of East Germany, "a fascinating, sparkling book, filled with insights" (Peter Frankopan)     In 1990, a country disappeared. When the Iron Curtain fell, East Germany ceased to be. For over forty years, from the ruin of the Second World War to the cusp of a new millennium, the German Democratic Republic presented a radically different Germany than what had come before and what exists today. Socialist solidarity, secret police, central planning, barbed wire: this was a Germany forged on the fault lines of ideology and geopolitics.       In Beyond the Wall, acclaimed historian Katja Hoyer sets aside the usual Cold War caricatures of the GDR to offer a kaleidoscopic new vision of this vanished country, revealing the rich political, social, and cultural landscape that existed amid oppression and hardship. Drawing on a vast array of never-before-seen interviews and documents, this is the definitive history of the other Germany, beyond the Wall.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660112</guid><pubDate>Tue, 05 Sep 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205419/9781668632802.mp3" length="1477515" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660112 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond the Wall: A History of East Germany Author: Katja Hoyer Narrator: Sam Peter Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 20 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660112" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660112</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond the Wall: A History of East Germany Author: Katja Hoyer Narrator: Sam Peter Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 20 minutes Release date: September  5, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  AN INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER • From the ashes of the Second World War to the fall of the Berlin Wall, the definitive history of East Germany, "a fascinating, sparkling book, filled with insights" (Peter Frankopan)     In 1990, a country disappeared. When the Iron Curtain fell, East Germany ceased to be. For over forty years, from the ruin of the Second World War to the cusp of a new millennium, the German Democratic Republic presented a radically different Germany than what had come before and what exists today. Socialist solidarity, secret police, central planning, barbed wire: this was a Germany forged on the fault lines of ideology and geopolitics.       In Beyond the Wall, acclaimed historian Katja Hoyer sets aside the usual Cold War caricatures of the GDR to offer a kaleidoscopic new vision of this vanished country, revealing the rich political, social, and cultural landscape that existed amid oppression and hardship. Drawing on a vast array of never-before-seen interviews and documents, this is the definitive history of the other Germany, beyond the Wall.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c2036a1043751be1e401b81a6e72bb7c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Loom of Time: Between Empire and Anarchy, from the Mediterranean to China by Robert D. Kaplan</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-loom-of-time-between-empire-and-anarchy-from-the-mediterranean-to-china-by-robert-d-kaplan--65205479</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657349" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657349</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Loom of Time: Between Empire and Anarchy, from the Mediterranean to China Author: Robert D. Kaplan Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 49 minutes Release date: August 22, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A stunning exploration of the Greater Middle East, where lasting stability has often seemed just out of reach but may hold the key to the shifting world order of the twenty-first century “Engaging . . . Even those who resist Kaplan’s tragic sensibility have much to learn from his look at the emerging Middle East and its recent history.”—National Review FINALIST FOR THE OVERSEAS PRESS CLUB’S CORNELIUS RYAN AWARD The Greater Middle East, which Robert D. Kaplan defines as the vast region between the Mediterranean and China, encompassing much of the Arab world, parts of northern Africa, and Asia, existed for millennia as the crossroads of empire: Macedonian, Roman, Persian, Mongol, Ottoman, British, Soviet, American. But with the dissolution of empires in the twentieth century, postcolonial states have endeavored to maintain stability in the face of power struggles between factions, leadership vacuums, and the arbitrary borders drawn by exiting imperial rulers with little regard for geography or political groups on the ground. In the Loom of Time, Kaplan explores this broad, fraught space through reporting and travel writing to reveal deeper truths about the impacts of history on the present and how the requirements of stability over anarchy are often in conflict with the ideals of democratic governance.  In The Loom of Time, Kaplan makes the case for realism as an approach to the Greater Middle East. Just as Western attempts at democracy promotion across the Middle East have failed, a new form of economic imperialism is emerging today as China's ambitions fall squarely within the region as the key link between Europe and East Asia. As in the past, the Greater Middle East will be a register of future great power struggles across the globe. And like in the past, thousands of years of imperial rule will continue to cast a long shadow on politics as it is practiced today.  To piece together the history of this remarkable place and what it suggests for the future, Kaplan weaves together classic texts, immersive travel writing, and a great variety of voices from every country that all compel the reader to look closely at the realities on the ground and to prioritize these facts over ideals on paper. The Loom of Time is a challenging, clear-eyed book that promises to reframe our vision of the global twenty-first century.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657349</guid><pubDate>Tue, 22 Aug 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205479/9780593791868.mp3" length="4837177" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657349 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Loom of Time: Between Empire and Anarchy, from the Mediterranean to China Author: Robert D. Kaplan Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657349" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657349</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Loom of Time: Between Empire and Anarchy, from the Mediterranean to China Author: Robert D. Kaplan Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 49 minutes Release date: August 22, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A stunning exploration of the Greater Middle East, where lasting stability has often seemed just out of reach but may hold the key to the shifting world order of the twenty-first century “Engaging . . . Even those who resist Kaplan’s tragic sensibility have much to learn from his look at the emerging Middle East and its recent history.”—National Review FINALIST FOR THE OVERSEAS PRESS CLUB’S CORNELIUS RYAN AWARD The Greater Middle East, which Robert D. Kaplan defines as the vast region between the Mediterranean and China, encompassing much of the Arab world, parts of northern Africa, and Asia, existed for millennia as the crossroads of empire: Macedonian, Roman, Persian, Mongol, Ottoman, British, Soviet, American. But with the dissolution of empires in the twentieth century, postcolonial states have endeavored to maintain stability in the face of power struggles between factions, leadership vacuums, and the arbitrary borders drawn by exiting imperial rulers with little regard for geography or political groups on the ground. In the Loom of Time, Kaplan explores this broad, fraught space through reporting and travel writing to reveal deeper truths about the impacts of history on the present and how the requirements of stability over anarchy are often in conflict with the ideals of democratic governance.  In The Loom of Time, Kaplan makes the case for realism as an approach to the Greater Middle East. Just as Western attempts at democracy promotion across the Middle East have failed, a new form of economic imperialism is emerging today as China's ambitions fall squarely within the region as the key link between Europe and East Asia. As in the past, the Greater Middle East will be a register of future great power struggles across the globe. And like in the past, thousands of years of imperial rule will continue to cast a long shadow on politics as it is practiced today.  To piece together the history of this remarkable place and what it suggests for the future, Kaplan weaves together classic texts, immersive travel writing, and a great variety of voices from every country that all compel the reader to look closely at the realities on the ground and to prioritize these facts over ideals on paper. The Loom of Time is a challenging, clear-eyed book that promises to reframe our vision of the global twenty-first century.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7aad0ad36ed5222e1e1b25296e3d5618.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Tyranny, Inc.: How Private Power Crushed American Liberty--and What to Do About It by Sohrab Ahmari</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/tyranny-inc-how-private-power-crushed-american-liberty-and-what-to-do-about-it-by-sohrab-ahmari--65205348</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669337" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669337</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tyranny, Inc.: How Private Power Crushed American Liberty--and What to Do About It Author: Sohrab Ahmari Narrator: Sohrab Ahmari Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 15, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The inside story of how our political class enabled an era of unaccountable corporate might that left ordinary Americans isolated and powerless—and how we can fight back—from the acclaimed author of The Unbroken Thread “In Tyranny, Inc., Sohrab Ahmari, one of the leading thinkers of our time, alerts us to one of the greatest threats to freedom.”—Michael Lind, author of The New Class War and Hell to Pay Over the past two generations, U.S. leaders deregulated big business on the faith that it would yield a better economy and a freer society. But the opposite happened. Americans lost stable, well-paying jobs, Wall Street dominated industry to the detriment of the middle class and local communities, and corporations began to subject us to total surveillance, even dictating what we are, and aren’t, allowed to think. The corporate titans and mega-donors who aligned themselves with this vision knew exactly what they were getting: perfect conditions for what Sohrab Ahmari calls “private tyranny”. Drawing on original reporting and a growing chorus of experts who are sounding the alarm, Ahmari chronicles how private tyranny has eroded America’s productive economy and the liberties we take for granted—from employment agreements that gag whistleblowers, to Big Finance’s takeover of local fire departments, to the rigging of corporate bankruptcy to deny justice to workers and consumers—illuminating how these and other developments have left millions feeling that our livelihoods are insecure. And he shows how ordinary Americans can fight back, by restoring the economic democracy that empowered and uplifted millions of working-class people in the twentieth century. Provocative, original, and cutting across partisan lines, Tyranny, Inc. is a revelatory read on the most important political story of our time.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669337</guid><pubDate>Tue, 15 Aug 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205348/9780593791141.mp3" length="4837180" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669337 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tyranny, Inc.: How Private Power Crushed American Liberty--and What to Do About It Author: Sohrab Ahmari Narrator: Sohrab Ahmari Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669337" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669337</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tyranny, Inc.: How Private Power Crushed American Liberty--and What to Do About It Author: Sohrab Ahmari Narrator: Sohrab Ahmari Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 15, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The inside story of how our political class enabled an era of unaccountable corporate might that left ordinary Americans isolated and powerless—and how we can fight back—from the acclaimed author of The Unbroken Thread “In Tyranny, Inc., Sohrab Ahmari, one of the leading thinkers of our time, alerts us to one of the greatest threats to freedom.”—Michael Lind, author of The New Class War and Hell to Pay Over the past two generations, U.S. leaders deregulated big business on the faith that it would yield a better economy and a freer society. But the opposite happened. Americans lost stable, well-paying jobs, Wall Street dominated industry to the detriment of the middle class and local communities, and corporations began to subject us to total surveillance, even dictating what we are, and aren’t, allowed to think. The corporate titans and mega-donors who aligned themselves with this vision knew exactly what they were getting: perfect conditions for what Sohrab Ahmari calls “private tyranny”. Drawing on original reporting and a growing chorus of experts who are sounding the alarm, Ahmari chronicles how private tyranny has eroded America’s productive economy and the liberties we take for granted—from employment agreements that gag whistleblowers, to Big Finance’s takeover of local fire departments, to the rigging of corporate bankruptcy to deny justice to workers and consumers—illuminating how these and other developments have left millions feeling that our livelihoods are insecure. And he shows how ordinary Americans can fight back, by restoring the economic democracy that empowered and uplifted millions of working-class people in the twentieth century. Provocative, original, and cutting across partisan lines, Tyranny, Inc. is a revelatory read on the most important political story of our time.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1379f288c97da9d7dbb993fd9b525e6e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>American Playbook: A Guide to Winning Back the Country from the Democrats by Clay Travis</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/american-playbook-a-guide-to-winning-back-the-country-from-the-democrats-by-clay-travis--65205344</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668368" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668368</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Playbook: A Guide to Winning Back the Country from the Democrats Author: Clay Travis Narrator: Clay Travis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 39 minutes Release date: August  8, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Popular radio host and bestselling author Clay Travis offers a unique playbook approach to politics, outlining how Republicans can win elections and win back the country through the lens of sports metaphors. Republicans are in a losing period. The last election should have been a wake-up call for the current moment. If the GOP wants to turn its luck around, it’s time to toss the old playbook and find new ways to win elections and attract enthusiastic voters.   Like a well-timed coaching hire, Clay Travis is here to break down exactly how the Republican party can turn a few losing seasons into a championship run. Whether it’s advice on how to exploit the weakest link on the opposing team, or how to capitalize on fast break opportunities in the press, Travis provides a surefire gameplan inspired by winning strategies in sports that will finally give conservatives an edge over the competition.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668368</guid><pubDate>Tue, 08 Aug 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205344/9781797165158.mp3" length="1477695" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668368 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Playbook: A Guide to Winning Back the Country from the Democrats Author: Clay Travis Narrator: Clay Travis Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668368" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668368</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Playbook: A Guide to Winning Back the Country from the Democrats Author: Clay Travis Narrator: Clay Travis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 39 minutes Release date: August  8, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Popular radio host and bestselling author Clay Travis offers a unique playbook approach to politics, outlining how Republicans can win elections and win back the country through the lens of sports metaphors. Republicans are in a losing period. The last election should have been a wake-up call for the current moment. If the GOP wants to turn its luck around, it’s time to toss the old playbook and find new ways to win elections and attract enthusiastic voters.   Like a well-timed coaching hire, Clay Travis is here to break down exactly how the Republican party can turn a few losing seasons into a championship run. Whether it’s advice on how to exploit the weakest link on the opposing team, or how to capitalize on fast break opportunities in the press, Travis provides a surefire gameplan inspired by winning strategies in sports that will finally give conservatives an edge over the competition.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6f8018f50c5bdda904a4df3b9a79b55e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Fire and Rain: Nixon, Kissinger, and the Wars in Southeast Asia by Carolyn Woods Eisenberg</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/fire-and-rain-nixon-kissinger-and-the-wars-in-southeast-asia-by-carolyn-woods-eisenberg--65205376</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668836" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668836</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fire and Rain: Nixon, Kissinger, and the Wars in Southeast Asia Author: Carolyn Woods Eisenberg Narrator: Susan Ericksen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 35 minutes Release date: August  8, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Fire and Rain is a compelling, meticulous narrative of the way national security decisions formed at the highest levels of government affect the lives of individuals at home and abroad. By drawing these connections, Carolyn Woods Eisenberg brings to life policy decisions about Vietnam, Laos, and Cambodia, conveying their significance to a new generation of readers. She breaks fresh ground in contextualizing Richard Nixon and Henry Kissinger's decisions within a wider institutional and societal framework. Drawing upon a vast collection of declassified documents, Eisenberg presents an important reinterpretation of the Nixon Administration's relations with the Soviet Union and China vis a vis the war in Southeast Asia. She argues that in their desperate effort to overcome, or at least overshadow, their failure in Vietnam, Nixon and Kissinger made major concessions to both nations in the field of arms control, their response to the India-Pakistan war, and the diplomacy surrounding Taiwan—much of this secret. A half-century after the Paris Peace Conference marking the withdrawal of US troops and advisors from Vietnam and foreign troops from Laos and Cambodia, Fire and Rain is a dramatic account of geopolitical decision making, civil society, and the human toll of the war on the people of Southeast Asia.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668836</guid><pubDate>Tue, 08 Aug 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205376/9798765077603.mp3" length="14437291" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668836 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fire and Rain: Nixon, Kissinger, and the Wars in Southeast Asia Author: Carolyn Woods Eisenberg Narrator: Susan Ericksen Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668836" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668836</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fire and Rain: Nixon, Kissinger, and the Wars in Southeast Asia Author: Carolyn Woods Eisenberg Narrator: Susan Ericksen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 35 minutes Release date: August  8, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Fire and Rain is a compelling, meticulous narrative of the way national security decisions formed at the highest levels of government affect the lives of individuals at home and abroad. By drawing these connections, Carolyn Woods Eisenberg brings to life policy decisions about Vietnam, Laos, and Cambodia, conveying their significance to a new generation of readers. She breaks fresh ground in contextualizing Richard Nixon and Henry Kissinger's decisions within a wider institutional and societal framework. Drawing upon a vast collection of declassified documents, Eisenberg presents an important reinterpretation of the Nixon Administration's relations with the Soviet Union and China vis a vis the war in Southeast Asia. She argues that in their desperate effort to overcome, or at least overshadow, their failure in Vietnam, Nixon and Kissinger made major concessions to both nations in the field of arms control, their response to the India-Pakistan war, and the diplomacy surrounding Taiwan—much of this secret. A half-century after the Paris Peace Conference marking the withdrawal of US troops and advisors from Vietnam and foreign troops from Laos and Cambodia, Fire and Rain is a dramatic account of geopolitical decision making, civil society, and the human toll of the war on the people of Southeast Asia.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9135914bb613a2bb6d6475caee98f97b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Blowback: A Warning to Save Democracy from the Next Trump by Miles Taylor</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/blowback-a-warning-to-save-democracy-from-the-next-trump-by-miles-taylor--65205451</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659769" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659769</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blowback: A Warning to Save Democracy from the Next Trump Author: Miles Taylor Narrator: Miles Taylor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 57 minutes Release date: July 18, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 23   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The author behind the “eye-popping” (CNN) #1 New York Times bestseller A Warning presents an urgent look at how our deeply divided nation is setting the stage for “The Next Trump.” Donald Trump will be president again, whether he is on the ballot or not. That is because Trumpism is overtaking the Republican Party and will mount a vigorous comeback, potentially in the hands of a savvier successor. This prophecy will come true, according to Miles Taylor, if we do not learn the lessons of the recent past.   With the 2024 election approaching, the formerly “Anonymous” official is back with bombshell revelations and a sobering national forecast. Through interviews with dozens of ex-Trump aides and government leaders, Taylor predicts what could happen inside “Trump 2.0,” the White House of a more competent and more formidable copycat.   What sounds like a political thriller—from shadowy presidential powers and CIA betrayals to angry henchmen and assassination plots—is instead America’s political reality, as Taylor uses untold stories to shed light on the ex-President’s unfulfilled plans, the dark forces haunting our lives, and how we can thwart the rise of extremism in the United States.   Blowback is also a surprisingly emotional and self-critical portrait of a dissenter, whose own unmasking provides a vivid warning about what happens when we hide the truth from others and, most importantly, ourselves.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659769</guid><pubDate>Tue, 18 Jul 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205451/9781797163918.mp3" length="1477633" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659769 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blowback: A Warning to Save Democracy from the Next Trump Author: Miles Taylor Narrator: Miles Taylor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 57...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659769" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659769</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blowback: A Warning to Save Democracy from the Next Trump Author: Miles Taylor Narrator: Miles Taylor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 57 minutes Release date: July 18, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 23   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The author behind the “eye-popping” (CNN) #1 New York Times bestseller A Warning presents an urgent look at how our deeply divided nation is setting the stage for “The Next Trump.” Donald Trump will be president again, whether he is on the ballot or not. That is because Trumpism is overtaking the Republican Party and will mount a vigorous comeback, potentially in the hands of a savvier successor. This prophecy will come true, according to Miles Taylor, if we do not learn the lessons of the recent past.   With the 2024 election approaching, the formerly “Anonymous” official is back with bombshell revelations and a sobering national forecast. Through interviews with dozens of ex-Trump aides and government leaders, Taylor predicts what could happen inside “Trump 2.0,” the White House of a more competent and more formidable copycat.   What sounds like a political thriller—from shadowy presidential powers and CIA betrayals to angry henchmen and assassination plots—is instead America’s political reality, as Taylor uses untold stories to shed light on the ex-President’s unfulfilled plans, the dark forces haunting our lives, and how we can thwart the rise of extremism in the United States.   Blowback is also a surprisingly emotional and self-critical portrait of a dissenter, whose own unmasking provides a vivid warning about what happens when we hide the truth from others and, most importantly, ourselves.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/aefc0125f6b182c4d602c8ce947f615a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Going Mainstream: How extremists are taking over by Julia Ebner</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/going-mainstream-how-extremists-are-taking-over-by-julia-ebner--65205320</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666961" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666961</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Going Mainstream: How extremists are taking over Author: Julia Ebner Narrator: Emily Pennant-Rea Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: June 22, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Piercingly revelatory ... a tour de force' - Carl Miller, author of The Death of the Gods '...a must-read ' - Eliot Higgins, author of We Are Bellingcat 'A timely and frighteningly revealing book' - Richard Kerbaj, author of The Secret History of the Five Eyes The internationally bestselling author of Going Dark: the secret social lives of extremists (A Telegraph Book of the Year) returns to explore why radical ideas are increasingly infiltrating politics, popular culture and our everyday lives. Incels. Anti Vaxxers. Conspiracy theorists. Neo-Nazis. Once, these groups all belonged on the fringes of the political spectrum. Today, accelerated by a pandemic, global conflict and rapid technological change, their ideas are becoming more widespread: QAnon proponents run for U.S. Congress, neo-fascists win elections in Europe, and celebrity influencers spread dangerous myths to millions. Going Mainstream asks the question: What is happening here? Going undercover online and in person, UK counter-extremism expert Julia Ebner reveals how, united by a shared sense of grievance and scepticism about institutions, radicalised individuals are influencing the mainstream as never before. Hidden from public scrutiny, they leverage social media to create alternative information ecosystems and build sophisticated networks funded by dark money. Ebner's candid conversations with extremists offer a nuanced and gripping insight into why people have turned to the fringes. She explores why outlandish ideas have taken hold and disinformation is spreading faster than ever. And she speaks to the activists and educators who are fighting to turn the tide. Going Mainstream is a dispatch from the darkest front of the culture wars, and a vital wake-up call.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666961</guid><pubDate>Thu, 22 Jun 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205320/9781804183137.mp3" length="2437287" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666961 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Going Mainstream: How extremists are taking over Author: Julia Ebner Narrator: Emily Pennant-Rea Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666961" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666961</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Going Mainstream: How extremists are taking over Author: Julia Ebner Narrator: Emily Pennant-Rea Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: June 22, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Piercingly revelatory ... a tour de force' - Carl Miller, author of The Death of the Gods '...a must-read ' - Eliot Higgins, author of We Are Bellingcat 'A timely and frighteningly revealing book' - Richard Kerbaj, author of The Secret History of the Five Eyes The internationally bestselling author of Going Dark: the secret social lives of extremists (A Telegraph Book of the Year) returns to explore why radical ideas are increasingly infiltrating politics, popular culture and our everyday lives. Incels. Anti Vaxxers. Conspiracy theorists. Neo-Nazis. Once, these groups all belonged on the fringes of the political spectrum. Today, accelerated by a pandemic, global conflict and rapid technological change, their ideas are becoming more widespread: QAnon proponents run for U.S. Congress, neo-fascists win elections in Europe, and celebrity influencers spread dangerous myths to millions. Going Mainstream asks the question: What is happening here? Going undercover online and in person, UK counter-extremism expert Julia Ebner reveals how, united by a shared sense of grievance and scepticism about institutions, radicalised individuals are influencing the mainstream as never before. Hidden from public scrutiny, they leverage social media to create alternative information ecosystems and build sophisticated networks funded by dark money. Ebner's candid conversations with extremists offer a nuanced and gripping insight into why people have turned to the fringes. She explores why outlandish ideas have taken hold and disinformation is spreading faster than ever. And she speaks to the activists and educators who are fighting to turn the tide. Going Mainstream is a dispatch from the darkest front of the culture wars, and a vital wake-up call.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8c5597e6623423a041c663b3370aaa10.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Cracking the China Conundrum: Why Conventional Economic Wisdom Is Wrong by Yukon Huang</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/cracking-the-china-conundrum-why-conventional-economic-wisdom-is-wrong-by-yukon-huang--65205420</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662821" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662821</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cracking the China Conundrum: Why Conventional Economic Wisdom Is Wrong Author: Yukon Huang Narrator: James Sie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: June  6, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  China's rise is altering global power relations, reshaping economic debates, and commanding tremendous public attention. Despite extensive media and academic scrutiny, the conventional wisdom about China's economy is often wrong. Cracking the China Conundrum provides a holistic and contrarian view of China's major economic, political, and foreign policy issues. Yukon Huang trenchantly addresses widely accepted yet misguided views in the analysis of China's economy. Huang explains that misconceptions arise in part because China's economic system is unprecedented in many ways—namely because it's driven by both the market and state—which complicates the task of designing accurate and adaptable analysis and research. Further, China's size, regional diversity, and uniquely decentralized administrative system poses difficulties for making generalizations and comparisons from micro to macro levels when trying to interpret China's economic state accurately. This book not only interprets the ideologies that experts continue building misguided theories upon, but also examines the contributing factors to this puzzle. Cracking the China Conundrum provides an enlightening and corrective viewpoint on several major economic and political foreign policy concerns currently shaping China's economic environment.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662821</guid><pubDate>Tue, 06 Jun 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205420/9798765087787.mp3" length="14437281" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662821 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cracking the China Conundrum: Why Conventional Economic Wisdom Is Wrong Author: Yukon Huang Narrator: James Sie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662821" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662821</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cracking the China Conundrum: Why Conventional Economic Wisdom Is Wrong Author: Yukon Huang Narrator: James Sie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: June  6, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  China's rise is altering global power relations, reshaping economic debates, and commanding tremendous public attention. Despite extensive media and academic scrutiny, the conventional wisdom about China's economy is often wrong. Cracking the China Conundrum provides a holistic and contrarian view of China's major economic, political, and foreign policy issues. Yukon Huang trenchantly addresses widely accepted yet misguided views in the analysis of China's economy. Huang explains that misconceptions arise in part because China's economic system is unprecedented in many ways—namely because it's driven by both the market and state—which complicates the task of designing accurate and adaptable analysis and research. Further, China's size, regional diversity, and uniquely decentralized administrative system poses difficulties for making generalizations and comparisons from micro to macro levels when trying to interpret China's economic state accurately. This book not only interprets the ideologies that experts continue building misguided theories upon, but also examines the contributing factors to this puzzle. Cracking the China Conundrum provides an enlightening and corrective viewpoint on several major economic and political foreign policy concerns currently shaping China's economic environment.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d5bcde9993954fdc42c76d873b3b6e9b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Unsettled: Lord Selkirk's Scottish Colonists and the Battle for Canada's West, 1813-1816 by Robert Lower</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/unsettled-lord-selkirk-s-scottish-colonists-and-the-battle-for-canada-s-west-1813-1816-by-robert-lower--65205396</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662766" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662766</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unsettled: Lord Selkirk's Scottish Colonists and the Battle for Canada's West, 1813-1816 Author: Robert Lower Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 34 minutes Release date: June  6, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The fascinating story of the Red River Settlement, now Winnipeg, in the years 1813 to 1816, told with archival journals, reports, and letters Unsettled tells the story of two hundred Highlanders who flee the Scottish Clearances in 1813 to establish a settlement on the Red River in what eventually became Winnipeg. They are sponsored by the Earl of Selkirk, a man who has never been west of Montreal. Families who have never left their Highland crofts take an epic journey over ocean, up wild rivers, and through boundless wilderness, surviving disease and brutal winter only to face the determined opposition of fur barons who want no sodbusters threatening their trade and are prepared to stop at nothing to destroy their dream. The 'empty' land they've been promised is also anything but, already occupied by First Nations bands and the beginnings of that proud nation soon to be called Métis, whom they must befriend or fight. Unsettled takes you inside the experience, relying on journals, reports, and letters to bring these days of soaring hope, crushing despair, and heroic determination to life—to bring their present into ours.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662766</guid><pubDate>Tue, 06 Jun 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205396/9798350811827.mp3" length="14437284" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662766 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unsettled: Lord Selkirk's Scottish Colonists and the Battle for Canada's West, 1813-1816 Author: Robert Lower Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662766" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662766</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unsettled: Lord Selkirk's Scottish Colonists and the Battle for Canada's West, 1813-1816 Author: Robert Lower Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 34 minutes Release date: June  6, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The fascinating story of the Red River Settlement, now Winnipeg, in the years 1813 to 1816, told with archival journals, reports, and letters Unsettled tells the story of two hundred Highlanders who flee the Scottish Clearances in 1813 to establish a settlement on the Red River in what eventually became Winnipeg. They are sponsored by the Earl of Selkirk, a man who has never been west of Montreal. Families who have never left their Highland crofts take an epic journey over ocean, up wild rivers, and through boundless wilderness, surviving disease and brutal winter only to face the determined opposition of fur barons who want no sodbusters threatening their trade and are prepared to stop at nothing to destroy their dream. The 'empty' land they've been promised is also anything but, already occupied by First Nations bands and the beginnings of that proud nation soon to be called Métis, whom they must befriend or fight. Unsettled takes you inside the experience, relying on journals, reports, and letters to bring these days of soaring hope, crushing despair, and heroic determination to life—to bring their present into ours.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/797e44c16e0da230c89005dd5d7fb574.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Anti-Communist Manifesto by Jesse Kelly</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-anti-communist-manifesto-by-jesse-kelly--65205352</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663117" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663117</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anti-Communist Manifesto Author: Jesse Kelly Narrator: Jesse Kelly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: June  6, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 16   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A rallying cry striking at the roots of today’s major issues, Jesse Kelly uses his trademark bombast, intelligence, and humor to take down the most dangerous philosophy in history and address its resurgence in America. This instant bestseller is for anyone who feels alienated by political and popular culture in the United States and recognizes the danger of communism as it threatens to rip apart America’s social fabric. Discover an in-depth look at the daily assault on our freedoms from the insidious communist movement in this country. More than a political statement, this book is an insightful drive through history, philosophy, and current events with one of the most entertaining and fearless conservatives in America at the wheel.   From weaponizing race, sex, and gender to hijacking our schools, communism threatens to destroy our cherished American way of life. Featuring practical tools and tactics to not only identify communists but also defend the United States from this malicious enemy, The Anti-Communist Manifesto is an instructive guide for all patriots.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663117</guid><pubDate>Tue, 06 Jun 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205352/9781797164359.mp3" length="1477565" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663117 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anti-Communist Manifesto Author: Jesse Kelly Narrator: Jesse Kelly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: June  6,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663117" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663117</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anti-Communist Manifesto Author: Jesse Kelly Narrator: Jesse Kelly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: June  6, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 16   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A rallying cry striking at the roots of today’s major issues, Jesse Kelly uses his trademark bombast, intelligence, and humor to take down the most dangerous philosophy in history and address its resurgence in America. This instant bestseller is for anyone who feels alienated by political and popular culture in the United States and recognizes the danger of communism as it threatens to rip apart America’s social fabric. Discover an in-depth look at the daily assault on our freedoms from the insidious communist movement in this country. More than a political statement, this book is an insightful drive through history, philosophy, and current events with one of the most entertaining and fearless conservatives in America at the wheel.   From weaponizing race, sex, and gender to hijacking our schools, communism threatens to destroy our cherished American way of life. Featuring practical tools and tactics to not only identify communists but also defend the United States from this malicious enemy, The Anti-Communist Manifesto is an instructive guide for all patriots.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/35f8379bcb447ffc35142a496e296dbc.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Abolish the Monarchy: Why we should and how we will by Graham Smith</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/abolish-the-monarchy-why-we-should-and-how-we-will-by-graham-smith--65205321</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665620" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665620</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Abolish the Monarchy: Why we should and how we will Author: Graham Smith Narrator: Sam Swann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 2 minutes Release date: June  1, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. It's wrong in principle and it doesn't work in practice. (And no, it's not good for tourism.) But it doesn't have to be this way. They say Britain should be proud to have the mother of parliaments, a shining beacon of democracy and an example to other nations. But there's an elephant in the room. At the heart of power is a single family. They weren't elected but they live off the public purse. They aren't accountable to anyone, and yet between them they are privy to more government secrets than many cabinet ministers. Divinely appointed using a special hat, the head of the family is your superior, you his subject. Apparently he is guardian of our constitution - but we're also told he wouldn't dream of interfering in politics. If you accept the monarchy, you must accept the moral compromise that comes with it, from its erosion of the principle of equality to the secret interference in our laws. But the good news is that we don't have to accept it. True democracy is within our reach. ©2023 Graham Smith (P)2023 Penguin Audio]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665620</guid><pubDate>Thu, 01 Jun 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205321/9781529910018.mp3" length="2437428" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665620 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Abolish the Monarchy: Why we should and how we will Author: Graham Smith Narrator: Sam Swann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 2 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665620" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665620</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Abolish the Monarchy: Why we should and how we will Author: Graham Smith Narrator: Sam Swann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 2 minutes Release date: June  1, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. It's wrong in principle and it doesn't work in practice. (And no, it's not good for tourism.) But it doesn't have to be this way. They say Britain should be proud to have the mother of parliaments, a shining beacon of democracy and an example to other nations. But there's an elephant in the room. At the heart of power is a single family. They weren't elected but they live off the public purse. They aren't accountable to anyone, and yet between them they are privy to more government secrets than many cabinet ministers. Divinely appointed using a special hat, the head of the family is your superior, you his subject. Apparently he is guardian of our constitution - but we're also told he wouldn't dream of interfering in politics. If you accept the monarchy, you must accept the moral compromise that comes with it, from its erosion of the principle of equality to the secret interference in our laws. But the good news is that we don't have to accept it. True democracy is within our reach. ©2023 Graham Smith (P)2023 Penguin Audio]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7d6563650e6d4c2ae8478893384d1cea.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Why Congress by Phillip A. Wallach</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/why-congress-by-phillip-a-wallach--65205393</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660844" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660844</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Congress Author: Phillip A. Wallach Narrator: Brian Wiggins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 22 minutes Release date: May 30, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Like it or not, our country’s future depends on Congress. The Founding Fathers made a representative, deliberative legislature the indispensable pillar of the American constitutional system, giving it more power and responsibility than any other branch of government. Yet today, contempt for Congress is nearly universal. To a large extent, even members of Congress themselves are unable to explain and defend the value of their institution. Why Congress takes on this challenge squarely, explaining why our increasingly divided politics demand a legislature capable of pitting factions against each other and forcing them to work out accommodations. This book covers the past, present, and future of the institution to understand how it has become so dysfunctional, but also to suggest how it might be restored. Philip Wallach vividly shows how a healthy Congress made it possible for the country to work through some of its most difficult challenges, including World War II and the struggle for civil rights. But transformations that began in the 1970s ultimately empowered congressional leaders to suppress dissent within their own parties and frame a maximally divisive agenda. In stark contrast to the earlier episodes, where legislators secured durable political resolutions, in facing contemporary challenges, such as immigration and COVID-19, Congress has exacerbated divisions rather than searching for compromises with broad appeal. But Congress’ power to organize itself suggests a way out. Wallach deftly explains that while Congress could accept its descent into decrepitude or cede its power to the president, a Madisonian revival of deliberation can yet restore our system of government’s ability to work through deep divides.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660844</guid><pubDate>Tue, 30 May 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205393/9781705091067.mp3" length="2437176" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660844 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Congress Author: Phillip A. Wallach Narrator: Brian Wiggins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 22 minutes Release date: May 30, 2023...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660844" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660844</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Congress Author: Phillip A. Wallach Narrator: Brian Wiggins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 22 minutes Release date: May 30, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Like it or not, our country’s future depends on Congress. The Founding Fathers made a representative, deliberative legislature the indispensable pillar of the American constitutional system, giving it more power and responsibility than any other branch of government. Yet today, contempt for Congress is nearly universal. To a large extent, even members of Congress themselves are unable to explain and defend the value of their institution. Why Congress takes on this challenge squarely, explaining why our increasingly divided politics demand a legislature capable of pitting factions against each other and forcing them to work out accommodations. This book covers the past, present, and future of the institution to understand how it has become so dysfunctional, but also to suggest how it might be restored. Philip Wallach vividly shows how a healthy Congress made it possible for the country to work through some of its most difficult challenges, including World War II and the struggle for civil rights. But transformations that began in the 1970s ultimately empowered congressional leaders to suppress dissent within their own parties and frame a maximally divisive agenda. In stark contrast to the earlier episodes, where legislators secured durable political resolutions, in facing contemporary challenges, such as immigration and COVID-19, Congress has exacerbated divisions rather than searching for compromises with broad appeal. But Congress’ power to organize itself suggests a way out. Wallach deftly explains that while Congress could accept its descent into decrepitude or cede its power to the president, a Madisonian revival of deliberation can yet restore our system of government’s ability to work through deep divides.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/338aa561d57c7f01aeb8c457e5354d9e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Origins of Victory: How Disruptive Military Innovation Determines the Fates of Great Powers by Andrew F. Krepinevich Jr</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-origins-of-victory-how-disruptive-military-innovation-determines-the-fates-of-great-powers-by-andrew-f-krepinevich-jr--65205457</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659981" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659981</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Origins of Victory: How Disruptive Military Innovation Determines the Fates of Great Powers Author: Andrew F. Krepinevich Jr Narrator: Adam Barr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 33 minutes Release date: May 23, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This book by military strategist Andrew F. Krepinevich, Jr., is the definitive take on the race for military dominance in the twenty-first century. It shows how militaries that successfully pursue disruptive innovation can gain a major advantage over their rivals, while those that fail to do so risk exposing their countries to great danger.   The Precision Warfare Revolution, introduced by the US military in the First Gulf War, found the United States enjoying a near monopoly in this form of warfare for several decades. But now other powers have these capabilities. The US military also confronts an emerging military revolution driven by advances across a wide range of technologies—from artificial intelligence and synthetic biology to quantum computing and additive manufacturing.   To stay competitive, the US military must pursue disruptive innovation in a race with other militaries to exploit war's changing character. Clues exist as to the winner's identity. They are revealed by militaries that went beyond the bounds of mere innovation to overturn the existing forms of warfare, changing the course of history and the fate of nations. Through exploring their experiences, Krepinevich shows how the US military can win the race to identify and exploit the 'next big thing' in warfare.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659981</guid><pubDate>Tue, 23 May 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205457/9798765095447.mp3" length="14437319" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659981 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Origins of Victory: How Disruptive Military Innovation Determines the Fates of Great Powers Author: Andrew F. Krepinevich Jr Narrator: Adam Barr...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659981" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659981</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Origins of Victory: How Disruptive Military Innovation Determines the Fates of Great Powers Author: Andrew F. Krepinevich Jr Narrator: Adam Barr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 33 minutes Release date: May 23, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This book by military strategist Andrew F. Krepinevich, Jr., is the definitive take on the race for military dominance in the twenty-first century. It shows how militaries that successfully pursue disruptive innovation can gain a major advantage over their rivals, while those that fail to do so risk exposing their countries to great danger.   The Precision Warfare Revolution, introduced by the US military in the First Gulf War, found the United States enjoying a near monopoly in this form of warfare for several decades. But now other powers have these capabilities. The US military also confronts an emerging military revolution driven by advances across a wide range of technologies—from artificial intelligence and synthetic biology to quantum computing and additive manufacturing.   To stay competitive, the US military must pursue disruptive innovation in a race with other militaries to exploit war's changing character. Clues exist as to the winner's identity. They are revealed by militaries that went beyond the bounds of mere innovation to overturn the existing forms of warfare, changing the course of history and the fate of nations. Through exploring their experiences, Krepinevich shows how the US military can win the race to identify and exploit the 'next big thing' in warfare.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d0d7bda15581beb276a344e55efabff3.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Party of One: The Rise of Xi Jinping and China's Superpower Future by Chun Han Wong</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/party-of-one-the-rise-of-xi-jinping-and-china-s-superpower-future-by-chun-han-wong--65205411</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659770" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659770</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Party of One: The Rise of Xi Jinping and China's Superpower Future Author: Chun Han Wong Narrator: Feodor Chin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 20 minutes Release date: May 23, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From one of the most admired reporters covering China today, a vital new account of the life and political vision of Xi Jinping, the authoritarian leader of the People’s Republic whose hard-edged tactics have set the rising superpower on a collision with Western liberal democracies. Party of One shatters the many myths that shroud one of the world’s most secretive political organizations and its leader. Many observers misread Xi during his early years in power, projecting their own hopes that he would steer China toward more political openness, rule of law, and pro-market economics. Having masked his beliefs while climbing the party hierarchy, Xi has centralized decision-making powers, encouraged a cult of personality around himself, and moved toward indefinite rule by scrapping presidential term limits—stirring fears of a return to a Mao-style dictatorship. Today, the party of Xi favors political zeal over technical expertise, trumpets its faith in Marxism, and proclaims its reach into every corner of Chinese society with Xi portraits and hammer-and-sickle logos. Under Xi, China has challenged Western preeminence in global affairs and cast its authoritarian system as a model of governance worthy of international emulation.   As a China reporter for The Wall Street Journal, Chun Han Wong has chronicled Xi Jinping’s hard-line strategy for crushing dissent against his strongman rule, his political repression in Hong Kong and Xinjiang, and his increasingly coercive efforts to reel in the island democracy of Taiwan, as well as the domestic and diplomatic fallout from the COVID-19 pandemic. When the Chinese government refused to renew Wong’s press credentials and forced him to leave mainland China in 2019, he moved to Hong Kong to continue covering Chinese politics and its autocratic turn under Xi. Now, Wong has drawn on his years of firsthand reporting across China—including conversations with party insiders, insights from scholars and diplomats, and analyses of official speeches and documents—to create a lucid and historically rooted account of China’s leader and how he inspires fear and fervor in his party, his nation, and beyond.   “A penetrating and timely unraveling of the personality and impact of a strongman president” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review) Party of One explains how the future Xi imagines for China will reshape the future of the entire world.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659770</guid><pubDate>Tue, 23 May 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205411/9781797163949.mp3" length="1477633" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659770 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Party of One: The Rise of Xi Jinping and China's Superpower Future Author: Chun Han Wong Narrator: Feodor Chin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659770" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659770</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Party of One: The Rise of Xi Jinping and China's Superpower Future Author: Chun Han Wong Narrator: Feodor Chin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 20 minutes Release date: May 23, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From one of the most admired reporters covering China today, a vital new account of the life and political vision of Xi Jinping, the authoritarian leader of the People’s Republic whose hard-edged tactics have set the rising superpower on a collision with Western liberal democracies. Party of One shatters the many myths that shroud one of the world’s most secretive political organizations and its leader. Many observers misread Xi during his early years in power, projecting their own hopes that he would steer China toward more political openness, rule of law, and pro-market economics. Having masked his beliefs while climbing the party hierarchy, Xi has centralized decision-making powers, encouraged a cult of personality around himself, and moved toward indefinite rule by scrapping presidential term limits—stirring fears of a return to a Mao-style dictatorship. Today, the party of Xi favors political zeal over technical expertise, trumpets its faith in Marxism, and proclaims its reach into every corner of Chinese society with Xi portraits and hammer-and-sickle logos. Under Xi, China has challenged Western preeminence in global affairs and cast its authoritarian system as a model of governance worthy of international emulation.   As a China reporter for The Wall Street Journal, Chun Han Wong has chronicled Xi Jinping’s hard-line strategy for crushing dissent against his strongman rule, his political repression in Hong Kong and Xinjiang, and his increasingly coercive efforts to reel in the island democracy of Taiwan, as well as the domestic and diplomatic fallout from the COVID-19 pandemic. When the Chinese government refused to renew Wong’s press credentials and forced him to leave mainland China in 2019, he moved to Hong Kong to continue covering Chinese politics and its autocratic turn under Xi. Now, Wong has drawn on his years of firsthand reporting across China—including conversations with party insiders, insights from scholars and diplomats, and analyses of official speeches and documents—to create a lucid and historically rooted account of China’s leader and how he inspires fear and fervor in his party, his nation, and beyond.   “A penetrating and timely unraveling of the personality and impact of a strongman president” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review) Party of One explains how the future Xi imagines for China will reshape the future of the entire world.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6f88a2e7ad90d8cfd99cf04e250f49e5.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>How To Fix Northern Ireland by Malachi O'doherty</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-fix-northern-ireland-by-malachi-o-doherty--65205377</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663243" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663243</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How To Fix Northern Ireland Author: Malachi O'doherty Narrator: Alan Turkington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: May  4, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In this thought-provoking and engaging book, Malachi O'Doherty argues that division in Northern Ireland is fundamentally not about whether the country should be governed as part of Ireland or as part of Britain - as presumed by the Good Friday Agreement - but rather is entirely sectarian, an inter-ethnic stress comparable to racism. Part memoir, part history and part polemic, How to Fix Northern Ireland shows how the split between catholics and protestants infests everyday life - from education and segregated housing, from street protests, bonfires and parades to the high politics of power sharing and Brexit - and asks what can be done to solve a centuries-old social rift and heal the relationship at the heart of the problem.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663243</guid><pubDate>Thu, 04 May 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205377/9781004118182.mp3" length="1477539" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663243 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How To Fix Northern Ireland Author: Malachi O'doherty Narrator: Alan Turkington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663243" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663243</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How To Fix Northern Ireland Author: Malachi O'doherty Narrator: Alan Turkington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: May  4, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In this thought-provoking and engaging book, Malachi O'Doherty argues that division in Northern Ireland is fundamentally not about whether the country should be governed as part of Ireland or as part of Britain - as presumed by the Good Friday Agreement - but rather is entirely sectarian, an inter-ethnic stress comparable to racism. Part memoir, part history and part polemic, How to Fix Northern Ireland shows how the split between catholics and protestants infests everyday life - from education and segregated housing, from street protests, bonfires and parades to the high politics of power sharing and Brexit - and asks what can be done to solve a centuries-old social rift and heal the relationship at the heart of the problem.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d8db3cdc616d00a6891f2069e1f9ae4e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Politics: A Survivor's Guide: How to Stay Engaged without Getting Enraged by Rafael Behr</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/politics-a-survivor-s-guide-how-to-stay-engaged-without-getting-enraged-by-rafael-behr--65205369</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663303" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663303</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Politics: A Survivor's Guide: How to Stay Engaged without Getting Enraged Author: Rafael Behr Narrator: Rafael Behr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 53 minutes Release date: May  4, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  On New Year's Eve 2019, Rafael Behr had what is clinically known as a massive bloody heart attack. In part, it was the result of his compulsive relationship with politics, working as a journalist in Westminster, on the front line of bitter information wars. When he was discharged from hospital, he asked himself how he would ever re-engage with politics - how would he care enough to write about it - without the stress? Something had to change. In 2021, Rafael published an essay about that experience and some of the lessons he had learned. The response was overwhelming. Well over 250,000 people read the article online on the first day it appeared. Within hours of publication, he had raised thousands of pounds for his local heart charity. Messages poured in from strangers, colleagues and Westminster contacts. They recognised Rafael's account of toxic politics. This book is both an unflinching account of the disease in our politics and an upbeat look for the cure. As Rafael says, to change the way we do politics we need to understand the failure at its heart - the bad habits and toxic diet of rage and misinformation that obstruct the flow of trust and decency that are essential for a functioning democracy. The story involves encounters with politicians, internet trolls, tech giants, Kremlin-sponsored robots, some neuroscientists and a lot of ordinary voters. It is also a personal journey, charting how one heart failed under the weight of broken politics - and how it recovered.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663303</guid><pubDate>Thu, 04 May 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205369/9781004123339.mp3" length="1477613" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663303 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Politics: A Survivor's Guide: How to Stay Engaged without Getting Enraged Author: Rafael Behr Narrator: Rafael Behr Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663303" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663303</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Politics: A Survivor's Guide: How to Stay Engaged without Getting Enraged Author: Rafael Behr Narrator: Rafael Behr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 53 minutes Release date: May  4, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  On New Year's Eve 2019, Rafael Behr had what is clinically known as a massive bloody heart attack. In part, it was the result of his compulsive relationship with politics, working as a journalist in Westminster, on the front line of bitter information wars. When he was discharged from hospital, he asked himself how he would ever re-engage with politics - how would he care enough to write about it - without the stress? Something had to change. In 2021, Rafael published an essay about that experience and some of the lessons he had learned. The response was overwhelming. Well over 250,000 people read the article online on the first day it appeared. Within hours of publication, he had raised thousands of pounds for his local heart charity. Messages poured in from strangers, colleagues and Westminster contacts. They recognised Rafael's account of toxic politics. This book is both an unflinching account of the disease in our politics and an upbeat look for the cure. As Rafael says, to change the way we do politics we need to understand the failure at its heart - the bad habits and toxic diet of rage and misinformation that obstruct the flow of trust and decency that are essential for a functioning democracy. The story involves encounters with politicians, internet trolls, tech giants, Kremlin-sponsored robots, some neuroscientists and a lot of ordinary voters. It is also a personal journey, charting how one heart failed under the weight of broken politics - and how it recovered.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/04f190e5941782fc3002de3325f97e12.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Merchants of the Right: Gun Sellers and the Crisis of American Democracy by Jennifer Carlson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/merchants-of-the-right-gun-sellers-and-the-crisis-of-american-democracy-by-jennifer-carlson--65205316</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669448" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669448</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Merchants of the Right: Gun Sellers and the Crisis of American Democracy Author: Jennifer Carlson Narrator: Jennifer Cole Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: May  2, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This audiobook narrated by Jennifer Cole paints an eye-opening portrait of the gun sellers who navigated the social turmoil leading up to the January 6 Capitol attack Gun sellers sell more than just guns. They also sell politics. Merchants of the Right sheds light on the unparalleled surge in gun purchasing during one of the most dire moments in American history, revealing how conservative political culture was galvanized amid a once-in-a-century pandemic, racial unrest, and a U.S. presidential election that rocked the foundations of American democracy. Drawing on a wealth of in-depth interviews with gun sellers across the United States, Jennifer Carlson takes readers to the front lines of the culture war over gun rights. Even though the majority of gun owners are conservative, new gun buyers are more likely to be liberal than existing gun owners. This posed a dilemma to gun sellers in the run-up to the 2020 presidential election: embrace these liberal customers as part of a new, perhaps post-partisan chapter in the American gun saga or double down on gun politics as conservative terrain. Carlson describes how gun sellers mobilized mainstays of modern conservative culture—armed individualism, conspiracism, and partisanship—as they navigated the uncertainty and chaos unfolding around them, asserting gun politics as conservative politics and reworking and even rejecting liberal democracy in the process. Merchants of the Right offers crucial lessons about the dilemmas confronting us today, arguing that we must reckon with the everyday politics that divide us if we ever hope to restore American democracy to health.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669448</guid><pubDate>Tue, 02 May 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205316/9780691251110.mp3" length="2437265" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669448 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Merchants of the Right: Gun Sellers and the Crisis of American Democracy Author: Jennifer Carlson Narrator: Jennifer Cole Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669448" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669448</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Merchants of the Right: Gun Sellers and the Crisis of American Democracy Author: Jennifer Carlson Narrator: Jennifer Cole Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: May  2, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This audiobook narrated by Jennifer Cole paints an eye-opening portrait of the gun sellers who navigated the social turmoil leading up to the January 6 Capitol attack Gun sellers sell more than just guns. They also sell politics. Merchants of the Right sheds light on the unparalleled surge in gun purchasing during one of the most dire moments in American history, revealing how conservative political culture was galvanized amid a once-in-a-century pandemic, racial unrest, and a U.S. presidential election that rocked the foundations of American democracy. Drawing on a wealth of in-depth interviews with gun sellers across the United States, Jennifer Carlson takes readers to the front lines of the culture war over gun rights. Even though the majority of gun owners are conservative, new gun buyers are more likely to be liberal than existing gun owners. This posed a dilemma to gun sellers in the run-up to the 2020 presidential election: embrace these liberal customers as part of a new, perhaps post-partisan chapter in the American gun saga or double down on gun politics as conservative terrain. Carlson describes how gun sellers mobilized mainstays of modern conservative culture—armed individualism, conspiracism, and partisanship—as they navigated the uncertainty and chaos unfolding around them, asserting gun politics as conservative politics and reworking and even rejecting liberal democracy in the process. Merchants of the Right offers crucial lessons about the dilemmas confronting us today, arguing that we must reckon with the everyday politics that divide us if we ever hope to restore American democracy to health.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/eeb1bd98e693ce2f32faef68df71cee8.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Democracy Unmoored: Populism and the Corruption of Popular Sovereignty by Samuel Issacharoff</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/democracy-unmoored-populism-and-the-corruption-of-popular-sovereignty-by-samuel-issacharoff--65205483</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668793" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668793</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy Unmoored: Populism and the Corruption of Popular Sovereignty Author: Samuel Issacharoff Narrator: Stephen Caffrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 9 minutes Release date: April 25, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The 2016 election of Donald Trump focused people's minds on populism, and most of the attention paid to the subject since has been on the threat it poses to wealthy democracies. In Democracy Unmoored, Samuel Issacharoff takes a far wider-angle view of the phenomenon, covering countries from across the globe: Brazil, Poland, Argentina, Turkey, India, Hungary, Venezuela, and more. Just as importantly, he focuses on populism's attack on the institutions of governance. Democracy requires two critical features: first, a commitment to repeat play such that political actors understand that what goes around comes around; and, second, institutional constraints so that the majority can prevail, albeit not by too much. Democracies must avoid the doomsday scenario in which the contending parties see the next election as the final choice between salvation and perdition. Issacharoff shows how populist governance undermines each of these two critical underpinnings of stable democracy, first by compressing the time horizon to the immediate, and second by eroding institutional constraints on strongman rule. At the same time, Issacharoff highlights the fact that ascendent populists were pushing in an open door as they found democracies in states of disrepair in the post-2008 world.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668793</guid><pubDate>Tue, 25 Apr 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205483/9781696611206.mp3" length="14437214" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668793 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy Unmoored: Populism and the Corruption of Popular Sovereignty Author: Samuel Issacharoff Narrator: Stephen Caffrey Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668793" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668793</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy Unmoored: Populism and the Corruption of Popular Sovereignty Author: Samuel Issacharoff Narrator: Stephen Caffrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 9 minutes Release date: April 25, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The 2016 election of Donald Trump focused people's minds on populism, and most of the attention paid to the subject since has been on the threat it poses to wealthy democracies. In Democracy Unmoored, Samuel Issacharoff takes a far wider-angle view of the phenomenon, covering countries from across the globe: Brazil, Poland, Argentina, Turkey, India, Hungary, Venezuela, and more. Just as importantly, he focuses on populism's attack on the institutions of governance. Democracy requires two critical features: first, a commitment to repeat play such that political actors understand that what goes around comes around; and, second, institutional constraints so that the majority can prevail, albeit not by too much. Democracies must avoid the doomsday scenario in which the contending parties see the next election as the final choice between salvation and perdition. Issacharoff shows how populist governance undermines each of these two critical underpinnings of stable democracy, first by compressing the time horizon to the immediate, and second by eroding institutional constraints on strongman rule. At the same time, Issacharoff highlights the fact that ascendent populists were pushing in an open door as they found democracies in states of disrepair in the post-2008 world.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/baa36d3e8e5ddfe31e92f694e6c35528.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Pandemic Diaries: The inside story of Britain's battle against Covid by Matt Hancock, Isabel Oakeshott</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/pandemic-diaries-the-inside-story-of-britain-s-battle-against-covid-by-matt-hancock-isabel-oakeshott--65205370</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663240" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663240</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pandemic Diaries: The inside story of Britain's battle against Covid Author: Matt Hancock, Isabel Oakeshott Narrator: Matt Hancock Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 20, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Matt Hancock served as Secretary of State for Health and Social Care from 2018 to 2021, leading the UK government's response to the coronavirus pandemic, the biggest health crisis the country, and the world, has faced for generations. This unique book, based on the author's contemporaneous records of those extraordinary months, candidly recounts first-hand the most important events and decisions as they unfolded throughout this unprecedented global emergency. Pandemic Diaries provides the definitive account of Britain's battle to turn the tide against Covid-19. For the first time, Hancock reveals the crucial moments of the struggle to save lives and the race to develop the vaccine. The MP for West Suffolk gives his unique perspective on how the NHS rose to the challenge, recognising the incredible hard work and sacrifice of so many, and offers an honest assessment of the lessons we need to learn for next time – because there will be a next time.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663240</guid><pubDate>Thu, 20 Apr 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205370/9781004117376.mp3" length="1477643" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663240 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pandemic Diaries: The inside story of Britain's battle against Covid Author: Matt Hancock, Isabel Oakeshott Narrator: Matt Hancock Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663240" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663240</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pandemic Diaries: The inside story of Britain's battle against Covid Author: Matt Hancock, Isabel Oakeshott Narrator: Matt Hancock Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 20, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Matt Hancock served as Secretary of State for Health and Social Care from 2018 to 2021, leading the UK government's response to the coronavirus pandemic, the biggest health crisis the country, and the world, has faced for generations. This unique book, based on the author's contemporaneous records of those extraordinary months, candidly recounts first-hand the most important events and decisions as they unfolded throughout this unprecedented global emergency. Pandemic Diaries provides the definitive account of Britain's battle to turn the tide against Covid-19. For the first time, Hancock reveals the crucial moments of the struggle to save lives and the race to develop the vaccine. The MP for West Suffolk gives his unique perspective on how the NHS rose to the challenge, recognising the incredible hard work and sacrifice of so many, and offers an honest assessment of the lessons we need to learn for next time – because there will be a next time.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d118ae08087a68720bc252301d17ddb2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Seven Deadly Sins of White Christian Nationalism: A Call to Action by Carter Heyward</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-seven-deadly-sins-of-white-christian-nationalism-a-call-to-action-by-carter-heyward--65205489</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657305" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657305</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Seven Deadly Sins of White Christian Nationalism: A Call to Action Author: Carter Heyward Narrator: Rosemary Benson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 4 minutes Release date: April 18, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Hear the call to overcome today's culture of hate and bring healing and hope into our life together. While right-wing conservatives dare to call themselves Christians as they tear down equality and justice, commit horrific acts of violence, and fan the flames of fascism in America, Carter Heyward issues a call to action for Christians to truly hear God's message of peace and love. Heyward shows how American Christians have played a major role in building and securing structures of injustice in American life. Rising tides of white supremacy, threats to women's reproductive freedoms and to basic human rights for gender and sexual minorities, the widening divide between rich and poor, and increasing natural disasters and the extinction of Earth's species—all point to a world crying out for God's wisdom. Followers of Jesus must first call out these ingrained and sinful attitudes for what they are, acknowledging what the culture of white Christian nationalism is doing to our country and our world, and commit ourselves ever more fully to generating justice-love, whoever and wherever we are.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657305</guid><pubDate>Tue, 18 Apr 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205489/9798350814743.mp3" length="14437305" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657305 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Seven Deadly Sins of White Christian Nationalism: A Call to Action Author: Carter Heyward Narrator: Rosemary Benson Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657305" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657305</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Seven Deadly Sins of White Christian Nationalism: A Call to Action Author: Carter Heyward Narrator: Rosemary Benson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 4 minutes Release date: April 18, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Hear the call to overcome today's culture of hate and bring healing and hope into our life together. While right-wing conservatives dare to call themselves Christians as they tear down equality and justice, commit horrific acts of violence, and fan the flames of fascism in America, Carter Heyward issues a call to action for Christians to truly hear God's message of peace and love. Heyward shows how American Christians have played a major role in building and securing structures of injustice in American life. Rising tides of white supremacy, threats to women's reproductive freedoms and to basic human rights for gender and sexual minorities, the widening divide between rich and poor, and increasing natural disasters and the extinction of Earth's species—all point to a world crying out for God's wisdom. Followers of Jesus must first call out these ingrained and sinful attitudes for what they are, acknowledging what the culture of white Christian nationalism is doing to our country and our world, and commit ourselves ever more fully to generating justice-love, whoever and wherever we are.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/eb0eb04ca63230152e693e228773a3c8.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Democracy: A Guided Tour by Jason Brennan</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/democracy-a-guided-tour-by-jason-brennan--65205467</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659908" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659908</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy: A Guided Tour Author: Jason Brennan Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 46 minutes Release date: April 18, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In this short, accessible book, leading democratic theorist Jason Brennan guides listeners through the evolution of the concept of democracy and actual democratic practice over time to help them understand the foundations of this longstanding and yet newly fragile political system. In his wide-ranging tour of the concept, Brennan will examine what democracy meant to the Greeks who first developed the concept before examining how it changed throughout European and later Western history. This will open up rich and perplexing questions. Over time, democracy shifted from being a fringe idea to the gold standard of political institutions: how did this change occur? How did the question of who counts as part of the ruling 'people' change over time? As monarchies were replaced with democracies, what did theorists think the promises and perils of republican democracy were? How did actual democratic practice change the debates? What have we learned about how democracy functions—and in some cases, doesn't function—and what does this mean for future philosophical or empirical work? Brennan provides a curated, guided tour of the most important arguments for and against democracy, looking through the core values of stability, virtue, wisdom, freedom, and equality. The goal is to help listeners understand what is really at stake in democracy and its alternatives.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659908</guid><pubDate>Tue, 18 Apr 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205467/9781696611992.mp3" length="14437234" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659908 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy: A Guided Tour Author: Jason Brennan Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 46 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659908" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659908</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy: A Guided Tour Author: Jason Brennan Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 46 minutes Release date: April 18, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In this short, accessible book, leading democratic theorist Jason Brennan guides listeners through the evolution of the concept of democracy and actual democratic practice over time to help them understand the foundations of this longstanding and yet newly fragile political system. In his wide-ranging tour of the concept, Brennan will examine what democracy meant to the Greeks who first developed the concept before examining how it changed throughout European and later Western history. This will open up rich and perplexing questions. Over time, democracy shifted from being a fringe idea to the gold standard of political institutions: how did this change occur? How did the question of who counts as part of the ruling 'people' change over time? As monarchies were replaced with democracies, what did theorists think the promises and perils of republican democracy were? How did actual democratic practice change the debates? What have we learned about how democracy functions—and in some cases, doesn't function—and what does this mean for future philosophical or empirical work? Brennan provides a curated, guided tour of the most important arguments for and against democracy, looking through the core values of stability, virtue, wisdom, freedom, and equality. The goal is to help listeners understand what is really at stake in democracy and its alternatives.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/885eb0c086c52c4c18ce5312e267ce02.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Life Sentence: The Brief and Tragic Career of Baltimore’s Deadliest Gang Leader by Mark Bowden</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/life-sentence-the-brief-and-tragic-career-of-baltimore-s-deadliest-gang-leader-by-mark-bowden--65205474</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658985" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658985</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life Sentence: The Brief and Tragic Career of Baltimore’s Deadliest Gang Leader Author: Mark Bowden Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 11, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In this unprecedented deep dive into inner-city gang life, Mark Bowden takes readers inside a Baltimore gang, offers an in-depth portrait of its notorious leader, and chronicles the 2016 FBI investigation that landed eight of its members in prisonSandtown is one of the deadliest neighborhoods in the world; it earned Baltimore its nickname Bodymore, Murderland, and was made notorious by David Simon’s classic HBO series The Wire. Drug deals dominate street corners, and ruthless, casual violence abounds.Montana Barronette grew up in the center of it all. He was the leader of the gang “Trained to Go,” or TTG, and when he was finally arrested and sentenced to life in prison, he had been labeled “Baltimore’s Number One Trigger Puller.” Under Tana’s reign, TTG dominated Sandtown. After a string of murders are linked to TTG, each with dozens of witnesses too intimidated to testify, three detectives set out to put Tana in prison for life. For them, this was never about drugs: it was about serial murder. An acclaimed journalist who spent his youth in the white suburbs of Baltimore, Mark Bowden returns to the city with exclusive access to the FBI files and unprecedented insight into one of the city’s deadliest gangs and its notorious leader. As he traces the rise and fall of TTG, Bowden uses wiretapped drug buys, police interviews, undercover videos, text messages, social media posts, trial transcripts, and his own ongoing conversations with Tana’s family and community to create the most in-depth account of an inner-city gang ever written.With his signature precision and propulsive narrative, Mark Bowden positions Tana—as a boy, a gang leader, a killer, and now a prisoner—in the context of Baltimore and America, illuminating his path for what it really was: a life sentence.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658985</guid><pubDate>Tue, 11 Apr 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205474/9781705096734.mp3" length="2437310" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658985 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life Sentence: The Brief and Tragic Career of Baltimore’s Deadliest Gang Leader Author: Mark Bowden Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658985" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658985</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life Sentence: The Brief and Tragic Career of Baltimore’s Deadliest Gang Leader Author: Mark Bowden Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 11, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In this unprecedented deep dive into inner-city gang life, Mark Bowden takes readers inside a Baltimore gang, offers an in-depth portrait of its notorious leader, and chronicles the 2016 FBI investigation that landed eight of its members in prisonSandtown is one of the deadliest neighborhoods in the world; it earned Baltimore its nickname Bodymore, Murderland, and was made notorious by David Simon’s classic HBO series The Wire. Drug deals dominate street corners, and ruthless, casual violence abounds.Montana Barronette grew up in the center of it all. He was the leader of the gang “Trained to Go,” or TTG, and when he was finally arrested and sentenced to life in prison, he had been labeled “Baltimore’s Number One Trigger Puller.” Under Tana’s reign, TTG dominated Sandtown. After a string of murders are linked to TTG, each with dozens of witnesses too intimidated to testify, three detectives set out to put Tana in prison for life. For them, this was never about drugs: it was about serial murder. An acclaimed journalist who spent his youth in the white suburbs of Baltimore, Mark Bowden returns to the city with exclusive access to the FBI files and unprecedented insight into one of the city’s deadliest gangs and its notorious leader. As he traces the rise and fall of TTG, Bowden uses wiretapped drug buys, police interviews, undercover videos, text messages, social media posts, trial transcripts, and his own ongoing conversations with Tana’s family and community to create the most in-depth account of an inner-city gang ever written.With his signature precision and propulsive narrative, Mark Bowden positions Tana—as a boy, a gang leader, a killer, and now a prisoner—in the context of Baltimore and America, illuminating his path for what it really was: a life sentence.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/994290cbfbbcf391e0ab63b28ae27ebc.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Return of Resentment: The Rise and Decline and Rise Again of a Political Emotion by Robert A. Schneider</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-return-of-resentment-the-rise-and-decline-and-rise-again-of-a-political-emotion-by-robert-a-schneider--65205447</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659983" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659983</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Return of Resentment: The Rise and Decline and Rise Again of a Political Emotion Author: Robert A. Schneider Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 12 minutes Release date: April 11, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The term 'resentment' has dominated US news analysis since November 2016. Despite its increased use, this word seems to defy easy categorization. Does 'resentment' describe many interlocking sentiments, or is it just another way of saying 'anger'? Does it suggest an irrational grievance, as opposed to a legitimate callout of injustice? Does it imply political leanings, or is it nonpartisan by nature?   In The Return of Resentment, Robert A. Schneider explores these questions and more, moving from eighteenth-century Britain to the aftermath of the French Revolution to social movements throughout the twentieth century. Schneider illustrates how resentment has morphed across time, coming to express a collective sentiment felt by people and movements across the political spectrum. In this history, we discover resentment's modernity and its ambiguity—how it can be used to dismiss legitimate critique and explain away violence, but also convey a moral stance that demands recognition. Schneider anatomizes the many ways resentment has been used to label present-day movements, from followers of Trump and supporters of Brexit to radical Islamicists and proponents of identity politics. Addressing our contemporary political situation in a novel way, The Return of Resentment challenges us to think critically about the roles different emotions play in politics.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659983</guid><pubDate>Tue, 11 Apr 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205447/9798765098585.mp3" length="14437269" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659983 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Return of Resentment: The Rise and Decline and Rise Again of a Political Emotion Author: Robert A. Schneider Narrator: Christopher Grove Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659983" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659983</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Return of Resentment: The Rise and Decline and Rise Again of a Political Emotion Author: Robert A. Schneider Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 12 minutes Release date: April 11, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The term 'resentment' has dominated US news analysis since November 2016. Despite its increased use, this word seems to defy easy categorization. Does 'resentment' describe many interlocking sentiments, or is it just another way of saying 'anger'? Does it suggest an irrational grievance, as opposed to a legitimate callout of injustice? Does it imply political leanings, or is it nonpartisan by nature?   In The Return of Resentment, Robert A. Schneider explores these questions and more, moving from eighteenth-century Britain to the aftermath of the French Revolution to social movements throughout the twentieth century. Schneider illustrates how resentment has morphed across time, coming to express a collective sentiment felt by people and movements across the political spectrum. In this history, we discover resentment's modernity and its ambiguity—how it can be used to dismiss legitimate critique and explain away violence, but also convey a moral stance that demands recognition. Schneider anatomizes the many ways resentment has been used to label present-day movements, from followers of Trump and supporters of Brexit to radical Islamicists and proponents of identity politics. Addressing our contemporary political situation in a novel way, The Return of Resentment challenges us to think critically about the roles different emotions play in politics.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/dbb2b0032ab4dc77e77086f94025f309.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Madison's Militia: The Hidden History of the Second Amendment by Carl T. Bogus</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/madison-s-militia-the-hidden-history-of-the-second-amendment-by-carl-t-bogus--65205407</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660889" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660889</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Madison's Militia: The Hidden History of the Second Amendment Author: Carl T. Bogus Narrator: Alan Peterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 11, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In Madison’s Militia, Carl T. Bogus illuminates why James Madison and the First Congress included the right to bear arms in the Bill of Rights. Linking together dramatic accounts of slave uprisings and electric debates over whether the Constitution should be ratified, Bogus shows that—contrary to conventionalwisdom—the fitting symbol of the Second Amendment is not the musket in the hands of the minuteman on Lexington Green but the musket wielded by a slave patrol member in the South.Bogus begins with a dramatic rendering of the showdown in Virginia between James Madison and his Federalist allies, who were arguing for ratification of the new Constitution, and Patrick Henry and the Antifederalists, who opposed it.Henry accused Madison of supporting a constitution that empowered Congress to disarm the militia, on which the South relied for slave control. The narrative then proceeds to the First Congress, where Madison had to make good on a congressional campaign promise to write a Bill of Rights—and seizing that opportunity to solve the problem Henry had raised.Three other collections of stories—on slave insurrections, Revolutionary War battles, and the English Declaration of Rights—are skillfully woven into the narrative and show how arming ragtag militias was never the primary goal of the amendment. And as the puzzle pieces come together, even initially skeptical readers will be surprised by the completed picture: one that forcefully demonstrates that the Second Amendment was intended in the first instance to protect slaveholders from the people they owned.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660889</guid><pubDate>Tue, 11 Apr 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205407/9781705096918.mp3" length="2437209" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660889 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Madison's Militia: The Hidden History of the Second Amendment Author: Carl T. Bogus Narrator: Alan Peterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660889" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660889</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Madison's Militia: The Hidden History of the Second Amendment Author: Carl T. Bogus Narrator: Alan Peterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 11, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In Madison’s Militia, Carl T. Bogus illuminates why James Madison and the First Congress included the right to bear arms in the Bill of Rights. Linking together dramatic accounts of slave uprisings and electric debates over whether the Constitution should be ratified, Bogus shows that—contrary to conventionalwisdom—the fitting symbol of the Second Amendment is not the musket in the hands of the minuteman on Lexington Green but the musket wielded by a slave patrol member in the South.Bogus begins with a dramatic rendering of the showdown in Virginia between James Madison and his Federalist allies, who were arguing for ratification of the new Constitution, and Patrick Henry and the Antifederalists, who opposed it.Henry accused Madison of supporting a constitution that empowered Congress to disarm the militia, on which the South relied for slave control. The narrative then proceeds to the First Congress, where Madison had to make good on a congressional campaign promise to write a Bill of Rights—and seizing that opportunity to solve the problem Henry had raised.Three other collections of stories—on slave insurrections, Revolutionary War battles, and the English Declaration of Rights—are skillfully woven into the narrative and show how arming ragtag militias was never the primary goal of the amendment. And as the puzzle pieces come together, even initially skeptical readers will be surprised by the completed picture: one that forcefully demonstrates that the Second Amendment was intended in the first instance to protect slaveholders from the people they owned.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d281f99a90e10655c40aa096b764e79e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Andrew Carnegie: Geschäft: Ein Business-Ratgeber für junge Studierende by Andrew Carnegie</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-andrew-carnegie-geschaft-ein-business-ratgeber-fur-junge-studierende-by-andrew-carnegie--65205405</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659785" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659785</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Andrew Carnegie: Geschäft: Ein Business-Ratgeber für junge Studierende Author: Andrew Carnegie Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 51 minutes Release date: April  7, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Ich habe niemals gefunden, dass jemand auch nur zwei verschiedenen Arten von Gschäften gleich gut verstanden hätte; solch ein Mann ist eben so schwer zu finden wie jemand, der mit gleicher Vollkommenheit in zwei Sprachen denkt.' Andrew Carnegie (1835 – 1919), der seinerzeit einer der drei reichsten Amerikaner war, schrieb einen der ersten Ratgeber für wirtschaftlichen Erfolg: 'The Empire of Business'. In diesem Bestseller erklärt er, wie man es nach oben schaffen kann – und begründete damit das Genre der 'How-to'-Literatur. Als armes Einwandererkind aus Schottland war er geradezu Sinnbild für den Mythos des 'From rags to riches': Vom Tellerwäscher zum Millionär. 'Geschäft' sowie das angehängte Kapitel 'Der dreibeinige Stuhl' offenbart das Business-Selbstverständnis eines der reichsten self-made men: Sich auf eine Sache konzentrieren, alles darauf setzen, und die gleichberechtigen Elemente der Arbeit niemals vernachlässigen: Kapital, geschäftliche Tüchtigkeit und Arbeitskraft. Faszinierend!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659785</guid><pubDate>Fri, 07 Apr 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205405/9783754502884.mp3" length="1477603" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659785 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Andrew Carnegie: Geschäft: Ein Business-Ratgeber für junge Studierende Author: Andrew Carnegie Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659785" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659785</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Andrew Carnegie: Geschäft: Ein Business-Ratgeber für junge Studierende Author: Andrew Carnegie Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 51 minutes Release date: April  7, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Ich habe niemals gefunden, dass jemand auch nur zwei verschiedenen Arten von Gschäften gleich gut verstanden hätte; solch ein Mann ist eben so schwer zu finden wie jemand, der mit gleicher Vollkommenheit in zwei Sprachen denkt.' Andrew Carnegie (1835 – 1919), der seinerzeit einer der drei reichsten Amerikaner war, schrieb einen der ersten Ratgeber für wirtschaftlichen Erfolg: 'The Empire of Business'. In diesem Bestseller erklärt er, wie man es nach oben schaffen kann – und begründete damit das Genre der 'How-to'-Literatur. Als armes Einwandererkind aus Schottland war er geradezu Sinnbild für den Mythos des 'From rags to riches': Vom Tellerwäscher zum Millionär. 'Geschäft' sowie das angehängte Kapitel 'Der dreibeinige Stuhl' offenbart das Business-Selbstverständnis eines der reichsten self-made men: Sich auf eine Sache konzentrieren, alles darauf setzen, und die gleichberechtigen Elemente der Arbeit niemals vernachlässigen: Kapital, geschäftliche Tüchtigkeit und Arbeitskraft. Faszinierend!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f6e7ce25a8417c2cbc6e06929926d9c2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>How To Stage A Coup: And Ten Other Lessons from the World of Secret Statecraft by Rory Cormac</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-stage-a-coup-and-ten-other-lessons-from-the-world-of-secret-statecraft-by-rory-cormac--65205384</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663254" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663254</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How To Stage A Coup: And Ten Other Lessons from the World of Secret Statecraft Author: Rory Cormac Narrator: Barnaby Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 9 minutes Release date: April  6, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'A compelling history of the dark arts of statecraft... Fascinating' Jonathan Rugman 'Rich in anecdote and detail.' The Times Today's world is in flux. Competition between the great powers is back on the agenda and governments around the world are turning to secret statecraft and the hidden hand to navigate these uncertain waters. From poisonings to electoral interference, subversion to cyber sabotage, states increasingly operate in the shadows, while social media has created new avenues for disinformation on a mass scale. This is covert action: perhaps the most sensitive - and controversial - of all state activity. However, for all its supposed secrecy, it has become surprisingly prominent - and it is something that has the power to affect all of us. In an enthralling and urgent narrative packed with real-world examples, Rory Cormac reveals how such activity is shaping the world and argues that understanding why and how states wield these dark arts has never been more important.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663254</guid><pubDate>Thu, 06 Apr 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205384/9781004118175.mp3" length="1477665" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663254 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How To Stage A Coup: And Ten Other Lessons from the World of Secret Statecraft Author: Rory Cormac Narrator: Barnaby Edwards Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663254" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663254</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How To Stage A Coup: And Ten Other Lessons from the World of Secret Statecraft Author: Rory Cormac Narrator: Barnaby Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 9 minutes Release date: April  6, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'A compelling history of the dark arts of statecraft... Fascinating' Jonathan Rugman 'Rich in anecdote and detail.' The Times Today's world is in flux. Competition between the great powers is back on the agenda and governments around the world are turning to secret statecraft and the hidden hand to navigate these uncertain waters. From poisonings to electoral interference, subversion to cyber sabotage, states increasingly operate in the shadows, while social media has created new avenues for disinformation on a mass scale. This is covert action: perhaps the most sensitive - and controversial - of all state activity. However, for all its supposed secrecy, it has become surprisingly prominent - and it is something that has the power to affect all of us. In an enthralling and urgent narrative packed with real-world examples, Rory Cormac reveals how such activity is shaping the world and argues that understanding why and how states wield these dark arts has never been more important.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/397dccedb5736106391f8786b6a03711.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Mass Shootings in America: Understanding the Debates, Causes, and Responses by Jaclyn Schildkraut</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/mass-shootings-in-america-understanding-the-debates-causes-and-responses-by-jaclyn-schildkraut--65205486</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657294" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657294</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mass Shootings in America: Understanding the Debates, Causes, and Responses Author: Jaclyn Schildkraut Narrator: April Doty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 46 minutes Release date: April  4, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This book is an informed and informative resource for understanding the reasons for and consequences of mass shootings in America. It includes essays from experts in the fields of criminal justice, sociology, and psychology about key issues surrounding the phenomenon of mass shootings and a collection of opinion pieces that provide insights into debates surrounding gun laws and other issues related to mass shootings. The title also features an encyclopedia section containing entries on every mass shooting in the United States from 1966 to 2016 for easy reference and a collection of illuminating and historically important primary documents pertaining to mass shooting events and the broader problem of violence in American society. Accessible, authoritative, and comprehensive, Mass Shootings in America will assist a wide range of listeners, including budding scholars, seasoned researchers, and members of the general public, to a better understanding of mass shootings and their causes as well as steps that might be taken to reduce their severity and frequency. Contains mature themes.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657294</guid><pubDate>Tue, 04 Apr 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205486/9798765097885.mp3" length="14437289" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657294 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mass Shootings in America: Understanding the Debates, Causes, and Responses Author: Jaclyn Schildkraut Narrator: April Doty Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657294" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657294</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mass Shootings in America: Understanding the Debates, Causes, and Responses Author: Jaclyn Schildkraut Narrator: April Doty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 46 minutes Release date: April  4, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This book is an informed and informative resource for understanding the reasons for and consequences of mass shootings in America. It includes essays from experts in the fields of criminal justice, sociology, and psychology about key issues surrounding the phenomenon of mass shootings and a collection of opinion pieces that provide insights into debates surrounding gun laws and other issues related to mass shootings. The title also features an encyclopedia section containing entries on every mass shooting in the United States from 1966 to 2016 for easy reference and a collection of illuminating and historically important primary documents pertaining to mass shooting events and the broader problem of violence in American society. Accessible, authoritative, and comprehensive, Mass Shootings in America will assist a wide range of listeners, including budding scholars, seasoned researchers, and members of the general public, to a better understanding of mass shootings and their causes as well as steps that might be taken to reduce their severity and frequency. Contains mature themes.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/30526ff1f4211e947a1b5a617ed869e1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Global in the Local: A Century of War, Commerce, and Technology in China by Xin Zhang</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-global-in-the-local-a-century-of-war-commerce-and-technology-in-china-by-xin-zhang--65205398</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660007" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660007</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Global in the Local: A Century of War, Commerce, and Technology in China Author: Xin Zhang Narrator: David Lee Huynh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: April  4, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Fear swept Zhenjiang as British soldiers gathered outside the city walls in the summer of 1842. Already suspicious of foreigners, locals had also heard of the suffering the British inflicted two months earlier, in Zhapu. A wave of suicides and mercy killings ensued: rather than leave their families to the invaders, hundreds of women killed themselves and their children or died at the hands of male family members. British observers decried an 'Asian culture' of ritual suicide. In reality, the event was sui generis—a tragic result of colliding local and global forces in nineteenth-century China. Xin Zhang's groundbreaking history examines the intense negotiations between local societies and global changes that created modern China. In the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, world-historic political, economic, and technological developments transformed the textures of everyday life in places like Zhenjiang, a midsize river town in China's prosperous Lower Yangzi region. Drawing on rare primary sources, including handwritten diaries and other personal writings, Zhang offers a ground-level view of globalization in the city. Far from passive recipients, the Chinese leveraged, resisted, and made change for themselves. The Global in the Local argues that globalization is inevitably refracted through local particularities.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660007</guid><pubDate>Tue, 04 Apr 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205398/9798350823462.mp3" length="4837167" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660007 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Global in the Local: A Century of War, Commerce, and Technology in China Author: Xin Zhang Narrator: David Lee Huynh Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660007" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660007</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Global in the Local: A Century of War, Commerce, and Technology in China Author: Xin Zhang Narrator: David Lee Huynh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: April  4, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Fear swept Zhenjiang as British soldiers gathered outside the city walls in the summer of 1842. Already suspicious of foreigners, locals had also heard of the suffering the British inflicted two months earlier, in Zhapu. A wave of suicides and mercy killings ensued: rather than leave their families to the invaders, hundreds of women killed themselves and their children or died at the hands of male family members. British observers decried an 'Asian culture' of ritual suicide. In reality, the event was sui generis—a tragic result of colliding local and global forces in nineteenth-century China. Xin Zhang's groundbreaking history examines the intense negotiations between local societies and global changes that created modern China. In the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, world-historic political, economic, and technological developments transformed the textures of everyday life in places like Zhenjiang, a midsize river town in China's prosperous Lower Yangzi region. Drawing on rare primary sources, including handwritten diaries and other personal writings, Zhang offers a ground-level view of globalization in the city. Far from passive recipients, the Chinese leveraged, resisted, and made change for themselves. The Global in the Local argues that globalization is inevitably refracted through local particularities.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/019728906214b61a389698892d496ba7.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Individualists: Radicals, Reactionaries, and the Struggle for the Soul of Libertarianism by Matt Zwolinski, John Tomasi</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-individualists-radicals-reactionaries-and-the-struggle-for-the-soul-of-libertarianism-by-matt-zwolinski-john-tomasi--65205318</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669450" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669450</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Individualists: Radicals, Reactionaries, and the Struggle for the Soul of Libertarianism Author: Matt Zwolinski, John Tomasi Narrator: Leon Nixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 26 minutes Release date: April  4, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This audiobook narrated by Leon Nixon traces the history of libertarian thought from radical anarchists to conservative defenders of the status quo Libertarianism emerged in the mid-nineteenth century with an unwavering commitment to progressive causes, from women's rights and the fight against slavery to anti-colonialism and Irish emancipation. Today, this movement founded on the principle of individual liberty finds itself divided by both progressive and reactionary elements vying to claim it as their own. The Individualists is the untold story of a political doctrine continually reshaped by fierce internal tensions, bold and eccentric personalities, and shifting political circumstances. Matt Zwolinski and John Tomasi trace the history of libertarianism from its origins as a radical progressive ideology in the 1850s to its crisis of identity today. They examine the doctrine's evolution through six defining themes: private property, skepticism of authority, free markets, individualism, spontaneous order, and individual liberty. They show how the movement took a turn toward conservativism during the Cold War, when the dangers of communism at home and abroad came to dominate libertarian thinking. Zwolinski and Tomasi reveal a history that is wider, more diverse, and more contentious than many of us realize. A groundbreaking work of scholarship, The Individualists uncovers the neglected roots of a movement that has championed the poor and marginalized since its founding, but whose talk of equal liberty has often been bent to serve the interests of the rich and powerful.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669450</guid><pubDate>Tue, 04 Apr 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205318/9780691251257.mp3" length="2437285" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669450 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Individualists: Radicals, Reactionaries, and the Struggle for the Soul of Libertarianism Author: Matt Zwolinski, John Tomasi Narrator: Leon Nixon...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669450" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669450</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Individualists: Radicals, Reactionaries, and the Struggle for the Soul of Libertarianism Author: Matt Zwolinski, John Tomasi Narrator: Leon Nixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 26 minutes Release date: April  4, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This audiobook narrated by Leon Nixon traces the history of libertarian thought from radical anarchists to conservative defenders of the status quo Libertarianism emerged in the mid-nineteenth century with an unwavering commitment to progressive causes, from women's rights and the fight against slavery to anti-colonialism and Irish emancipation. Today, this movement founded on the principle of individual liberty finds itself divided by both progressive and reactionary elements vying to claim it as their own. The Individualists is the untold story of a political doctrine continually reshaped by fierce internal tensions, bold and eccentric personalities, and shifting political circumstances. Matt Zwolinski and John Tomasi trace the history of libertarianism from its origins as a radical progressive ideology in the 1850s to its crisis of identity today. They examine the doctrine's evolution through six defining themes: private property, skepticism of authority, free markets, individualism, spontaneous order, and individual liberty. They show how the movement took a turn toward conservativism during the Cold War, when the dangers of communism at home and abroad came to dominate libertarian thinking. Zwolinski and Tomasi reveal a history that is wider, more diverse, and more contentious than many of us realize. A groundbreaking work of scholarship, The Individualists uncovers the neglected roots of a movement that has championed the poor and marginalized since its founding, but whose talk of equal liberty has often been bent to serve the interests of the rich and powerful.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d286a141c11c6c1fc373eba93cb7b423.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Andrew Carnegie: Reichtum und sein Gebrauch: Ein Business-Ratgeber für junge Menschen by Andrew Carnegie</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-andrew-carnegie-reichtum-und-sein-gebrauch-ein-business-ratgeber-fur-junge-menschen-by-andrew-carnegie--65205403</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659790" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659790</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Andrew Carnegie: Reichtum und sein Gebrauch: Ein Business-Ratgeber für junge Menschen Author: Andrew Carnegie Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 49 minutes Release date: March 31, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Was also ist Reichtum? Wie entsteht er und wie verteilt er sich?' Andrew Carnegie (1835 – 1919), der seinerzeit einer der drei reichsten Amerikaner war, schrieb einen der ersten Ratgeber für wirtschaftlichen Erfolg: 'The Empire of Business'. In diesem Bestseller erklärt er, wie man es nach oben schaffen kann – und begründete damit das Genre der 'How-to'-Literatur. Als armes Einwandererkind aus Schottland war er geradezu Sinnbild für den Mythos des 'From rags to riches': Vom Tellerwäscher zum Millionär. 'Reichtum und sein Gebrauch' ist ein hochinteressanter Einblick in die Gedankenwelt eines Mannes, dessen unumstößliche Überzeugung es war, dass die Wenigen an der Spitze aufgrund ihrer exzeptionellen Fähigkeiten besser als der Staat dazu geeignet sind, die Entwicklung einer Gesellschaft und ihrer Mitglieder positiv zu beeinflussen. Ein faszinierendes Zeitdokument!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659790</guid><pubDate>Fri, 31 Mar 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205403/9783754502839.mp3" length="1477633" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659790 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Andrew Carnegie: Reichtum und sein Gebrauch: Ein Business-Ratgeber für junge Menschen Author: Andrew Carnegie Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659790" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659790</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Andrew Carnegie: Reichtum und sein Gebrauch: Ein Business-Ratgeber für junge Menschen Author: Andrew Carnegie Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 49 minutes Release date: March 31, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Was also ist Reichtum? Wie entsteht er und wie verteilt er sich?' Andrew Carnegie (1835 – 1919), der seinerzeit einer der drei reichsten Amerikaner war, schrieb einen der ersten Ratgeber für wirtschaftlichen Erfolg: 'The Empire of Business'. In diesem Bestseller erklärt er, wie man es nach oben schaffen kann – und begründete damit das Genre der 'How-to'-Literatur. Als armes Einwandererkind aus Schottland war er geradezu Sinnbild für den Mythos des 'From rags to riches': Vom Tellerwäscher zum Millionär. 'Reichtum und sein Gebrauch' ist ein hochinteressanter Einblick in die Gedankenwelt eines Mannes, dessen unumstößliche Überzeugung es war, dass die Wenigen an der Spitze aufgrund ihrer exzeptionellen Fähigkeiten besser als der Staat dazu geeignet sind, die Entwicklung einer Gesellschaft und ihrer Mitglieder positiv zu beeinflussen. Ein faszinierendes Zeitdokument!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1d70d47762954b1d54455e9c6cba8d70.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - René Descartes: Betrachtungen über die Grundlagen der Philosophie: Ein Klassiker der philosophischen Literatur. Ungekürzt gelesen</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-rene-descartes-betrachtungen-uber-die-grundlagen-der-philosophie-ein-klassiker-der-philosophischen-literatur-ungekurzt-gelesen--65205317</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669495" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669495</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - René Descartes: Betrachtungen über die Grundlagen der Philosophie: Ein Klassiker der philosophischen Literatur. Ungekürzt gelesen Author: René Descartes Narrator: Sven Görtz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 31, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Cogito, ergo sum: Ich denke, also bin ich.' Einer der wohl berühmtesten Sätze der Philosophiegeschichte stammt von René Descartes. In seinem Grundlagenwerk denkt er in sechs Meditationen über Metaphysik und Erkenntnistheorie nach. Themen sind der Zweifel, die Natur des menschlichen Geistes, das Dasein Gottes, das Wahre und das Falsche, die materiellen Dinge und die Verschiedenheit von Geist und Körper. Ein wahrhaftiges Grundlagenwerk der Philosophie!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669495</guid><pubDate>Fri, 31 Mar 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205317/9783754503089.mp3" length="1477711" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669495 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - René Descartes: Betrachtungen über die Grundlagen der Philosophie: Ein Klassiker der philosophischen Literatur. Ungekürzt gelesen Author:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669495" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669495</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - René Descartes: Betrachtungen über die Grundlagen der Philosophie: Ein Klassiker der philosophischen Literatur. Ungekürzt gelesen Author: René Descartes Narrator: Sven Görtz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 31, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Cogito, ergo sum: Ich denke, also bin ich.' Einer der wohl berühmtesten Sätze der Philosophiegeschichte stammt von René Descartes. In seinem Grundlagenwerk denkt er in sechs Meditationen über Metaphysik und Erkenntnistheorie nach. Themen sind der Zweifel, die Natur des menschlichen Geistes, das Dasein Gottes, das Wahre und das Falsche, die materiellen Dinge und die Verschiedenheit von Geist und Körper. Ein wahrhaftiges Grundlagenwerk der Philosophie!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>ber,rzt</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0bf22b91d2ca3e3ab9b5549a7fc4e3d9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The U.S. Congress: A Very Short Introduction by Donald A. Ritchie</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-u-s-congress-a-very-short-introduction-by-donald-a-ritchie--65205488</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657826" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657826</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The U.S. Congress: A Very Short Introduction Author: Donald A. Ritchie Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Donald A. Ritchie, a congressional historian for forty years, takes listeners on a fascinating, behind-the-scenes tour of Capitol Hill, pointing out the key players, explaining their behavior, and translating parliamentary language into plain English. He also explores the essential necessity of compromise to accomplish anything significant in the legislative arena. However, recent events show that political polarization has hardened and produced gridlock. The 2020 election also produced a more diverse membership in terms of gender, ethnicity, religion, and ideology, with primary elections resulting in the defeat of moderate candidates, making bipartisan compromise harder to achieve. Among the most significant events, the Senate ignored President Obama's last nomination to the Supreme Court and then adopted a 'nuclear option' to streamline future Supreme Court confirmations. The House also twice impeached President Trump, processes that starkly expose the differences between the majority-rule requirements of the House and the super-majority requirements of the Senate. This new edition explains how the parties have changed in light of the unprecedented politics of the past four years, culminating in the mob attack on the U.S. Capitol on January 6, 2021, and how this development has affected both the House and the Senate.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657826</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Mar 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205488/9798350816525.mp3" length="14437231" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657826 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The U.S. Congress: A Very Short Introduction Author: Donald A. Ritchie Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657826" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657826</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The U.S. Congress: A Very Short Introduction Author: Donald A. Ritchie Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Donald A. Ritchie, a congressional historian for forty years, takes listeners on a fascinating, behind-the-scenes tour of Capitol Hill, pointing out the key players, explaining their behavior, and translating parliamentary language into plain English. He also explores the essential necessity of compromise to accomplish anything significant in the legislative arena. However, recent events show that political polarization has hardened and produced gridlock. The 2020 election also produced a more diverse membership in terms of gender, ethnicity, religion, and ideology, with primary elections resulting in the defeat of moderate candidates, making bipartisan compromise harder to achieve. Among the most significant events, the Senate ignored President Obama's last nomination to the Supreme Court and then adopted a 'nuclear option' to streamline future Supreme Court confirmations. The House also twice impeached President Trump, processes that starkly expose the differences between the majority-rule requirements of the House and the super-majority requirements of the Senate. This new edition explains how the parties have changed in light of the unprecedented politics of the past four years, culminating in the mob attack on the U.S. Capitol on January 6, 2021, and how this development has affected both the House and the Senate.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c652a52a944b07e4cf5c27aeb364efe0.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>States of Neglect: How Red-State Leaders Have Failed Their Citizens and Undermined America by William Kleinknecht</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/states-of-neglect-how-red-state-leaders-have-failed-their-citizens-and-undermined-america-by-william-kleinknecht--65205487</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657755" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657755</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: States of Neglect: How Red-State Leaders Have Failed Their Citizens and Undermined America Author: William Kleinknecht Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 37 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In the wake of Trump's presidency, Republican-led states have joined in an alarming assault on our democratic system. But the drift toward authoritarianism in red states has far deeper roots. We now have a country where tens of millions of people live under regimes that have spent years starving education and health care, empowering polluters, engaging in voter suppression, and neglecting their citizens' well-being in the interest of cutting taxes for the wealthy. In States of Neglect, journalist William Kleinknecht surveys the landscape of neglect in states including Texas, Florida, and Arizona through the experiences of a rich cast of characters. He visits environmental dead zones in the Texas Gulf region. He investigates Arizona's abandonment of public education and its corrupt charter school industry. He shows how Mississippi's denuded health care system has made the Magnolia State the sickest in the nation. And he explains how North Carolina allows its people to sink into poverty while catering to the needs of corporations. As a postscript, Kleinknecht proposes how progressive states on either coast might join in a compact of 'progressive federalism' that uses their superior economic and cultural resources to counter the influence of the far right.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657755</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Mar 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205487/9781696611480.mp3" length="14437289" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657755 to listen full audiobooks. Title: States of Neglect: How Red-State Leaders Have Failed Their Citizens and Undermined America Author: William Kleinknecht Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657755" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657755</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: States of Neglect: How Red-State Leaders Have Failed Their Citizens and Undermined America Author: William Kleinknecht Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 37 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In the wake of Trump's presidency, Republican-led states have joined in an alarming assault on our democratic system. But the drift toward authoritarianism in red states has far deeper roots. We now have a country where tens of millions of people live under regimes that have spent years starving education and health care, empowering polluters, engaging in voter suppression, and neglecting their citizens' well-being in the interest of cutting taxes for the wealthy. In States of Neglect, journalist William Kleinknecht surveys the landscape of neglect in states including Texas, Florida, and Arizona through the experiences of a rich cast of characters. He visits environmental dead zones in the Texas Gulf region. He investigates Arizona's abandonment of public education and its corrupt charter school industry. He shows how Mississippi's denuded health care system has made the Magnolia State the sickest in the nation. And he explains how North Carolina allows its people to sink into poverty while catering to the needs of corporations. As a postscript, Kleinknecht proposes how progressive states on either coast might join in a compact of 'progressive federalism' that uses their superior economic and cultural resources to counter the influence of the far right.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/80ff03c39efb96b964b1862835d81452.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>A Realistic Blacktopia: Why We Must Unite To Fight by Derrick Darby</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-realistic-blacktopia-why-we-must-unite-to-fight-by-derrick-darby--65205484</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657300" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657300</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Realistic Blacktopia: Why We Must Unite To Fight Author: Derrick Darby Narrator: Diontae Black Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The United States is dogged by racism and racial disparities in income, wealth, health, education, and criminal justice. Philosophers disagree on what kind of politics is needed to address this problem. Do we pursue race-specific remedies to undo racism or do we assume the permanence of racism and opt for non-race-specific remedies in pursuit of a more egalitarian society? Paradoxically, the way to make racial progress in racist America is to downplay race. In A Realistic Blacktopia, political philosopher Derrick Darby challenges the 'small tent' approach by examining U.S. Supreme Court cases on education and voting rights arguing that they hold general lessons about the limits of racial politics. Securing racial justice in racist America calls for 'big tent' remedies, and Darby argues that pursuing non-race-specific remedies with maximal democratic inclusion is a necessary strategy for mitigating racial inequality and achieving racial justice. A Realistic Blacktopia offers clarity on how racism persists, contrary to claims that America is a post-racial society. Explaining why the myth of post-racialism cannot be ignored in crafting remedies for racial inequality, Darby supplies a principled pragmatic proposal for achieving racial justice. Darby also explains why achieving racial justice requires inclusive democracy.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657300</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Mar 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205484/9798350803662.mp3" length="14437264" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657300 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Realistic Blacktopia: Why We Must Unite To Fight Author: Derrick Darby Narrator: Diontae Black Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 13...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657300" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657300</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Realistic Blacktopia: Why We Must Unite To Fight Author: Derrick Darby Narrator: Diontae Black Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The United States is dogged by racism and racial disparities in income, wealth, health, education, and criminal justice. Philosophers disagree on what kind of politics is needed to address this problem. Do we pursue race-specific remedies to undo racism or do we assume the permanence of racism and opt for non-race-specific remedies in pursuit of a more egalitarian society? Paradoxically, the way to make racial progress in racist America is to downplay race. In A Realistic Blacktopia, political philosopher Derrick Darby challenges the 'small tent' approach by examining U.S. Supreme Court cases on education and voting rights arguing that they hold general lessons about the limits of racial politics. Securing racial justice in racist America calls for 'big tent' remedies, and Darby argues that pursuing non-race-specific remedies with maximal democratic inclusion is a necessary strategy for mitigating racial inequality and achieving racial justice. A Realistic Blacktopia offers clarity on how racism persists, contrary to claims that America is a post-racial society. Explaining why the myth of post-racialism cannot be ignored in crafting remedies for racial inequality, Darby supplies a principled pragmatic proposal for achieving racial justice. Darby also explains why achieving racial justice requires inclusive democracy.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/55184ff2d70cb66c16cf1208ececb50e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>I Don't Like Mondays: The True Story Behind America’s First Modern School Shooting by N. Leigh Hunt</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/i-don-t-like-mondays-the-true-story-behind-america-s-first-modern-school-shooting-by-n-leigh-hunt--65205481</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657806" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657806</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Don't Like Mondays: The True Story Behind America’s First Modern School Shooting Author: N. Leigh Hunt Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In 1979, Brenda Spencer, a seemingly average teenage girl living in a nice suburban neighborhood, made and executed plans that would place her in infamy and set a violent and terrifying national precedent. She recieved a rifle for Christmas and a month later set her sights and opens fire on the elementary school across the street. The event is forever glorified by the song 'I Don’t Like Mondays' by The Boomtown Rats and marks the bloody beginning of the American phenomenon of school shootings. Long before Columbine and Sandy Hook, there was Brenda Spencer . . . I Don't Like Mondays: The True Story of America's First Modern School Shooting sifts through the mythology that has sprung up around this fateful day, presenting the raw and riveting facts for the first time. N. Leigh Hunt spent years researching and uncovering shocking details from officers, investigators, and lost police dispatches. He has interviewed people who were on the scene and local reporters who spoke with the perpetrator directly after her shooting spree. Hunt has even cultivated an unlikely rapport with the killer and shed light on previously unknown details about her upbringing and influences. Contains mature themes.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657806</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Mar 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205481/9798765089903.mp3" length="14437312" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657806 to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Don't Like Mondays: The True Story Behind America’s First Modern School Shooting Author: N. Leigh Hunt Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657806" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657806</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Don't Like Mondays: The True Story Behind America’s First Modern School Shooting Author: N. Leigh Hunt Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In 1979, Brenda Spencer, a seemingly average teenage girl living in a nice suburban neighborhood, made and executed plans that would place her in infamy and set a violent and terrifying national precedent. She recieved a rifle for Christmas and a month later set her sights and opens fire on the elementary school across the street. The event is forever glorified by the song 'I Don’t Like Mondays' by The Boomtown Rats and marks the bloody beginning of the American phenomenon of school shootings. Long before Columbine and Sandy Hook, there was Brenda Spencer . . . I Don't Like Mondays: The True Story of America's First Modern School Shooting sifts through the mythology that has sprung up around this fateful day, presenting the raw and riveting facts for the first time. N. Leigh Hunt spent years researching and uncovering shocking details from officers, investigators, and lost police dispatches. He has interviewed people who were on the scene and local reporters who spoke with the perpetrator directly after her shooting spree. Hunt has even cultivated an unlikely rapport with the killer and shed light on previously unknown details about her upbringing and influences. Contains mature themes.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/48ffab81a7ee05a619d01db9ee33a49f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Gradual: The Case for Incremental Change in a Radical Age by Aubrey Fox, Greg Berman</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/gradual-the-case-for-incremental-change-in-a-radical-age-by-aubrey-fox-greg-berman--65205408</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660841" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660841</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gradual: The Case for Incremental Change in a Radical Age Author: Aubrey Fox, Greg Berman Narrator: Tim Fannon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Many experts believe that we are at a fulcrum moment in history, a time that demands radical shifts in thinking and policymaking. Calls for bold change are everywhere these days, particularly on social media. But is this actually the best way to make the world a better place?In Gradual, Greg Berman and Aubrey Fox argue that, contrary to the aspirations of activists on both the right and the left, incremental reform is the best path forward. They begin by emphasizing that the very structure of American government explicitly and implicitly favors incrementalism. Particularly in a time of intense polarization, any effort to advance radical change will inevitably engender significant backlash. As Berman and Fox make clear, polling shows little public support for bold change. The public is, however, willing to endorse a broad range of incremental reforms that, if implemented, would reduce suffering and improve fairness. To illustrate how incremental changes can add up to significant change over time, Berman and Fox provide portraits of “heroic incrementalists” who have produced meaningful reforms in a variety of areas, from the expansion of Social Security to more recent efforts to reduce crime and incarceration.Gradual is a bracing call for a “radical realism” that prioritizes honesty, humility, nuance, and respect in an effort to transcend political polarization and reduce the conflict produced by social media.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660841</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Mar 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205408/9781705090978.mp3" length="2437220" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660841 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gradual: The Case for Incremental Change in a Radical Age Author: Aubrey Fox, Greg Berman Narrator: Tim Fannon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660841" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660841</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gradual: The Case for Incremental Change in a Radical Age Author: Aubrey Fox, Greg Berman Narrator: Tim Fannon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Many experts believe that we are at a fulcrum moment in history, a time that demands radical shifts in thinking and policymaking. Calls for bold change are everywhere these days, particularly on social media. But is this actually the best way to make the world a better place?In Gradual, Greg Berman and Aubrey Fox argue that, contrary to the aspirations of activists on both the right and the left, incremental reform is the best path forward. They begin by emphasizing that the very structure of American government explicitly and implicitly favors incrementalism. Particularly in a time of intense polarization, any effort to advance radical change will inevitably engender significant backlash. As Berman and Fox make clear, polling shows little public support for bold change. The public is, however, willing to endorse a broad range of incremental reforms that, if implemented, would reduce suffering and improve fairness. To illustrate how incremental changes can add up to significant change over time, Berman and Fox provide portraits of “heroic incrementalists” who have produced meaningful reforms in a variety of areas, from the expansion of Social Security to more recent efforts to reduce crime and incarceration.Gradual is a bracing call for a “radical realism” that prioritizes honesty, humility, nuance, and respect in an effort to transcend political polarization and reduce the conflict produced by social media.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a8540fa5849daf674f52a08ace5a584a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Dean of Shandong: Confessions of a Minor Bureaucrat at a Chinese University by Daniel A. Bell</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-dean-of-shandong-confessions-of-a-minor-bureaucrat-at-a-chinese-university-by-daniel-a-bell--65205341</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669451" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669451</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dean of Shandong: Confessions of a Minor Bureaucrat at a Chinese University Author: Daniel A. Bell Narrator: Wynt Woody Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 41 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This audiobook narrated by Wyntner Woody provides an inside view of Chinese academia and what it reveals about China's political system On January 1, 2017, Daniel Bell was appointed dean of the School of Political Science and Public Administration at Shandong University—the first foreign dean of a political science faculty in mainland China's history. In The Dean of Shandong, Bell chronicles his experiences as what he calls 'a minor bureaucrat,' offering an inside account of the workings of Chinese academia and what they reveal about China's political system. It wasn't all smooth sailing—Bell wryly recounts sporadic bungles and misunderstandings—but Bell's post as dean provides a unique vantage point on China today. Bell, neither a Chinese citizen nor a member of the Chinese Communist Party, was appointed as dean because of his scholarly work on Confucianism—but soon found himself coping with a variety of issues having little to do with scholarship or Confucius. These include the importance of hair color and the prevalence of hair-dyeing among university administrators, both male and female; Shandong's drinking culture, with endless toasts at every shared meal; and some unintended consequences of an intensely competitive academic meritocracy. As dean, he also confronts weightier matters: the role at the university of the Party secretary, the national anticorruption campaign and its effect on academia (Bell asks provocatively, 'What's wrong with corruption?'), and formal and informal modes of censorship. Considering both the revival of Confucianism in China over the last three decades and what he calls 'the Communist comeback' since 2008, Bell predicts that China's political future is likely to be determined by both Confucianism and Communism.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669451</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Mar 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205341/9780691254500.mp3" length="2437233" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669451 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dean of Shandong: Confessions of a Minor Bureaucrat at a Chinese University Author: Daniel A. Bell Narrator: Wynt Woody Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669451" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669451</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dean of Shandong: Confessions of a Minor Bureaucrat at a Chinese University Author: Daniel A. Bell Narrator: Wynt Woody Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 41 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This audiobook narrated by Wyntner Woody provides an inside view of Chinese academia and what it reveals about China's political system On January 1, 2017, Daniel Bell was appointed dean of the School of Political Science and Public Administration at Shandong University—the first foreign dean of a political science faculty in mainland China's history. In The Dean of Shandong, Bell chronicles his experiences as what he calls 'a minor bureaucrat,' offering an inside account of the workings of Chinese academia and what they reveal about China's political system. It wasn't all smooth sailing—Bell wryly recounts sporadic bungles and misunderstandings—but Bell's post as dean provides a unique vantage point on China today. Bell, neither a Chinese citizen nor a member of the Chinese Communist Party, was appointed as dean because of his scholarly work on Confucianism—but soon found himself coping with a variety of issues having little to do with scholarship or Confucius. These include the importance of hair color and the prevalence of hair-dyeing among university administrators, both male and female; Shandong's drinking culture, with endless toasts at every shared meal; and some unintended consequences of an intensely competitive academic meritocracy. As dean, he also confronts weightier matters: the role at the university of the Party secretary, the national anticorruption campaign and its effect on academia (Bell asks provocatively, 'What's wrong with corruption?'), and formal and informal modes of censorship. Considering both the revival of Confucianism in China over the last three decades and what he calls 'the Communist comeback' since 2008, Bell predicts that China's political future is likely to be determined by both Confucianism and Communism.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9fb82d61bb5850df9594636443850a8a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Mit Hypnose zu mentaler Klarheit: Fokus &amp; mehr Gelassenheit by Norman Wiehe</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-mit-hypnose-zu-mentaler-klarheit-fokus-mehr-gelassenheit-by-norman-wiehe--65205336</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669513" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669513</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Mit Hypnose zu mentaler Klarheit: Fokus &amp; mehr Gelassenheit Author: Norman Wiehe Narrator: Norman Wiehe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 36 minutes Release date: March 26, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Mentale Blockaden, Ballast und das stetige Gedankenkarussell hindern uns daran, ins Handeln zu kommen und klare Entscheidungen zu treffen. Der Verstand weiß das bereits, doch die Gründe liegen im Unterbewusstsein. Dahinter stecken Vermeidungsstrategien, Glaubenssätze und Selbstzweifel, mit unterschiedlicher Herkunft.     Die Ursachen müssen wir nicht kennen, damit unser Unterbewusstsein tätig werden kann. Wir müssen ihm lediglich die Gelegenheit dazu geben, für uns aktiv zu werden.    Diese Hypnose soll Dich dabei unterstützen, mentale Blockaden zu lösen und klarer und fokussierter zu denken. Damit sie ihre volle Wirkung entfalten kann, hörst Du sie Dir 14 Tage lang täglich, ein Mal an.    Diese Audiodatei ersetzt keine Arztbesuche oder Therapien. Höre sie immer nur dann, wenn Du entspannen kannst und Dich auf die Audiodatei einlassen kannst.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669513</guid><pubDate>Sun, 26 Mar 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205336/4067248809259.mp3" length="1477649" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669513 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Mit Hypnose zu mentaler Klarheit: Fokus &amp;amp; mehr Gelassenheit Author: Norman Wiehe Narrator: Norman Wiehe Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669513" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669513</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Mit Hypnose zu mentaler Klarheit: Fokus &amp; mehr Gelassenheit Author: Norman Wiehe Narrator: Norman Wiehe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 36 minutes Release date: March 26, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Mentale Blockaden, Ballast und das stetige Gedankenkarussell hindern uns daran, ins Handeln zu kommen und klare Entscheidungen zu treffen. Der Verstand weiß das bereits, doch die Gründe liegen im Unterbewusstsein. Dahinter stecken Vermeidungsstrategien, Glaubenssätze und Selbstzweifel, mit unterschiedlicher Herkunft.     Die Ursachen müssen wir nicht kennen, damit unser Unterbewusstsein tätig werden kann. Wir müssen ihm lediglich die Gelegenheit dazu geben, für uns aktiv zu werden.    Diese Hypnose soll Dich dabei unterstützen, mentale Blockaden zu lösen und klarer und fokussierter zu denken. Damit sie ihre volle Wirkung entfalten kann, hörst Du sie Dir 14 Tage lang täglich, ein Mal an.    Diese Audiodatei ersetzt keine Arztbesuche oder Therapien. Höre sie immer nur dann, wenn Du entspannen kannst und Dich auf die Audiodatei einlassen kannst.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c72ab6a68be9452dda7149823e9856a9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Andrew Carnegie: Über das Sparen: Wie man ein Vermögen erwerben kann by Andrew Carnegie</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-andrew-carnegie-uber-das-sparen-wie-man-ein-vermogen-erwerben-kann-by-andrew-carnegie--65205437</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659789" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659789</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Andrew Carnegie: Über das Sparen: Wie man ein Vermögen erwerben kann Author: Andrew Carnegie Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 43 minutes Release date: March 24, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Kein stolzer, sich selbst achtender Mann kann jemals glücklich oder auch nur zufrieden sein, wenn er für seine notdürftigen Bedürfnisse von anderen abhängt.' Andrew Carnegie (1835 – 1919), der seinerzeit einer der drei reichsten Amerikaner war, schrieb einen der ersten Ratgeber für wirtschaftlichen Erfolg: 'The Empire of Business'. In diesem Bestseller erklärt er, wie man es nach oben schaffen kann – und begründete damit das Genre der 'How-to'-Literatur. Als armes Einwandererkind aus Schottland war er geradezu Sinnbild für den Mythos des 'From rags to riches': Vom Tellerwäscher zum Millionär. 'Über das Sparen' ist ein hochinteressanter Einblick in die Gedankenwelt eines Mannes, der in der Zeit der rasch fortschreitenden Industrialisierung hyperreich wurde – und seine unumstößlichen Überzeugungen mit anderen teilen wollte, da seiner Meinung nach finanzieller Wohlstand für einen jeden erreichbar war, der ihn unbedingt wollte. Ein faszinierendes Zeitdokument!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659789</guid><pubDate>Fri, 24 Mar 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205437/9783754502822.mp3" length="1477599" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659789 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Andrew Carnegie: Über das Sparen: Wie man ein Vermögen erwerben kann Author: Andrew Carnegie Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659789" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659789</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Andrew Carnegie: Über das Sparen: Wie man ein Vermögen erwerben kann Author: Andrew Carnegie Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 43 minutes Release date: March 24, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Kein stolzer, sich selbst achtender Mann kann jemals glücklich oder auch nur zufrieden sein, wenn er für seine notdürftigen Bedürfnisse von anderen abhängt.' Andrew Carnegie (1835 – 1919), der seinerzeit einer der drei reichsten Amerikaner war, schrieb einen der ersten Ratgeber für wirtschaftlichen Erfolg: 'The Empire of Business'. In diesem Bestseller erklärt er, wie man es nach oben schaffen kann – und begründete damit das Genre der 'How-to'-Literatur. Als armes Einwandererkind aus Schottland war er geradezu Sinnbild für den Mythos des 'From rags to riches': Vom Tellerwäscher zum Millionär. 'Über das Sparen' ist ein hochinteressanter Einblick in die Gedankenwelt eines Mannes, der in der Zeit der rasch fortschreitenden Industrialisierung hyperreich wurde – und seine unumstößlichen Überzeugungen mit anderen teilen wollte, da seiner Meinung nach finanzieller Wohlstand für einen jeden erreichbar war, der ihn unbedingt wollte. Ein faszinierendes Zeitdokument!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>ber</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7f3a357330d8128497e6d52d1738e9ca.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Stefan Zweig: Nietzsche – Der Kampf mit dem Dämon: Versuch einer Typologie des Geistes. Ungekürzt gelesen by Stefan Zweig</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-stefan-zweig-nietzsche-der-kampf-mit-dem-damon-versuch-einer-typologie-des-geistes-ungekurzt-gelesen-by-stefan-zweig--65205334</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669502" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669502</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Stefan Zweig: Nietzsche – Der Kampf mit dem Dämon: Versuch einer Typologie des Geistes. Ungekürzt gelesen Author: Stefan Zweig Narrator: Sven Görtz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 24, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Stefan Zweig war nicht nur meisterhafter Novellist, er schrieb auch ungeheuer lesenswerte biographische Miniaturen. Im Werk 'Der Kampf mit dem Dämon' erzählt er von drei Autoren, deren Genialität sie an den Rand des Wahnsinns brachte – und darüber hinaus. In diesem Hörbuch geht es um den Philosophen Friedrich Nietzsche, dessen Innerstes Zweig freilegt, als sei die Feder ein Skalpell.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669502</guid><pubDate>Fri, 24 Mar 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205334/9783754503010.mp3" length="1477659" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669502 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Stefan Zweig: Nietzsche – Der Kampf mit dem Dämon: Versuch einer Typologie des Geistes. Ungekürzt gelesen Author: Stefan Zweig Narrator:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669502" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669502</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Stefan Zweig: Nietzsche – Der Kampf mit dem Dämon: Versuch einer Typologie des Geistes. Ungekürzt gelesen Author: Stefan Zweig Narrator: Sven Görtz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 24, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Stefan Zweig war nicht nur meisterhafter Novellist, er schrieb auch ungeheuer lesenswerte biographische Miniaturen. Im Werk 'Der Kampf mit dem Dämon' erzählt er von drei Autoren, deren Genialität sie an den Rand des Wahnsinns brachte – und darüber hinaus. In diesem Hörbuch geht es um den Philosophen Friedrich Nietzsche, dessen Innerstes Zweig freilegt, als sei die Feder ein Skalpell.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>rzt</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/11c182ab0212795306c943b38ebc69b5.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Stefan Zweig: Freud – Die Heilung durch den Geist: Versuch einer Ideengeschichte. Ungekürzt gelesen by Stefan Zweig</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-stefan-zweig-freud-die-heilung-durch-den-geist-versuch-einer-ideengeschichte-ungekurzt-gelesen-by-stefan-zweig--65205328</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669501" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669501</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Stefan Zweig: Freud – Die Heilung durch den Geist: Versuch einer Ideengeschichte. Ungekürzt gelesen Author: Stefan Zweig Narrator: Sven Görtz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 45 minutes Release date: March 24, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Stefan Zweig war nicht nur meisterhafter Novellist, er schrieb auch ungeheuer lesenswerte biographische Miniaturen. Im Werk 'Die Heilung durch den Geist' erzählt er von drei Autoren, deren Heilmethoden spirituell-analytischer Art waren. In diesem Hörbuch geht es um den Begründer der Psychoanalyse, Sigmund Freud. In einer biographischen Ideengeschichte wird uns der geniale Forscher von einem genialen Autoren nähergebracht. Unnachahmlich!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669501</guid><pubDate>Fri, 24 Mar 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205328/9783754503027.mp3" length="1477647" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669501 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Stefan Zweig: Freud – Die Heilung durch den Geist: Versuch einer Ideengeschichte. Ungekürzt gelesen Author: Stefan Zweig Narrator: Sven...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669501" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669501</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Stefan Zweig: Freud – Die Heilung durch den Geist: Versuch einer Ideengeschichte. Ungekürzt gelesen Author: Stefan Zweig Narrator: Sven Görtz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 45 minutes Release date: March 24, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Stefan Zweig war nicht nur meisterhafter Novellist, er schrieb auch ungeheuer lesenswerte biographische Miniaturen. Im Werk 'Die Heilung durch den Geist' erzählt er von drei Autoren, deren Heilmethoden spirituell-analytischer Art waren. In diesem Hörbuch geht es um den Begründer der Psychoanalyse, Sigmund Freud. In einer biographischen Ideengeschichte wird uns der geniale Forscher von einem genialen Autoren nähergebracht. Unnachahmlich!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>rzt</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e77c70792b375e1d6d8d1adcd1e56514.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Ralph Waldo Emerson: Natur: Ein Grundlagenwerk der Philosophie. Ungekürzt gelesen. by Ralph Waldo Emerson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-ralph-waldo-emerson-natur-ein-grundlagenwerk-der-philosophie-ungekurzt-gelesen-by-ralph-waldo-emerson--65205325</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669498" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669498</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ralph Waldo Emerson: Natur: Ein Grundlagenwerk der Philosophie. Ungekürzt gelesen. Author: Ralph Waldo Emerson Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 54 minutes Release date: March 24, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Die Wände der Bienenzelle stoßen in dem Winkel aufeinander, der mit dem geringsten Aufwand von Wachs die größte Festigkeit gibt; der Knochen und der Kiel des Vogels geben die größte Flugkraft bei dem geringsten Gewicht. In der Beredsamkeit ist dieses kunstvolle Auslassen ein Hauptgeheimnis starker Wirkung, und im allgemeinen ist es ein Beweis hoher Bildung, die größten Dinge auf die einfachste Art zu sagen.' Einfach leben, in Einklang mit der Natur – das war die scheinbar einfache Philosophie von Ralph Waldo Emerson, der im Massachusetts des 19. Jahrhunderts lebte. Er gilt als Begründer des Transzendentalismus; sein Einfluss auf die amerikanische Kultur kann nicht hoch genug eingeschätzt werden.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669498</guid><pubDate>Fri, 24 Mar 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205325/9783754503058.mp3" length="1477637" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669498 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ralph Waldo Emerson: Natur: Ein Grundlagenwerk der Philosophie. Ungekürzt gelesen. Author: Ralph Waldo Emerson Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669498" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669498</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ralph Waldo Emerson: Natur: Ein Grundlagenwerk der Philosophie. Ungekürzt gelesen. Author: Ralph Waldo Emerson Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 54 minutes Release date: March 24, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Die Wände der Bienenzelle stoßen in dem Winkel aufeinander, der mit dem geringsten Aufwand von Wachs die größte Festigkeit gibt; der Knochen und der Kiel des Vogels geben die größte Flugkraft bei dem geringsten Gewicht. In der Beredsamkeit ist dieses kunstvolle Auslassen ein Hauptgeheimnis starker Wirkung, und im allgemeinen ist es ein Beweis hoher Bildung, die größten Dinge auf die einfachste Art zu sagen.' Einfach leben, in Einklang mit der Natur – das war die scheinbar einfache Philosophie von Ralph Waldo Emerson, der im Massachusetts des 19. Jahrhunderts lebte. Er gilt als Begründer des Transzendentalismus; sein Einfluss auf die amerikanische Kultur kann nicht hoch genug eingeschätzt werden.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>rzt</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e8870fb33a42665cfc4b6f89cb24eeeb.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Karel Čapek: Das Jahr des Gärtners: Ein humorvoller Kalender für das Gartenjahr by Karel čapek</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-karel-capek-das-jahr-des-gartners-ein-humorvoller-kalender-fur-das-gartenjahr-by-karel-capek--65205409</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659784" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659784</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Karel Čapek: Das Jahr des Gärtners: Ein humorvoller Kalender für das Gartenjahr Author: Karel čapek Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 4 minutes Release date: March 17, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Heute, am 30. März, um 10 Uhr vormittags, öffnete sich hinter meinem Rücken die erste Blüte des Goldbechers. Drei Tage bewachte ich seine größte Knospe, die einer kleinen goldenen Hülse ähnelt, um nur ja diesen historischen Augenblick nicht zu versäumen; er trat ein, während ich zum Himmel hinaufsah, ob es regnen werde.' Karel Čapek (1890 – 1938), seinerzeit der beliebteste und auflagenstärkste tschechische Autor, legt einen zeitlosen humorvollen Führer durch das Gartenjahr vor – für Hobbygärtner, solche, die es werden wollen – und solche, die sich ein wenig über Gärtner amüsieren wollen. Es gibt Menschen, die glauben, das Gärtnern heutzutage nehme absurde Züge an. Beim Hören dieses Juwels wird klar: vor hundert Jahren war es ganz und gar nicht anders... Ein Kapitel für jeden Monat des Jahres, ergänzt durch liebevoll-philosophische Betrachtungen. Wunderbar!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659784</guid><pubDate>Fri, 17 Mar 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205409/9783754502853.mp3" length="1477615" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659784 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Karel Čapek: Das Jahr des Gärtners: Ein humorvoller Kalender für das Gartenjahr Author: Karel čapek Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659784" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659784</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Karel Čapek: Das Jahr des Gärtners: Ein humorvoller Kalender für das Gartenjahr Author: Karel čapek Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 4 minutes Release date: March 17, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Heute, am 30. März, um 10 Uhr vormittags, öffnete sich hinter meinem Rücken die erste Blüte des Goldbechers. Drei Tage bewachte ich seine größte Knospe, die einer kleinen goldenen Hülse ähnelt, um nur ja diesen historischen Augenblick nicht zu versäumen; er trat ein, während ich zum Himmel hinaufsah, ob es regnen werde.' Karel Čapek (1890 – 1938), seinerzeit der beliebteste und auflagenstärkste tschechische Autor, legt einen zeitlosen humorvollen Führer durch das Gartenjahr vor – für Hobbygärtner, solche, die es werden wollen – und solche, die sich ein wenig über Gärtner amüsieren wollen. Es gibt Menschen, die glauben, das Gärtnern heutzutage nehme absurde Züge an. Beim Hören dieses Juwels wird klar: vor hundert Jahren war es ganz und gar nicht anders... Ein Kapitel für jeden Monat des Jahres, ergänzt durch liebevoll-philosophische Betrachtungen. Wunderbar!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ad1d366e5ec432ac3a5406c20ab48ce3.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Andrew Carnegie: Das ABC des Geldes: Über die Entstehung und Bedeutung von Geld und Kredit by Andrew Carnegie</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-andrew-carnegie-das-abc-des-geldes-uber-die-entstehung-und-bedeutung-von-geld-und-kredit-by-andrew-carnegie--65205389</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659786" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659786</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Andrew Carnegie: Das ABC des Geldes: Über die Entstehung und Bedeutung von Geld und Kredit Author: Andrew Carnegie Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 31 minutes Release date: March 17, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Wenn die Leute also mehr Geld für den Wertumlauf verlangen – das will sagen: eine größere Menge des Artikels, den sie für den Austausch aller anderen Artikel nötig haben – so ist leicht zu ersehen, dass nicht Geld im eigentlichsten Sinne des Wortes verlangt wird, sondern Kredit.' Andrew Carnegie (1835 – 1919), der seinerzeit einer der drei reichsten Amerikaner war, schrieb einen der ersten Ratgeber für wirtschaftlichen Erfolg: 'The Empire of Business'. In diesem Bestseller erklärt er, wie man es nach oben schaffen kann – und begründete damit das Genre der 'How-to'-Literatur. Als armes Einwandererkind aus Schottland war er geradezu Sinnbild für den Mythos des 'From rags to riches': Vom Tellerwäscher zum Millionär. 'Das ABC des Geldes' ist ein kleiner Exkurs über die Anfänge der Tauschwirtschaft bis hin zur Etablierung von durch Gold gedecktem Geld. Ein faszinierendes Zeitdokument!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659786</guid><pubDate>Fri, 17 Mar 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205389/9783754502792.mp3" length="1477643" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659786 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Andrew Carnegie: Das ABC des Geldes: Über die Entstehung und Bedeutung von Geld und Kredit Author: Andrew Carnegie Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659786" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659786</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Andrew Carnegie: Das ABC des Geldes: Über die Entstehung und Bedeutung von Geld und Kredit Author: Andrew Carnegie Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 31 minutes Release date: March 17, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Wenn die Leute also mehr Geld für den Wertumlauf verlangen – das will sagen: eine größere Menge des Artikels, den sie für den Austausch aller anderen Artikel nötig haben – so ist leicht zu ersehen, dass nicht Geld im eigentlichsten Sinne des Wortes verlangt wird, sondern Kredit.' Andrew Carnegie (1835 – 1919), der seinerzeit einer der drei reichsten Amerikaner war, schrieb einen der ersten Ratgeber für wirtschaftlichen Erfolg: 'The Empire of Business'. In diesem Bestseller erklärt er, wie man es nach oben schaffen kann – und begründete damit das Genre der 'How-to'-Literatur. Als armes Einwandererkind aus Schottland war er geradezu Sinnbild für den Mythos des 'From rags to riches': Vom Tellerwäscher zum Millionär. 'Das ABC des Geldes' ist ein kleiner Exkurs über die Anfänge der Tauschwirtschaft bis hin zur Etablierung von durch Gold gedecktem Geld. Ein faszinierendes Zeitdokument!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>ber</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/3e1d1177da3c1399b94bb5a14522be28.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>10 Days That Shaped Modern Canada by Aaron W. Hughes</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/10-days-that-shaped-modern-canada-by-aaron-w-hughes--65205330</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668727" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668727</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 10 Days That Shaped Modern Canada Author: Aaron W. Hughes Narrator: Tyler Hyrchuk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 14, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Revisiting ten notable days from recent history, Aaron W. Hughes invites readers to think about the tensions, events, and personalities that make Canada distinct. These indelible dates interweave to offer an account of the political, social, cultural, and demographic forces that have shaped the modern nation. The diverse episodes include the enactment of the War Measures Act, hockey’s Summit Series, the patriation of the Constitution, the Multiculturalism Act, the École Polytechnique Massacre, victories for gay rights, Quebec’s second referendum on secession, The Tragically Hip’s farewell concert, the Truth and Reconciliation Commission, and ongoing Black equality struggles. Each day represents a window on contemporary Canada, jumpstarting reflection and conversation about who we are as a nation and how we got here. 10 Days That Shaped Modern Canada is the perfect guide for all those curious about the forces that shape our country and about how we understand our place in the world.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668727</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 Mar 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205330/9781772127058.mp3" length="2437189" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668727 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 10 Days That Shaped Modern Canada Author: Aaron W. Hughes Narrator: Tyler Hyrchuk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 15 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668727" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668727</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 10 Days That Shaped Modern Canada Author: Aaron W. Hughes Narrator: Tyler Hyrchuk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 14, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Revisiting ten notable days from recent history, Aaron W. Hughes invites readers to think about the tensions, events, and personalities that make Canada distinct. These indelible dates interweave to offer an account of the political, social, cultural, and demographic forces that have shaped the modern nation. The diverse episodes include the enactment of the War Measures Act, hockey’s Summit Series, the patriation of the Constitution, the Multiculturalism Act, the École Polytechnique Massacre, victories for gay rights, Quebec’s second referendum on secession, The Tragically Hip’s farewell concert, the Truth and Reconciliation Commission, and ongoing Black equality struggles. Each day represents a window on contemporary Canada, jumpstarting reflection and conversation about who we are as a nation and how we got here. 10 Days That Shaped Modern Canada is the perfect guide for all those curious about the forces that shape our country and about how we understand our place in the world.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2f17fd5c114a56130cc6a0fd1e95306f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Scalia: Rise to Greatness: 1936 - 1986 by James Rosen</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/scalia-rise-to-greatness-1936-1986-by-james-rosen--65205361</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667917" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667917</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scalia: Rise to Greatness: 1936 - 1986 Author: James Rosen Narrator: John Mclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 32 minutes Release date: March  7, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The bestselling historian and journalist James Rosen provides the first comprehensive account of the brilliant and combative Supreme Court justice Antonin Scalia, whose philosophy and judicial opinions defined our legal era.  With SCALIA: Rise to Greatness, 1936–1986, the opening installment in a two-volume biography, acclaimed reporter and bestselling historian James Rosen provides the first comprehensive account of the life of Justice Antonin Scalia, whose singular career in government—including three decades on the Supreme Court—shaped American law and society in the twenty-first century.  A decade in the making, Rise to Greatness tells the story of the kid from Queens who became the first Italian American on the Court and one of the most profoundly influential figures of our time. This volume takes us from Scalia’s birth to his ascension to the Court, providing a fresh and probing look at his Catholic upbringing and education; his stints in academia and published works, some of them obscure and long-overlooked; and his service in the Nixon and Ford administrations, when Scalia played a central role in reforming the U.S. intelligence community and in the approval of sensitive covert operations.     Deeply researched and based on unparalleled access to documentary and personal sources, and written with an intellectual rigor and wit befitting its subject, Rosen’s narrative reads like a novel while presenting startling new insight into the life, mind, career, faith, and legacy of the man whom family and friends called “Nino.” The result is a compelling portrait of an American legend with whom the author personally corresponded, broke bread, drank wine, and braved the streets of the capital as a (nervous) passenger in the justice’s famously speedy BMW.  Rosen has unearthed previously unpublished writing from every phase of Scalia’s career, including private Supreme Court emails, and has interviewed Scalia’s family, classmates, students, colleagues from the Nixon, Ford, and Reagan administrations, priests, poker buddies, hunting companions, and fellow judges and justices.   Rise to Greatness is a landmark of modern biography, a rich and moving study, accessible to lay readers, that brings to life a towering figure of American history. It is the book Scalia fans, and all citizens interested in history and the law, have long awaited.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667917</guid><pubDate>Tue, 07 Mar 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205361/9781645556831.mp3" length="2437193" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667917 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scalia: Rise to Greatness: 1936 - 1986 Author: James Rosen Narrator: John Mclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 32 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667917" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667917</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scalia: Rise to Greatness: 1936 - 1986 Author: James Rosen Narrator: John Mclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 32 minutes Release date: March  7, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The bestselling historian and journalist James Rosen provides the first comprehensive account of the brilliant and combative Supreme Court justice Antonin Scalia, whose philosophy and judicial opinions defined our legal era.  With SCALIA: Rise to Greatness, 1936–1986, the opening installment in a two-volume biography, acclaimed reporter and bestselling historian James Rosen provides the first comprehensive account of the life of Justice Antonin Scalia, whose singular career in government—including three decades on the Supreme Court—shaped American law and society in the twenty-first century.  A decade in the making, Rise to Greatness tells the story of the kid from Queens who became the first Italian American on the Court and one of the most profoundly influential figures of our time. This volume takes us from Scalia’s birth to his ascension to the Court, providing a fresh and probing look at his Catholic upbringing and education; his stints in academia and published works, some of them obscure and long-overlooked; and his service in the Nixon and Ford administrations, when Scalia played a central role in reforming the U.S. intelligence community and in the approval of sensitive covert operations.     Deeply researched and based on unparalleled access to documentary and personal sources, and written with an intellectual rigor and wit befitting its subject, Rosen’s narrative reads like a novel while presenting startling new insight into the life, mind, career, faith, and legacy of the man whom family and friends called “Nino.” The result is a compelling portrait of an American legend with whom the author personally corresponded, broke bread, drank wine, and braved the streets of the capital as a (nervous) passenger in the justice’s famously speedy BMW.  Rosen has unearthed previously unpublished writing from every phase of Scalia’s career, including private Supreme Court emails, and has interviewed Scalia’s family, classmates, students, colleagues from the Nixon, Ford, and Reagan administrations, priests, poker buddies, hunting companions, and fellow judges and justices.   Rise to Greatness is a landmark of modern biography, a rich and moving study, accessible to lay readers, that brings to life a towering figure of American history. It is the book Scalia fans, and all citizens interested in history and the law, have long awaited.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/166b4e10cc38185ea12c39dbb80ee5c0.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Andrew Carnegie: Das gemeinschaftliche Interesse von Arbeit und Kapital: Eine Ansprache an Arbeiter bei der Eröffnung der Carnegi</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-andrew-carnegie-das-gemeinschaftliche-interesse-von-arbeit-und-kapital-eine-ansprache-an-arbeiter-bei-der-eroffnung-der-carnegi--65205406</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659791" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659791</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Andrew Carnegie: Das gemeinschaftliche Interesse von Arbeit und Kapital: Eine Ansprache an Arbeiter bei der Eröffnung der Carnegie-Bibliothek in Braddock, Pennsylvania Author: Andrew Carnegie Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: March  3, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Auf Grund einer nicht unbeträchtlichen Erfahrung stelle ich hier fest: der Kapitalist kennt die Rechte und Ansprüche des Arbeiters nicht, und der Arbeiter kennt die Nöte und Gefahren der Kapitalisten nicht. Darin liegt die wahre Ursache aller zwischen beiden aufkommenden Reibungen.' Andrew Carnegie (1835 – 1919), der seinerzeit einer der drei reichsten Amerikaner war, schrieb einen der ersten Ratgeber für wirtschaftlichen Erfolg: 'The Empire of Business'. In diesem Bestseller erklärt er, wie man es nach oben schaffen kann – und begründete damit das Genre der 'How-to'-Literatur. Als armes Einwandererkind aus Schottland war er geradezu Sinnbild für den Mythos des 'From rags to riches': Vom Tellerwäscher zum Millionär. 'Das gemeinschaftliche Interesse von Arbeit und Kapital' ist eine Rede, die er einst vor Arbeitern seines Unternehmens anlässlich der Eröffnung einer von ihm gestifteten Bibliothek in Pennsylvania hielt. Ein faszinierendes Zeitdokument, das die Sichtweise eine Self-made-Milliardärs aus den Boomzeiten der Industrialisierung schildert!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659791</guid><pubDate>Fri, 03 Mar 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205406/9783754502785.mp3" length="1477797" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659791 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Andrew Carnegie: Das gemeinschaftliche Interesse von Arbeit und Kapital: Eine Ansprache an Arbeiter bei der Eröffnung der...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659791" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659791</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Andrew Carnegie: Das gemeinschaftliche Interesse von Arbeit und Kapital: Eine Ansprache an Arbeiter bei der Eröffnung der Carnegie-Bibliothek in Braddock, Pennsylvania Author: Andrew Carnegie Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: March  3, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Auf Grund einer nicht unbeträchtlichen Erfahrung stelle ich hier fest: der Kapitalist kennt die Rechte und Ansprüche des Arbeiters nicht, und der Arbeiter kennt die Nöte und Gefahren der Kapitalisten nicht. Darin liegt die wahre Ursache aller zwischen beiden aufkommenden Reibungen.' Andrew Carnegie (1835 – 1919), der seinerzeit einer der drei reichsten Amerikaner war, schrieb einen der ersten Ratgeber für wirtschaftlichen Erfolg: 'The Empire of Business'. In diesem Bestseller erklärt er, wie man es nach oben schaffen kann – und begründete damit das Genre der 'How-to'-Literatur. Als armes Einwandererkind aus Schottland war er geradezu Sinnbild für den Mythos des 'From rags to riches': Vom Tellerwäscher zum Millionär. 'Das gemeinschaftliche Interesse von Arbeit und Kapital' ist eine Rede, die er einst vor Arbeitern seines Unternehmens anlässlich der Eröffnung einer von ihm gestifteten Bibliothek in Pennsylvania hielt. Ein faszinierendes Zeitdokument, das die Sichtweise eine Self-made-Milliardärs aus den Boomzeiten der Industrialisierung schildert!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4e074c47eab1ec7bb032f7b953af89c2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - 30 Minuten: Johann Wolfgang von Goethes 'Iphigenie auf Tauris': Weltliteratur kompakt: Schneller hören – mehr wissen! by Johann W</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-30-minuten-johann-wolfgang-von-goethes-iphigenie-auf-tauris-weltliteratur-kompakt-schneller-horen-mehr-wissen-by-johann-w--65205323</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669494" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669494</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 30 Minuten: Johann Wolfgang von Goethes 'Iphigenie auf Tauris': Weltliteratur kompakt: Schneller hören – mehr wissen! Author: Johann Wolfgang Von Goethe, Jürgen Fritsche Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 33 minutes Release date: March  3, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Klassiker der Weltliteratur in dreißig Minuten zusammengefasst, mit den wichtigsten Zitaten – Szene für Szene, Akt für Akt! Mit Inhaltsangabe, Informationen zu Autor, allen Charakteren, literarischer Epoche, geschichtlichem Hintergrund: Diese neue Serie wendet sich an Lernende, Studierende – und solche, die ihre Kenntnisse der klassischen Literatur auffrischen wollen! Diese Ausgabe widmet sich Johann Wolfgang von Goethes klassischem Drama 'Iphigenie auf Tauris'. 30 Minuten: Schneller hören – mehr wissen!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669494</guid><pubDate>Fri, 03 Mar 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205323/9783754503096.mp3" length="1477751" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669494 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 30 Minuten: Johann Wolfgang von Goethes 'Iphigenie auf Tauris': Weltliteratur kompakt: Schneller hören – mehr wissen! Author: Johann...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669494" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669494</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 30 Minuten: Johann Wolfgang von Goethes 'Iphigenie auf Tauris': Weltliteratur kompakt: Schneller hören – mehr wissen! Author: Johann Wolfgang Von Goethe, Jürgen Fritsche Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 33 minutes Release date: March  3, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Klassiker der Weltliteratur in dreißig Minuten zusammengefasst, mit den wichtigsten Zitaten – Szene für Szene, Akt für Akt! Mit Inhaltsangabe, Informationen zu Autor, allen Charakteren, literarischer Epoche, geschichtlichem Hintergrund: Diese neue Serie wendet sich an Lernende, Studierende – und solche, die ihre Kenntnisse der klassischen Literatur auffrischen wollen! Diese Ausgabe widmet sich Johann Wolfgang von Goethes klassischem Drama 'Iphigenie auf Tauris'. 30 Minuten: Schneller hören – mehr wissen!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/948bfca2cf2e8995460a910803aabeab.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Un mensaje desde Ucrania by Volodímir Zelenski</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-un-mensaje-desde-ucrania-by-volodimir-zelenski--65205364</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669003" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669003</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Un mensaje desde Ucrania Author: Volodímir Zelenski Narrator: Javier Portugués (portu), Antonio Martínez Asensio Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 41 minutes Release date: February 23, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  El primer libro del Presidente Volodímir Zelenski.  Las palabras de un hombre. El mensaje de un pueblo.  Una llamada urgente a las armas por parte del líder ucraniano cuyo inquebrantable valor frente a la invasión rusa ha inspirado al mundo y le ha convertido de la noche a la mañana en un faro global de la democracia. Con una introducción del propio Volodímir Zelenski y sus discursos de guerra más potentes, este libro relata la historia de Ucrania a través de las palabras de su presidente. Es la historia de una nación que se defiende con uñas y dientes de la agresión rusa. Y es la historia de un pueblo que lidera el mundo en la lucha por la democracia. Pero, sobre todo, es un grito de guerra para que todos nos levantemos y luchemos por la Libertad. Si no es ahora, ¿cuándo? *Todos los ingresos que el presidente perciba de este libro se destinarán a United24, una iniciativa suya para recolectar donaciones en apoyo a Ucrania.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669003</guid><pubDate>Thu, 23 Feb 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205364/9788419642004.mp3" length="2437269" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669003 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Un mensaje desde Ucrania Author: Volodímir Zelenski Narrator: Javier Portugués (portu), Antonio Martínez Asensio Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669003" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669003</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Un mensaje desde Ucrania Author: Volodímir Zelenski Narrator: Javier Portugués (portu), Antonio Martínez Asensio Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 41 minutes Release date: February 23, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  El primer libro del Presidente Volodímir Zelenski.  Las palabras de un hombre. El mensaje de un pueblo.  Una llamada urgente a las armas por parte del líder ucraniano cuyo inquebrantable valor frente a la invasión rusa ha inspirado al mundo y le ha convertido de la noche a la mañana en un faro global de la democracia. Con una introducción del propio Volodímir Zelenski y sus discursos de guerra más potentes, este libro relata la historia de Ucrania a través de las palabras de su presidente. Es la historia de una nación que se defiende con uñas y dientes de la agresión rusa. Y es la historia de un pueblo que lidera el mundo en la lucha por la democracia. Pero, sobre todo, es un grito de guerra para que todos nos levantemos y luchemos por la Libertad. Si no es ahora, ¿cuándo? *Todos los ingresos que el presidente perciba de este libro se destinarán a United24, una iniciativa suya para recolectar donaciones en apoyo a Ucrania.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/61ea0e9c67f38a85a7460585b68d3091.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Nudge (aktualisierte Ausgabe): Wie man kluge Entscheidungen anstößt by Richard H. Thaler, Cass R. Sunstein</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-nudge-aktualisierte-ausgabe-wie-man-kluge-entscheidungen-anstosst-by-richard-h-thaler-cass-r-sunstein--65205372</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659235" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659235</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Nudge (aktualisierte Ausgabe): Wie man kluge Entscheidungen anstößt Author: Richard H. Thaler, Cass R. Sunstein Narrator: Peter Wolter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 24 minutes Release date: February 22, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Der Klassiker der Verhaltensökonomie vollständig aktualisiert Seit der Erstveröffentlichung von Nudge im Jahr 2008 und dem Nobelpreis für Richard Thaler 2017 ist dieses Hörbuch zu einem Klassiker geworden. Regierungen auf der ganzen Welt, Geschäftsleute, politische Entscheidungsträger, Wissenschaftler, engagierte Bürger, Verbraucher und Verhaltensökonomen haben sich davon inspirieren lassen. Dieses Hörbuch zeigt, wie wir eine durchdachte Entscheidungsarchitektur nutzen können, um bessere Entscheidungen für uns selbst, unsere Familien und unsere Gesellschaft zu treffen. Jetzt haben Richard Thaler und Cass Sunstein das Hörbuch überarbeitet und dabei ihre Erfahrungen innerhalb und außerhalb der Regierung in den letzten zwölf Jahren sowie eine Fülle neuer Forschungsergebnisse eingebracht. Diese aktualisierte Ausgabe bietet sowohl eingefleischten Fans als auch Neulingen eine Fülle neuer Einblicke in ein breites Spektrum von Themen, mit denen wir in unserem täglichen Leben konfrontiert sind: Gesundheit, persönliche Finanzen, Klimawandel und 'Sludge' (Papierkram und andere Belästigungen, die uns davon abhalten, das zu bekommen, was wir wollen)  und das alles unter Einhaltung einer der Grundregeln des Anstupsens: Haben Sie Spaß!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659235</guid><pubDate>Wed, 22 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205372/9783748403708.mp3" length="1477637" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659235 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Nudge (aktualisierte Ausgabe): Wie man kluge Entscheidungen anstößt Author: Richard H. Thaler, Cass R. Sunstein Narrator: Peter Wolter...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659235" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659235</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Nudge (aktualisierte Ausgabe): Wie man kluge Entscheidungen anstößt Author: Richard H. Thaler, Cass R. Sunstein Narrator: Peter Wolter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 24 minutes Release date: February 22, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Der Klassiker der Verhaltensökonomie vollständig aktualisiert Seit der Erstveröffentlichung von Nudge im Jahr 2008 und dem Nobelpreis für Richard Thaler 2017 ist dieses Hörbuch zu einem Klassiker geworden. Regierungen auf der ganzen Welt, Geschäftsleute, politische Entscheidungsträger, Wissenschaftler, engagierte Bürger, Verbraucher und Verhaltensökonomen haben sich davon inspirieren lassen. Dieses Hörbuch zeigt, wie wir eine durchdachte Entscheidungsarchitektur nutzen können, um bessere Entscheidungen für uns selbst, unsere Familien und unsere Gesellschaft zu treffen. Jetzt haben Richard Thaler und Cass Sunstein das Hörbuch überarbeitet und dabei ihre Erfahrungen innerhalb und außerhalb der Regierung in den letzten zwölf Jahren sowie eine Fülle neuer Forschungsergebnisse eingebracht. Diese aktualisierte Ausgabe bietet sowohl eingefleischten Fans als auch Neulingen eine Fülle neuer Einblicke in ein breites Spektrum von Themen, mit denen wir in unserem täglichen Leben konfrontiert sind: Gesundheit, persönliche Finanzen, Klimawandel und 'Sludge' (Papierkram und andere Belästigungen, die uns davon abhalten, das zu bekommen, was wir wollen)  und das alles unter Einhaltung einer der Grundregeln des Anstupsens: Haben Sie Spaß!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/3f0401eeda2d7f58a9cb24623f42b732.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>A Life in the Shadows: A Memoir by A.S. Dulat</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-life-in-the-shadows-a-memoir-by-a-s-dulat--65205357</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663155" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663155</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Life in the Shadows: A Memoir Author: A.S. Dulat Narrator: Showrein Roy Chaudhuri Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 22, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  No Indian spymaster has, until now, written a memoir. A.S. Dulat is the first to do so, and in A Life in the Shadows he does it with considerable elan. He is one of India's most successful spymasters, his name synonymous with the Kashmir issue. His methods of engagement and accommodation with all people and perspectives from India's most conflicted state are legendary. The author of two bestselling books, Kashmir: The Vajpayee Years (2014) and The Spy Chronicles: R&amp;AW, ISI and the Illusion of Peace (2018), Dulat's views on India, Pakistan and Kashmir are well-known and sought after. Yet very little is known about him, primarily because the former spymaster has been notoriously private about his personal life. In this unusual and unique memoir, Dulat breaks that silence for the first time. This is not a traditional, linear narrative as much as a selection of stories from across space and time. Still bound by the rules of secrecy of his trade, he tells a fascinating story of a life richly lived and insightfully observed. From a Partition-bloodied childhood in Lahore and New Delhi to his early years as a young intelligence officer; from meetings with international spymasters to travels around the world; from his observations on Kashmir-political and personal-post the abrogation of Article 370, to his encounters with world leaders, politicians and celebrities; moving from Bhopal to Nepal and from Kashmir to China, Dulat tells the story of his life with remarkable honesty, verve and wit.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663155</guid><pubDate>Wed, 22 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205357/9789354891854.mp3" length="2437222" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663155 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Life in the Shadows: A Memoir Author: A.S. Dulat Narrator: Showrein Roy Chaudhuri Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663155" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663155</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Life in the Shadows: A Memoir Author: A.S. Dulat Narrator: Showrein Roy Chaudhuri Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 22, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  No Indian spymaster has, until now, written a memoir. A.S. Dulat is the first to do so, and in A Life in the Shadows he does it with considerable elan. He is one of India's most successful spymasters, his name synonymous with the Kashmir issue. His methods of engagement and accommodation with all people and perspectives from India's most conflicted state are legendary. The author of two bestselling books, Kashmir: The Vajpayee Years (2014) and The Spy Chronicles: R&amp;AW, ISI and the Illusion of Peace (2018), Dulat's views on India, Pakistan and Kashmir are well-known and sought after. Yet very little is known about him, primarily because the former spymaster has been notoriously private about his personal life. In this unusual and unique memoir, Dulat breaks that silence for the first time. This is not a traditional, linear narrative as much as a selection of stories from across space and time. Still bound by the rules of secrecy of his trade, he tells a fascinating story of a life richly lived and insightfully observed. From a Partition-bloodied childhood in Lahore and New Delhi to his early years as a young intelligence officer; from meetings with international spymasters to travels around the world; from his observations on Kashmir-political and personal-post the abrogation of Article 370, to his encounters with world leaders, politicians and celebrities; moving from Bhopal to Nepal and from Kashmir to China, Dulat tells the story of his life with remarkable honesty, verve and wit.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/42dfc8f43a03d091e0863098a7f2b7ce.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Against Democracy by Jason Brennan</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/against-democracy-by-jason-brennan--65205469</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657981" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657981</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Against Democracy Author: Jason Brennan Narrator: Christopher Ragland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 54 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A classic book now available on audio With narration by Christopher Ragland, who presents a bracingly provocative critique of one of our most cherished ideas and institutions Most people believe democracy is a uniquely just form of government. They believe people have the right to an equal share of political power. And they believe that political participation is good for us—it empowers us, helps us get what we want, and tends to make us smarter, more virtuous, and more caring for one another. These are some of our most cherished ideas about democracy. But Jason Brennan says they are all wrong. In this trenchant book, Brennan argues that democracy should be judged by its results—and the results are not good enough. Just as defendants have a right to a fair trial, citizens have a right to competent government. But democracy is the rule of the ignorant and the irrational, and it all too often falls short. Furthermore, no one has a fundamental right to any share of political power, and exercising political power does most of us little good. On the contrary, a wide range of social science research shows that political participation and democratic deliberation actually tend to make people worse—more irrational, biased, and mean. Given this grim picture, Brennan argues that a new system of government—epistocracy, the rule of the knowledgeable—may be better than democracy, and that it's time to experiment and find out. A challenging critique of democracy and the first sustained defense of the rule of the knowledgeable, Against Democracy is essential reading for scholars and students of politics across the disciplines. Featuring a new preface that situates the book within the current political climate and discusses other alternatives beyond epistocracy, Against Democracy is a challenging critique of democracy and the first sustained defense of the rule of the knowledgeable.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657981</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205469/9780691251653.mp3" length="2437197" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657981 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Against Democracy Author: Jason Brennan Narrator: Christopher Ragland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 54 minutes Release date: February...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657981" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657981</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Against Democracy Author: Jason Brennan Narrator: Christopher Ragland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 54 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A classic book now available on audio With narration by Christopher Ragland, who presents a bracingly provocative critique of one of our most cherished ideas and institutions Most people believe democracy is a uniquely just form of government. They believe people have the right to an equal share of political power. And they believe that political participation is good for us—it empowers us, helps us get what we want, and tends to make us smarter, more virtuous, and more caring for one another. These are some of our most cherished ideas about democracy. But Jason Brennan says they are all wrong. In this trenchant book, Brennan argues that democracy should be judged by its results—and the results are not good enough. Just as defendants have a right to a fair trial, citizens have a right to competent government. But democracy is the rule of the ignorant and the irrational, and it all too often falls short. Furthermore, no one has a fundamental right to any share of political power, and exercising political power does most of us little good. On the contrary, a wide range of social science research shows that political participation and democratic deliberation actually tend to make people worse—more irrational, biased, and mean. Given this grim picture, Brennan argues that a new system of government—epistocracy, the rule of the knowledgeable—may be better than democracy, and that it's time to experiment and find out. A challenging critique of democracy and the first sustained defense of the rule of the knowledgeable, Against Democracy is essential reading for scholars and students of politics across the disciplines. Featuring a new preface that situates the book within the current political climate and discusses other alternatives beyond epistocracy, Against Democracy is a challenging critique of democracy and the first sustained defense of the rule of the knowledgeable.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2ff377d7df1dbfb00065eb9707bf394f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Murder on the Inside: The True Story of the Deadly Riot at Kingston Penitentiary by Catherine Fogarty</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/murder-on-the-inside-the-true-story-of-the-deadly-riot-at-kingston-penitentiary-by-catherine-fogarty--65205346</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668725" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668725</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Murder on the Inside: The True Story of the Deadly Riot at Kingston Penitentiary Author: Catherine Fogarty Narrator: Catherine Fogarty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 27 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Shortlisted for the Speaker's Book Award • Shortlisted for The Brass Knuckles Award for Best Nonfiction Crime Book “You have taken our civil rights—we want our human rights.” On April 14, 1971, a handful of prisoners attacked the guards at Kingston Penitentiary and seized control, making headlines around the world. For four intense days, the prisoners held the guards hostage while their leaders negotiated with a citizens’ committee of journalists and lawyers, drawing attention to the dehumanizing realities of their incarceration, including overcrowding, harsh punishment and extreme isolation. But when another group of convicts turned their pent-up rage towards some of the weakest prisoners, tensions inside the old stone walls erupted, with tragic consequences. As heavily armed soldiers prepared to regain control of the prison through a full military assault, the inmates were finally forced to surrender. Murder on the Inside tells the harrowing story of a prison in crisis against the backdrop of a pivotal moment in the history of human rights. Occurring just months before the uprising at Attica Prison, the Kingston riot has remained largely undocumented, and few have known the details—yet the tense drama chronicled here is more relevant today than ever. A gripping account of the standoff and the efforts for justice and reform it inspired, Murder on the Inside is essential reading for our times.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668725</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Feb 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205346/9781771965323.mp3" length="2437405" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668725 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Murder on the Inside: The True Story of the Deadly Riot at Kingston Penitentiary Author: Catherine Fogarty Narrator: Catherine Fogarty Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668725" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668725</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Murder on the Inside: The True Story of the Deadly Riot at Kingston Penitentiary Author: Catherine Fogarty Narrator: Catherine Fogarty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 27 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Shortlisted for the Speaker's Book Award • Shortlisted for The Brass Knuckles Award for Best Nonfiction Crime Book “You have taken our civil rights—we want our human rights.” On April 14, 1971, a handful of prisoners attacked the guards at Kingston Penitentiary and seized control, making headlines around the world. For four intense days, the prisoners held the guards hostage while their leaders negotiated with a citizens’ committee of journalists and lawyers, drawing attention to the dehumanizing realities of their incarceration, including overcrowding, harsh punishment and extreme isolation. But when another group of convicts turned their pent-up rage towards some of the weakest prisoners, tensions inside the old stone walls erupted, with tragic consequences. As heavily armed soldiers prepared to regain control of the prison through a full military assault, the inmates were finally forced to surrender. Murder on the Inside tells the harrowing story of a prison in crisis against the backdrop of a pivotal moment in the history of human rights. Occurring just months before the uprising at Attica Prison, the Kingston riot has remained largely undocumented, and few have known the details—yet the tense drama chronicled here is more relevant today than ever. A gripping account of the standoff and the efforts for justice and reform it inspired, Murder on the Inside is essential reading for our times.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/838827060f3ef35c96c5a319ecd9950d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Andrew Carnegie: Der Weg zum geschäftlichen Erfolg: Ein Ratgeber für junge Kaufleute by Andrew Carnegie</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-andrew-carnegie-der-weg-zum-geschaftlichen-erfolg-ein-ratgeber-fur-junge-kaufleute-by-andrew-carnegie--65205465</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659792" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659792</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Andrew Carnegie: Der Weg zum geschäftlichen Erfolg: Ein Ratgeber für junge Kaufleute Author: Andrew Carnegie Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 31 minutes Release date: February 17, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Strebe nach dem Höchsten; betritt niemals einen öffentlichen Ausschank; trinke keine Spirituosen oder höchstens bloß zu den Mahlzeiten; spekuliere niemals und übernimm Bürgschaften niemals höher, als Deine freie Kasse erlaubt!' Andrew Carnegie (1835 – 1919), der seinerzeit einer der drei reichsten Amerikaner war, schrieb einen der ersten Ratgeber für wirtschaftlichen Erfolg: 'The Empire of Business'. In diesem Bestseller erklärt er, wie man es nach oben schaffen kann – und begründete damit das Genre der 'How-to'-Literatur. Als armes Einwandererkind aus Schottland war er geradezu Sinnbild für den Mythos des 'From rags to riches': Vom Tellerwäscher zum Millionär. 'Der Weg zum geschäftlichen Erfolg' ist eine Rede, die er einst jungen Anwärtern des Kaufmannsberufes hielt – und ein faszinierendes Zeitzeugnis des amerikanischen Selbstverständnisses!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659792</guid><pubDate>Fri, 17 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205465/9783754502747.mp3" length="1477631" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659792 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Andrew Carnegie: Der Weg zum geschäftlichen Erfolg: Ein Ratgeber für junge Kaufleute Author: Andrew Carnegie Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659792" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659792</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Andrew Carnegie: Der Weg zum geschäftlichen Erfolg: Ein Ratgeber für junge Kaufleute Author: Andrew Carnegie Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 31 minutes Release date: February 17, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Strebe nach dem Höchsten; betritt niemals einen öffentlichen Ausschank; trinke keine Spirituosen oder höchstens bloß zu den Mahlzeiten; spekuliere niemals und übernimm Bürgschaften niemals höher, als Deine freie Kasse erlaubt!' Andrew Carnegie (1835 – 1919), der seinerzeit einer der drei reichsten Amerikaner war, schrieb einen der ersten Ratgeber für wirtschaftlichen Erfolg: 'The Empire of Business'. In diesem Bestseller erklärt er, wie man es nach oben schaffen kann – und begründete damit das Genre der 'How-to'-Literatur. Als armes Einwandererkind aus Schottland war er geradezu Sinnbild für den Mythos des 'From rags to riches': Vom Tellerwäscher zum Millionär. 'Der Weg zum geschäftlichen Erfolg' ist eine Rede, die er einst jungen Anwärtern des Kaufmannsberufes hielt – und ein faszinierendes Zeitzeugnis des amerikanischen Selbstverständnisses!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/cd952fb98e8f4dc81ad4d36753b4dba9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - 30 Minuten: Johann Wolfgang von Goethes 'Götz von Berlichingen': Weltliteratur kompakt: Schneller hören – mehr wissen! by Jürgen</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-30-minuten-johann-wolfgang-von-goethes-gotz-von-berlichingen-weltliteratur-kompakt-schneller-horen-mehr-wissen-by-jurgen--65205390</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660189" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660189</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 30 Minuten: Johann Wolfgang von Goethes 'Götz von Berlichingen': Weltliteratur kompakt: Schneller hören – mehr wissen! Author: Jürgen Fritsche, Johann Wolfgang Von Goethe Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: February 17, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Klassiker der Weltliteratur in dreißig Minuten zusammengefasst, mit den wichtigsten Zitaten – Szene für Szene, Akt für Akt! Mit Inhaltsangabe, Informationen zu Autor, allen Charakteren, literarischer Epoche, geschichtlichem Hintergrund: Diese neue Serie wendet sich an Lernende, Studierende – und solche, die ihre Kenntnisse der klassischen Literatur auffrischen wollen! Diese Ausgabe widmet sich Johann Wolfgang von Goethes Sturm-und-Drang-Drama 'Götz von Berlichingen'. 30 Minuten: Schneller hören – mehr wissen!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660189</guid><pubDate>Fri, 17 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205390/9783754502754.mp3" length="1477755" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660189 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 30 Minuten: Johann Wolfgang von Goethes 'Götz von Berlichingen': Weltliteratur kompakt: Schneller hören – mehr wissen! Author: Jürgen...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660189" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660189</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 30 Minuten: Johann Wolfgang von Goethes 'Götz von Berlichingen': Weltliteratur kompakt: Schneller hören – mehr wissen! Author: Jürgen Fritsche, Johann Wolfgang Von Goethe Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: February 17, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Klassiker der Weltliteratur in dreißig Minuten zusammengefasst, mit den wichtigsten Zitaten – Szene für Szene, Akt für Akt! Mit Inhaltsangabe, Informationen zu Autor, allen Charakteren, literarischer Epoche, geschichtlichem Hintergrund: Diese neue Serie wendet sich an Lernende, Studierende – und solche, die ihre Kenntnisse der klassischen Literatur auffrischen wollen! Diese Ausgabe widmet sich Johann Wolfgang von Goethes Sturm-und-Drang-Drama 'Götz von Berlichingen'. 30 Minuten: Schneller hören – mehr wissen!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>rgen</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4e0ec2db80bb2c347a42e7c3aa30c7ca.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - A sus órdenes, mi general: El caso Cienfuegos y la sumisión de AMLO ante el poder militar by J. Jesús Esquivel</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-a-sus-ordenes-mi-general-el-caso-cienfuegos-y-la-sumision-de-amlo-ante-el-poder-militar-by-j-jesus-esquivel--65205400</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663122" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663122</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - A sus órdenes, mi general: El caso Cienfuegos y la sumisión de AMLO ante el poder militar Author: J. Jesús Esquivel Narrator: René García Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: February 16, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  «En Nueva York, en la Corte del Distrito Este, hay un caso muy delicado que tiene que ver con tu país. SE TRATA DE UN GENERAL DE LAS FUERZAS ARMADAS METIDO CON EL NARCOTRÁFICO. Hablo de un general muy importante. La DEA lo ha investigado y tiene pruebas en su contra… CREO QUE LE DICEN EL PADRINO.»  El 15 de octubre de 2020, el arresto del general SalvadorCienfuegos Zepeda en el aeropuerto de Los Ángeles, California, sacudió las estructuras del poder militar en México. El Departamento de Justicia de Estados Unidos lo acusaba de usar su rango para ofrecer protección al Cártel de Sinaloa, así como de recibir sobornos millonarios y estar coludido con dicha organización criminal para el trasiego de drogas. La denominada “Operación Padrino” era la investigación internacional más sólida y contundente sobre un militar mexicano relacionado directamente con el narcotráfico. Pese a esto, nadie en el gobierno de México supo de lo que las autoridades estadounidenses tenían entre manos hasta la detención del general.  J. Jesús Esquivel —corresponsal en Washington, D. C. de la revista Proceso— fue el primer reportero en tener pistas sobre esta operación meses antes del arresto, cuando un fiscal federal de distrito —a quien conoció durante el juicio de Joaquín El Chapo Guzmánen Nueva York— le dio el pitazo. En este libro relata aquel encuentro y todo lo que pudo recabar sobre la operación, desde los antecedentes, que datan de 2015, hasta la reacción del gobierno mexicano a la detención, así como las consecuencias en la relación con Estados Unidos luego de que México hubiera optado por la liberación de Cienfuegos. A sus órdenes, mi general traza una línea para entender todas las concesiones que han existido para el ejército durante el gobierno de López Obrador y demuestra la fuerza perdurable de esta institución en México]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663122</guid><pubDate>Thu, 16 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205400/9786073828000.mp3" length="2437238" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663122 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - A sus órdenes, mi general: El caso Cienfuegos y la sumisión de AMLO ante el poder militar Author: J. Jesús Esquivel Narrator: René García...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663122" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663122</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - A sus órdenes, mi general: El caso Cienfuegos y la sumisión de AMLO ante el poder militar Author: J. Jesús Esquivel Narrator: René García Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: February 16, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  «En Nueva York, en la Corte del Distrito Este, hay un caso muy delicado que tiene que ver con tu país. SE TRATA DE UN GENERAL DE LAS FUERZAS ARMADAS METIDO CON EL NARCOTRÁFICO. Hablo de un general muy importante. La DEA lo ha investigado y tiene pruebas en su contra… CREO QUE LE DICEN EL PADRINO.»  El 15 de octubre de 2020, el arresto del general SalvadorCienfuegos Zepeda en el aeropuerto de Los Ángeles, California, sacudió las estructuras del poder militar en México. El Departamento de Justicia de Estados Unidos lo acusaba de usar su rango para ofrecer protección al Cártel de Sinaloa, así como de recibir sobornos millonarios y estar coludido con dicha organización criminal para el trasiego de drogas. La denominada “Operación Padrino” era la investigación internacional más sólida y contundente sobre un militar mexicano relacionado directamente con el narcotráfico. Pese a esto, nadie en el gobierno de México supo de lo que las autoridades estadounidenses tenían entre manos hasta la detención del general.  J. Jesús Esquivel —corresponsal en Washington, D. C. de la revista Proceso— fue el primer reportero en tener pistas sobre esta operación meses antes del arresto, cuando un fiscal federal de distrito —a quien conoció durante el juicio de Joaquín El Chapo Guzmánen Nueva York— le dio el pitazo. En este libro relata aquel encuentro y todo lo que pudo recabar sobre la operación, desde los antecedentes, que datan de 2015, hasta la reacción del gobierno mexicano a la detención, así como las consecuencias en la relación con Estados Unidos luego de que México hubiera optado por la liberación de Cienfuegos. A sus órdenes, mi general traza una línea para entender todas las concesiones que han existido para el ejército durante el gobierno de López Obrador y demuestra la fuerza perdurable de esta institución en México]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/3ba7a643f002d74735b660446a9a6c66.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Rise of the BJP: The Making of the World's Largest Political Party: The Making of the World's Largest Political Party by Bhupendar Yadav</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-rise-of-the-bjp-the-making-of-the-world-s-largest-political-party-the-making-of-the-world-s-largest-political-party-by-bhupendar-yadav--65205366</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666920" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666920</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rise of the BJP: The Making of the World's Largest Political Party: The Making of the World's Largest Political Party Author: Bhupendar Yadav, Ila Pattnaik Narrator: Dipti Singh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 14, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The Bharatiya Janata Party is an idea that was seeded into the minds of nationalist Jana Sangh leaders when they began to envision India after Independence. Much like the very core the freedom struggle was built on, they saw India as a demographically, culturally and historically cohesive and unified nation - as Bharat.In this book, senior BJP leader and cabinet minister Bhupender Yadav and leading economist Ila Patnaik come together to trace the BJP's journey from its humble roots, through ups and downs and to eventually getting 303 seats in Lok Sabha in 2019 and becoming the world's largest political party. While focusing on the larger economics and political story, the book encapsulates many smaller, yet hugely significant stories of individuals and incidents, which brought the BJP to where it stands now.For the first time ever, The Rise of the BJP, tells us the inside story of how one of the most powerful political parties makes decisions, implements ideas and executes policy. Meticulously researched and immensely readable, the book shows us how the BJP fought competing ideologies, political assaults and catapulted to the centre stage of national politics.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666920</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205366/9789354926419.mp3" length="4837236" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666920 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rise of the BJP: The Making of the World's Largest Political Party: The Making of the World's Largest Political Party Author: Bhupendar Yadav, Ila...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666920" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666920</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rise of the BJP: The Making of the World's Largest Political Party: The Making of the World's Largest Political Party Author: Bhupendar Yadav, Ila Pattnaik Narrator: Dipti Singh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 14, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The Bharatiya Janata Party is an idea that was seeded into the minds of nationalist Jana Sangh leaders when they began to envision India after Independence. Much like the very core the freedom struggle was built on, they saw India as a demographically, culturally and historically cohesive and unified nation - as Bharat.In this book, senior BJP leader and cabinet minister Bhupender Yadav and leading economist Ila Patnaik come together to trace the BJP's journey from its humble roots, through ups and downs and to eventually getting 303 seats in Lok Sabha in 2019 and becoming the world's largest political party. While focusing on the larger economics and political story, the book encapsulates many smaller, yet hugely significant stories of individuals and incidents, which brought the BJP to where it stands now.For the first time ever, The Rise of the BJP, tells us the inside story of how one of the most powerful political parties makes decisions, implements ideas and executes policy. Meticulously researched and immensely readable, the book shows us how the BJP fought competing ideologies, political assaults and catapulted to the centre stage of national politics.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/48d75c47c251a8a4ffe0d8ce927cd5a5.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - La silla vacía: ¿Qué pasaría si el presidente faltara? by José Manuel Villalpando</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-la-silla-vacia-que-pasaria-si-el-presidente-faltara-by-jose-manuel-villalpando--65205395</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659844" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659844</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La silla vacía: ¿Qué pasaría si el presidente faltara? Author: José Manuel Villalpando Narrator: Erick Jam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 59 minutes Release date: February  9, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  ¿Qué pasaría si el presidente faltara?  En enero de 2021, el presidente de México, Andrés Manuel López Obrador, tuvo que ausentarse durante dos semanas de sus labores oficiales para recibir tratamiento debido a una infección causadapor covid-19. Aunque se recuperó satisfactoriamente, las dudas y especulaciones no tardaron en aparecer: ¿qué pasaría si el presidente quedara incapacitado por la enfermedad, confinado a una cama de hospital y a un respirador, o si hubiera sido una más de los cientos de miles de víctimas mortales de este virus? Estas y otras preguntasapuntan a un tema por largo tiempo soslayado en la labor legislativa de nuestro país: la suplencia presidencial.  En este libro, José Manuel Villalpando aborda el problema de manera minuciosa, nutriéndose tanto del derecho como de la historia para adentrarnos en los vericuetos legales que operarían en el caso de que la presidencia de nuestro país quedara vacante por cualquier razón. En el proceso, resalta los difíciles momentos políticos que el país vivió cuando fue necesario afrentar la sucesión presidencial: Santa Anna, Juárez, Porfirio Díaz, Madero y el Maximato de Plutarco Elías Calles, entre otros casos sonados, y documenta las fallas y omisiones de un proceso constitucional que no ha recibido toda la importancia que merece.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659844</guid><pubDate>Thu, 09 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205395/9786073827577.mp3" length="2437183" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659844 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La silla vacía: ¿Qué pasaría si el presidente faltara? Author: José Manuel Villalpando Narrator: Erick Jam Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659844" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659844</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La silla vacía: ¿Qué pasaría si el presidente faltara? Author: José Manuel Villalpando Narrator: Erick Jam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 59 minutes Release date: February  9, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  ¿Qué pasaría si el presidente faltara?  En enero de 2021, el presidente de México, Andrés Manuel López Obrador, tuvo que ausentarse durante dos semanas de sus labores oficiales para recibir tratamiento debido a una infección causadapor covid-19. Aunque se recuperó satisfactoriamente, las dudas y especulaciones no tardaron en aparecer: ¿qué pasaría si el presidente quedara incapacitado por la enfermedad, confinado a una cama de hospital y a un respirador, o si hubiera sido una más de los cientos de miles de víctimas mortales de este virus? Estas y otras preguntasapuntan a un tema por largo tiempo soslayado en la labor legislativa de nuestro país: la suplencia presidencial.  En este libro, José Manuel Villalpando aborda el problema de manera minuciosa, nutriéndose tanto del derecho como de la historia para adentrarnos en los vericuetos legales que operarían en el caso de que la presidencia de nuestro país quedara vacante por cualquier razón. En el proceso, resalta los difíciles momentos políticos que el país vivió cuando fue necesario afrentar la sucesión presidencial: Santa Anna, Juárez, Porfirio Díaz, Madero y el Maximato de Plutarco Elías Calles, entre otros casos sonados, y documenta las fallas y omisiones de un proceso constitucional que no ha recibido toda la importancia que merece.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5c15fc4938a4fb0a765d45920a969df2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - El Príncipe by Nicolas Maquiavelo</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-el-principe-by-nicolas-maquiavelo--65205392</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659751" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659751</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El Príncipe Author: Nicolas Maquiavelo Narrator: Luis Ignacio González Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 34 minutes Release date: February  9, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Un tratado imprescindible sobre estrategias y ambiciones políticas escrito por el padre de la ciencia política moderna  Introducción de Manuel Arias Maldonado  Traducción y notas de Mauro Armiño  Mientras los seres humanos convivan, será necesaria la política. Maquiavelo, que lo sabía por su experiencia en el gobierno de la Florencia renacentista, escribió este tratado para analizar el modo en que los gobernantes consiguen el poder y lo conservan. Con ejemplos históricos, expone una filosofía política en la que el valor de las acciones se define a partir de su eficacia, inaugurando un realismo que se aleja de las corrientes moralistas y utópicas de su época.  La presente edición ofrece una nueva traducción anotada de Mauro Armiño, realizada a la luz de las mejores ediciones y más recientes italianas; se abre con una brillante introducción a cargo del escritor y politólogo Manuel Arias Maldonado en la que se defiende la relevancia del texto en nuestros días.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659751</guid><pubDate>Thu, 09 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205392/9788491056447.mp3" length="2437199" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659751 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El Príncipe Author: Nicolas Maquiavelo Narrator: Luis Ignacio González Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 34 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659751" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659751</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El Príncipe Author: Nicolas Maquiavelo Narrator: Luis Ignacio González Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 34 minutes Release date: February  9, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Un tratado imprescindible sobre estrategias y ambiciones políticas escrito por el padre de la ciencia política moderna  Introducción de Manuel Arias Maldonado  Traducción y notas de Mauro Armiño  Mientras los seres humanos convivan, será necesaria la política. Maquiavelo, que lo sabía por su experiencia en el gobierno de la Florencia renacentista, escribió este tratado para analizar el modo en que los gobernantes consiguen el poder y lo conservan. Con ejemplos históricos, expone una filosofía política en la que el valor de las acciones se define a partir de su eficacia, inaugurando un realismo que se aleja de las corrientes moralistas y utópicas de su época.  La presente edición ofrece una nueva traducción anotada de Mauro Armiño, realizada a la luz de las mejores ediciones y más recientes italianas; se abre con una brillante introducción a cargo del escritor y politólogo Manuel Arias Maldonado en la que se defiende la relevancia del texto en nuestros días.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/abe4acc7945525d6b9688c0f84fa95aa.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - El saqueo corporativo (Premio de periodismo Javier Valdez Cárdenas 2019) by Raúl Olmos</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-el-saqueo-corporativo-premio-de-periodismo-javier-valdez-cardenas-2019-by-raul-olmos--65205391</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659841" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659841</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El saqueo corporativo (Premio de periodismo Javier Valdez Cárdenas 2019) Author: Raúl Olmos Narrator: Bern Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: February  9, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Los políticos reciben los sobornos... ¿Pero quién los paga?  En México, la corrupción de las grandes empresas es igual o peor que la de los gobernantes: algunas corporaciones no sólo mueven toneladas de dinero para burlar la ley, sino que lo hacen con total impunidad. Prácticamente nadie investiga o castiga a las transnacionales que reparten sobornos. Este libro -ganador del Premio de Periodismo Javier Valdez Cárdenas 2019- rompe el círculo vicioso de silencio y simulación y les pone nombre y apellido a las compañías señaladas por malas prácticas, explica los esquemas de la transa y las razones de la impunidad desatada.  La suciedad en el sector salud, la podredumbre de los supermercados, los saqueadores de Pemex, los cárteles empresariales, las artimañas paraacaparar el mercado, el saqueo de las mineras... las ganancias de los hombres del dinero muy por encima del bien colectivo.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659841</guid><pubDate>Thu, 09 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205391/9786073827928.mp3" length="2437224" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659841 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El saqueo corporativo (Premio de periodismo Javier Valdez Cárdenas 2019) Author: Raúl Olmos Narrator: Bern Hoffman Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659841" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659841</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El saqueo corporativo (Premio de periodismo Javier Valdez Cárdenas 2019) Author: Raúl Olmos Narrator: Bern Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: February  9, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Los políticos reciben los sobornos... ¿Pero quién los paga?  En México, la corrupción de las grandes empresas es igual o peor que la de los gobernantes: algunas corporaciones no sólo mueven toneladas de dinero para burlar la ley, sino que lo hacen con total impunidad. Prácticamente nadie investiga o castiga a las transnacionales que reparten sobornos. Este libro -ganador del Premio de Periodismo Javier Valdez Cárdenas 2019- rompe el círculo vicioso de silencio y simulación y les pone nombre y apellido a las compañías señaladas por malas prácticas, explica los esquemas de la transa y las razones de la impunidad desatada.  La suciedad en el sector salud, la podredumbre de los supermercados, los saqueadores de Pemex, los cárteles empresariales, las artimañas paraacaparar el mercado, el saqueo de las mineras... las ganancias de los hombres del dinero muy por encima del bien colectivo.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9838b1a806fb47d28290e9a95310e944.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Schockwellen - Letzte Chance für sichere Energie und Frieden (Ungekürzte Lesung) by Claudia Kemfert</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-schockwellen-letzte-chance-fur-sichere-energie-und-frieden-ungekurzte-lesung-by-claudia-kemfert--65205354</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666996" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666996</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Schockwellen - Letzte Chance für sichere Energie und Frieden (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Claudia Kemfert Narrator: Ulrike Kapfer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 41 minutes Release date: February  8, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die Energiekrise erschüttert die globale Wirtschaft. Gas und Öl werden als geopolitische Waffen eingesetzt. Zugleich spüren wir die Vorboten der drohenden Klimakatastrophe. Daraus baut eine mächtige Lobby den künstlichen Gegensatz zwischen Klima und Frieden auf. Plötzlich sind Kohle, Fracking und Atomkraft wieder auf der Tagesordnung. Doch wer zahlt den Preis? Haben wir überhaupt noch eine Chance, uns aus den Abhängigkeiten zu befreien? Und wie wird die Energie gerecht verteilt? Deutschlands renommierteste Energieökonomin Professor Dr. Claudia Kemfert gibt Antworten. Und sie benennt die Verantwortlichen für die verfahrene Situation. Ein kleines Zeitfenster bleibt, durch entschlossenes Handeln unsere Energieversorgung zu sichern und gleichzeitig Demokratie, Wohlstand und friedliches Zusammenleben zu stützen.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666996</guid><pubDate>Wed, 08 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205354/9783732407514.mp3" length="1477635" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666996 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Schockwellen - Letzte Chance für sichere Energie und Frieden (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Claudia Kemfert Narrator: Ulrike Kapfer Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666996" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666996</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Schockwellen - Letzte Chance für sichere Energie und Frieden (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Claudia Kemfert Narrator: Ulrike Kapfer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 41 minutes Release date: February  8, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die Energiekrise erschüttert die globale Wirtschaft. Gas und Öl werden als geopolitische Waffen eingesetzt. Zugleich spüren wir die Vorboten der drohenden Klimakatastrophe. Daraus baut eine mächtige Lobby den künstlichen Gegensatz zwischen Klima und Frieden auf. Plötzlich sind Kohle, Fracking und Atomkraft wieder auf der Tagesordnung. Doch wer zahlt den Preis? Haben wir überhaupt noch eine Chance, uns aus den Abhängigkeiten zu befreien? Und wie wird die Energie gerecht verteilt? Deutschlands renommierteste Energieökonomin Professor Dr. Claudia Kemfert gibt Antworten. Und sie benennt die Verantwortlichen für die verfahrene Situation. Ein kleines Zeitfenster bleibt, durch entschlossenes Handeln unsere Energieversorgung zu sichern und gleichzeitig Demokratie, Wohlstand und friedliches Zusammenleben zu stützen.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>rzte</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/321e1222035a3e68d70c44fea9e6ff6e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Wenn der Zauberwald dich ruft: Gutenacht- &amp; Mutmachgeschichten by Astrid Schneider</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-wenn-der-zauberwald-dich-ruft-gutenacht-mutmachgeschichten-by-astrid-schneider--65205363</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669028" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669028</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wenn der Zauberwald dich ruft: Gutenacht- &amp; Mutmachgeschichten Author: Astrid Schneider Narrator: Nathalie Salomon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 11 minutes Release date: February  8, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Mit unserer magischen Geschichte, nehmen wir Ihr Kind mit auf eine stärkende Reise. Eine spannende Abenteuergeschichte wartet auf Ihren Schatz und vermittelt ihm unterbewusst wichtige Werte.    Ein Wald voller Zauber, gehütete Geheimnisse und jede Menge Magie. Jedes Kind möchte Teil dieses besonderen Waldes sein, doch kaum ein Kind schafft es, diesen Zauberwald zu betreten. Max ist der Auserwählte - doch er ist nicht alleine. DU darfst ihn auf seiner magischen Reise begleiten. Wenn andere Kinder schlafen, beginnt das große Abenteuer im Zauberwald. Pandas auf Stelzen, rasende Schildkröten und Feen, die falsch zaubern, warten auf Max. Doch bevor er all das erleben darf, muss er zuerst einige Prüfungen bestehen, erst dann ist er Teil des Zauberwaldes. Ist er mutig genug für dieses große Abenteuer und wird er es schaffen, alle Geheimnisse zu lüften?    Das Buch enthält zehn zauberhafte Geschichten, die Ihr Kind beflügeln, mutiger zu werden. Die Geschichten inspirieren Ihren Schatz, sich zu öffnen und selbstbewusst und glücklich durch das Leben zu gehen.     Am Ende jeder Geschichte erwartet das Kind noch ein Affirmation/Mutmach-Spruch, der Ihrem Kind ein Lächeln ins Gesicht zaubert, und es entspannt und gestärkt einschlafen lässt.    Trifft eine der folgenden Aussagen auf Ihr Kind zu?  -Hat Ihr Kind manchmal Ängste?  -Besitzt Ihr Kind ein mangelndes Selbstwertgefühl?  -Wirkt Ihr Kind unruhig?  -Ist es Ihrem Kind wichtig, anderen zu gefallen?  -Fühlt sich Ihr Kind manchmal anders als andere?  Unsere Zauberwald-Geschichte geht auf diese Thematiken ein, stärkt Ihr Kind Schritt für Schritt und kann dabei helfen, alte Glaubenssätze zu lösen.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669028</guid><pubDate>Wed, 08 Feb 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205363/4067248985731.mp3" length="1477665" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669028 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wenn der Zauberwald dich ruft: Gutenacht- &amp;amp; Mutmachgeschichten Author: Astrid Schneider Narrator: Nathalie Salomon Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669028" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669028</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wenn der Zauberwald dich ruft: Gutenacht- &amp; Mutmachgeschichten Author: Astrid Schneider Narrator: Nathalie Salomon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 11 minutes Release date: February  8, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Mit unserer magischen Geschichte, nehmen wir Ihr Kind mit auf eine stärkende Reise. Eine spannende Abenteuergeschichte wartet auf Ihren Schatz und vermittelt ihm unterbewusst wichtige Werte.    Ein Wald voller Zauber, gehütete Geheimnisse und jede Menge Magie. Jedes Kind möchte Teil dieses besonderen Waldes sein, doch kaum ein Kind schafft es, diesen Zauberwald zu betreten. Max ist der Auserwählte - doch er ist nicht alleine. DU darfst ihn auf seiner magischen Reise begleiten. Wenn andere Kinder schlafen, beginnt das große Abenteuer im Zauberwald. Pandas auf Stelzen, rasende Schildkröten und Feen, die falsch zaubern, warten auf Max. Doch bevor er all das erleben darf, muss er zuerst einige Prüfungen bestehen, erst dann ist er Teil des Zauberwaldes. Ist er mutig genug für dieses große Abenteuer und wird er es schaffen, alle Geheimnisse zu lüften?    Das Buch enthält zehn zauberhafte Geschichten, die Ihr Kind beflügeln, mutiger zu werden. Die Geschichten inspirieren Ihren Schatz, sich zu öffnen und selbstbewusst und glücklich durch das Leben zu gehen.     Am Ende jeder Geschichte erwartet das Kind noch ein Affirmation/Mutmach-Spruch, der Ihrem Kind ein Lächeln ins Gesicht zaubert, und es entspannt und gestärkt einschlafen lässt.    Trifft eine der folgenden Aussagen auf Ihr Kind zu?  -Hat Ihr Kind manchmal Ängste?  -Besitzt Ihr Kind ein mangelndes Selbstwertgefühl?  -Wirkt Ihr Kind unruhig?  -Ist es Ihrem Kind wichtig, anderen zu gefallen?  -Fühlt sich Ihr Kind manchmal anders als andere?  Unsere Zauberwald-Geschichte geht auf diese Thematiken ein, stärkt Ihr Kind Schritt für Schritt und kann dabei helfen, alte Glaubenssätze zu lösen.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8b016d2e567f4f2abe55cd16c7fcc2ee.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Nuestra lucha global por los derechos humanos. Derecho contra poder by Wolfgang Kaleck</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-nuestra-lucha-global-por-los-derechos-humanos-derecho-contra-poder-by-wolfgang-kaleck--65205414</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660204" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660204</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Nuestra lucha global por los derechos humanos. Derecho contra poder Author: Wolfgang Kaleck Narrator: Luis Alberto Casado Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: February  3, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Durante más de dos décadas, Wolfang Kaleck ha viajado por el mundo para luchar junto a quienes sufren la injusticia a manos de jugadores poderosos, personas que, antes de la llegada de Kaleck y sus colegas, a menudo disfrutaban de la impunidad. El trabajo de Kaleck lo ha llevado a Buenos Aires, a apoyar a las madres de los jóvenes 'desaparecidos' bajo la dictadura militar argentina; a las comunidades sirias exiliadas, donde instrumentó el caso contra la tortura ordenada por los altos mandos del gobierno de Assad; a Centroamérica, donde colaboró con quienes persiguen a los militares guatemaltecos por sus masacres de indígenas; a Nueva York, para asociarse con el Centro de Derechos Constitucionales para emprender acciones contra Donald Rumsfeld por las ''técnicas de interrogatorio mejoradas'' que autorizó después del 11 de septiembre; y a Moscú, donde representa a Edward Snowden. Al relatar su participación en tales casos, Kaleck le da plena voz a aquellos a quienes representa, enfatizando el coraje y la persistencia que aportan a la búsqueda global de justicia. El resultado es un libro repleto de historias convincentes y vívidas que subrayan la idea de que, si bien el mundo suele ser un lugar terrible, las normas universales de derechos humanos pueden prevalecer cuando las personas están dispuestas a luchar por ellas. - Wolfgang Kaleck es el fundador y secretario general del Centro Europeo de Derechos Humanos y Constitucionales (ECCHR) en Berlín. Trabajando con socios de todo el mundo, el ECCHR emprende acciones legales contra individuos, empresas y actores estatales que han infringido la ley relativa a los derechos humanos.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660204</guid><pubDate>Fri, 03 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205414/9788728347997.mp3" length="2437230" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660204 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Nuestra lucha global por los derechos humanos. Derecho contra poder Author: Wolfgang Kaleck Narrator: Luis Alberto Casado Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660204" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660204</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Nuestra lucha global por los derechos humanos. Derecho contra poder Author: Wolfgang Kaleck Narrator: Luis Alberto Casado Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: February  3, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Durante más de dos décadas, Wolfang Kaleck ha viajado por el mundo para luchar junto a quienes sufren la injusticia a manos de jugadores poderosos, personas que, antes de la llegada de Kaleck y sus colegas, a menudo disfrutaban de la impunidad. El trabajo de Kaleck lo ha llevado a Buenos Aires, a apoyar a las madres de los jóvenes 'desaparecidos' bajo la dictadura militar argentina; a las comunidades sirias exiliadas, donde instrumentó el caso contra la tortura ordenada por los altos mandos del gobierno de Assad; a Centroamérica, donde colaboró con quienes persiguen a los militares guatemaltecos por sus masacres de indígenas; a Nueva York, para asociarse con el Centro de Derechos Constitucionales para emprender acciones contra Donald Rumsfeld por las ''técnicas de interrogatorio mejoradas'' que autorizó después del 11 de septiembre; y a Moscú, donde representa a Edward Snowden. Al relatar su participación en tales casos, Kaleck le da plena voz a aquellos a quienes representa, enfatizando el coraje y la persistencia que aportan a la búsqueda global de justicia. El resultado es un libro repleto de historias convincentes y vívidas que subrayan la idea de que, si bien el mundo suele ser un lugar terrible, las normas universales de derechos humanos pueden prevalecer cuando las personas están dispuestas a luchar por ellas. - Wolfgang Kaleck es el fundador y secretario general del Centro Europeo de Derechos Humanos y Constitucionales (ECCHR) en Berlín. Trabajando con socios de todo el mundo, el ECCHR emprende acciones legales contra individuos, empresas y actores estatales que han infringido la ley relativa a los derechos humanos.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/65fe8927eaafa61d3ff0783f0a8673a0.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Revolution &amp; Counter Revolution by Friedrich Engels</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/revolution-counter-revolution-by-friedrich-engels--65205349</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665681" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665681</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revolution &amp; Counter Revolution Author: Friedrich Engels Narrator: The Alliance, Geoffrey Giuliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 35 minutes Release date: February  3, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Revolution and Counter-Revolution is an account of what happened in Prussia, Austria, and other German states during 1848, describing the impact on both middle-class and working-class aspirations and on the idea of German unification. Events in Austria and Prussia are discussed, along with the role of the Poles and Czechs and Panslavism, which Engels was against. Friedrich Engels (German: (28 November 1820 – 5 August 1895) was a German social scientist, author, political theorist, philosopher, and father of Marxist theory, alongside Karl Marx.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665681</guid><pubDate>Fri, 03 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205349/9798887677248.mp3" length="1477577" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665681 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revolution &amp;amp; Counter Revolution Author: Friedrich Engels Narrator: The Alliance, Geoffrey Giuliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 35...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665681" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665681</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revolution &amp; Counter Revolution Author: Friedrich Engels Narrator: The Alliance, Geoffrey Giuliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 35 minutes Release date: February  3, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Revolution and Counter-Revolution is an account of what happened in Prussia, Austria, and other German states during 1848, describing the impact on both middle-class and working-class aspirations and on the idea of German unification. Events in Austria and Prussia are discussed, along with the role of the Poles and Czechs and Panslavism, which Engels was against. Friedrich Engels (German: (28 November 1820 – 5 August 1895) was a German social scientist, author, political theorist, philosopher, and father of Marxist theory, alongside Karl Marx.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1dc054ccddeaf5af515fb9b7bb4932bf.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Revanche: Wie Putin das bedrohlichste Regime der Welt geschaffen hat by Michael Thumann</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-revanche-wie-putin-das-bedrohlichste-regime-der-welt-geschaffen-hat-by-michael-thumann--65205335</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663134" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663134</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Revanche: Wie Putin das bedrohlichste Regime der Welt geschaffen hat Author: Michael Thumann Narrator: Alexander Bandilla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 35 minutes Release date: February  3, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Kaum einer kennt Russland besser als Michael Thumann, der seit über 25 Jahren aus Osteuropa für die ZEIT berichtet. Er legt nun ein atemberaubend geschriebenes Buch vor, das Russlands Absturz in eine zunehmend totalitäre Diktatur und den Weg in Putins imperialistischen Krieg aus nächster Nähe nachzeichnet. Das Motiv des Diktators und seiner Getreuen: Revanche zu nehmen für die demokratische Öffnung nach 1991 und die vermeintliche Demütigung durch den Westen. Putins Herrschaft radikalisiert sich weiter. Es ist das bedrohlichste Regime der Welt. «Unter Wladimir Putin verabschiedet sich Russland, das eigentlich größte europäische Land, aus Europa. Erneut senkt sich ein Eiserner Vorhang quer durch den Kontinent. Reise ich in dieses Land, werde ich am Flughafen in aller Regel aufgehalten. Der Grenzbeamte hält meinen Pass fest und telefoniert lange mit seinen Vorgesetzten. Ein Mensch im dunklen Anzug, wahrscheinlich Geheimdienst, holt mich ab und führt mich in einen Kellerraum. Darin ein Schreibtisch, eine alte Matratze mit Sprungfedern, kaputte Stühle, Staub in den Ecken. Ich muss Fragen beantworten: Wo wohnen Sie? Was denken Sie über die Militäroperation? Was haben Sie vor in Russland? Ich antworte knapp und frage mich selbst: Komme ich überhaupt noch in das Land? Und komme ich wieder heraus?» Michael Thumann]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663134</guid><pubDate>Fri, 03 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205335/9783406802843.mp3" length="1477623" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663134 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Revanche: Wie Putin das bedrohlichste Regime der Welt geschaffen hat Author: Michael Thumann Narrator: Alexander Bandilla Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663134" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663134</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Revanche: Wie Putin das bedrohlichste Regime der Welt geschaffen hat Author: Michael Thumann Narrator: Alexander Bandilla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 35 minutes Release date: February  3, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Kaum einer kennt Russland besser als Michael Thumann, der seit über 25 Jahren aus Osteuropa für die ZEIT berichtet. Er legt nun ein atemberaubend geschriebenes Buch vor, das Russlands Absturz in eine zunehmend totalitäre Diktatur und den Weg in Putins imperialistischen Krieg aus nächster Nähe nachzeichnet. Das Motiv des Diktators und seiner Getreuen: Revanche zu nehmen für die demokratische Öffnung nach 1991 und die vermeintliche Demütigung durch den Westen. Putins Herrschaft radikalisiert sich weiter. Es ist das bedrohlichste Regime der Welt. «Unter Wladimir Putin verabschiedet sich Russland, das eigentlich größte europäische Land, aus Europa. Erneut senkt sich ein Eiserner Vorhang quer durch den Kontinent. Reise ich in dieses Land, werde ich am Flughafen in aller Regel aufgehalten. Der Grenzbeamte hält meinen Pass fest und telefoniert lange mit seinen Vorgesetzten. Ein Mensch im dunklen Anzug, wahrscheinlich Geheimdienst, holt mich ab und führt mich in einen Kellerraum. Darin ein Schreibtisch, eine alte Matratze mit Sprungfedern, kaputte Stühle, Staub in den Ecken. Ich muss Fragen beantworten: Wo wohnen Sie? Was denken Sie über die Militäroperation? Was haben Sie vor in Russland? Ich antworte knapp und frage mich selbst: Komme ich überhaupt noch in das Land? Und komme ich wieder heraus?» Michael Thumann]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/134017b02d67b3a6c21b5eb74a7834e6.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - El empresariado inconsciente: ¿Qué son la desigualdad y la pobreza para los dueños del dinero? by Hernán Gómez Bruera</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-el-empresariado-inconsciente-que-son-la-desigualdad-y-la-pobreza-para-los-duenos-del-dinero-by-hernan-gomez-bruera--65205440</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657854" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657854</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El empresariado inconsciente: ¿Qué son la desigualdad y la pobreza para los dueños del dinero? Author: Hernán Gómez Bruera Narrator: Rubén Hernández Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: February  2, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  ¿Cómo conciben los empresarios la desigualdad y la pobreza? ¿Piensan igual unos y otros sobre estos problemas?   ¿Qué tan conscientes están de que también pueden afectarles a ellos?   ¿Están dispuestos a actuar y asumir responsabilidades para erradicar la miseria? ¿Aceptarían pagar más impuestos para instrumentar políticas que lo permitan?  En México, y en general en América Latina, las élites empresariales ejercen una enorme influencia en la definición de políticas públicas, y han evidenciado su enorme poder para facilitar u obstaculizar determinadas acciones de gobierno. En esa medida, son un factor determinante en las posibilidades de éxito o fracaso de un gobierno y su proyecto político.  Sin embargo, el empresariado no es un ente homogéneo ni tampoco actúa desde una sola posición. No todos son multimillonarios, gozan de los mismos privilegios ni reciben el mismo trato por parte del poder público. Por ello, resulta primordial conocer las diversas visiones y posturas de sus integrantes frente a distintos temas sociales.  Con esto en mente, Hernan Gómez Bruera entrevistó a 200 empresarios medianos y grandes de México y tres países centroamericanos, con la intención de entender en qué medida este sector está al tanto de las causas estructurales, la dimensión y los efectos de la pobreza y la desigualdad a su alrededor, así como su disposición para involucrarse o apoyar políticas públicas que permitan revertir dichos fenómenos.  El empresariado inconsciente es un análisis profundo del pensamiento de la élite económica que ofrece información tan interesante como sorprendente sobre las posturas, preocupaciones e inquietudes de los dueños del dinero.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657854</guid><pubDate>Thu, 02 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205440/9786073829571.mp3" length="2437263" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657854 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El empresariado inconsciente: ¿Qué son la desigualdad y la pobreza para los dueños del dinero? Author: Hernán Gómez Bruera Narrator: Rubén...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657854" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657854</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El empresariado inconsciente: ¿Qué son la desigualdad y la pobreza para los dueños del dinero? Author: Hernán Gómez Bruera Narrator: Rubén Hernández Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: February  2, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  ¿Cómo conciben los empresarios la desigualdad y la pobreza? ¿Piensan igual unos y otros sobre estos problemas?   ¿Qué tan conscientes están de que también pueden afectarles a ellos?   ¿Están dispuestos a actuar y asumir responsabilidades para erradicar la miseria? ¿Aceptarían pagar más impuestos para instrumentar políticas que lo permitan?  En México, y en general en América Latina, las élites empresariales ejercen una enorme influencia en la definición de políticas públicas, y han evidenciado su enorme poder para facilitar u obstaculizar determinadas acciones de gobierno. En esa medida, son un factor determinante en las posibilidades de éxito o fracaso de un gobierno y su proyecto político.  Sin embargo, el empresariado no es un ente homogéneo ni tampoco actúa desde una sola posición. No todos son multimillonarios, gozan de los mismos privilegios ni reciben el mismo trato por parte del poder público. Por ello, resulta primordial conocer las diversas visiones y posturas de sus integrantes frente a distintos temas sociales.  Con esto en mente, Hernan Gómez Bruera entrevistó a 200 empresarios medianos y grandes de México y tres países centroamericanos, con la intención de entender en qué medida este sector está al tanto de las causas estructurales, la dimensión y los efectos de la pobreza y la desigualdad a su alrededor, así como su disposición para involucrarse o apoyar políticas públicas que permitan revertir dichos fenómenos.  El empresariado inconsciente es un análisis profundo del pensamiento de la élite económica que ofrece información tan interesante como sorprendente sobre las posturas, preocupaciones e inquietudes de los dueños del dinero.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9b5b2399f4d88cceb6cbd6ff6ef5f65c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - La larga marcha ultra by Mariano Sánchez Soler</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-la-larga-marcha-ultra-by-mariano-sanchez-soler--65205423</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659573" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659573</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La larga marcha ultra Author: Mariano Sánchez Soler Narrator: Arturo López Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 49 minutes Release date: February  1, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Un ensayo muy documentado en el que Mariano Sánchez Soler analiza la transición, los planes golpistas, los neonazis y las diferentes familias ultras, la xenofobia y la irrupción de VOX en los parlamentos. ¿Por qué la extrema derecha en España ha tardado más de cuarenta años en entrar en el parlamento y en los gobiernos de ayuntamientos y autonomías con la fuerza de los votos? ¿Cuál ha sido el largo camino hacia su 'visibilización' e implantación en España, mientras en países próximos como Francia, Italia o Alemania estaban establecidos desde hace décadas? ¿En qué radica el 'hecho diferencial' español? Este libro explica las causas profundas, también históricas, y desvela la evolución del 'complejo ultraderechista' en España desde hace cuatro décadas, así como los fracasos de la extrema derecha española desde 1975, hasta desembocar en la irrupción parlamentaria de Vox en 2018. - Mariano Sánchez Soler ha ejercido el periodismo desde 1979 y ha desarrollado una intensa labor como novelista, poeta y ensayista. Experto en Justicia e Interior, durante una década dirigió el equipo de investigación del semanario Tiempo y colaboró con El Periódico de Catalunya, Interviú y El Temps. De sus novelas negras, Nuestra Propia Sangre, obtuvo el premio Francisco García Pavón 2009. Como estudioso del género, su ensayo Anatomía del Crimen logró el Premio de la Crítica Literaria Valenciana 2012. Investigador de la transición, ha publicado Ricos por la patria (2001), Premio de Literatura de No Ficción Rodolfo Walsh, Los Franco, S.A. (2003) y La transición sangrienta (2010). En la actualidad se dedica a la creación literaria y a la docencia, e imparte cursos sobre novela negra en la Universidad de Alicante, donde organiza el encuentro literario Mayo Negro desde 2005. Este es su tercer ensayo que publica en Roca Editorial tras los éxitos de La Familia Franco, S.A. y Los ricos de Franco.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659573</guid><pubDate>Wed, 01 Feb 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205423/9788728348147.mp3" length="2437192" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659573 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La larga marcha ultra Author: Mariano Sánchez Soler Narrator: Arturo López Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 49 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659573" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659573</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La larga marcha ultra Author: Mariano Sánchez Soler Narrator: Arturo López Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 49 minutes Release date: February  1, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Un ensayo muy documentado en el que Mariano Sánchez Soler analiza la transición, los planes golpistas, los neonazis y las diferentes familias ultras, la xenofobia y la irrupción de VOX en los parlamentos. ¿Por qué la extrema derecha en España ha tardado más de cuarenta años en entrar en el parlamento y en los gobiernos de ayuntamientos y autonomías con la fuerza de los votos? ¿Cuál ha sido el largo camino hacia su 'visibilización' e implantación en España, mientras en países próximos como Francia, Italia o Alemania estaban establecidos desde hace décadas? ¿En qué radica el 'hecho diferencial' español? Este libro explica las causas profundas, también históricas, y desvela la evolución del 'complejo ultraderechista' en España desde hace cuatro décadas, así como los fracasos de la extrema derecha española desde 1975, hasta desembocar en la irrupción parlamentaria de Vox en 2018. - Mariano Sánchez Soler ha ejercido el periodismo desde 1979 y ha desarrollado una intensa labor como novelista, poeta y ensayista. Experto en Justicia e Interior, durante una década dirigió el equipo de investigación del semanario Tiempo y colaboró con El Periódico de Catalunya, Interviú y El Temps. De sus novelas negras, Nuestra Propia Sangre, obtuvo el premio Francisco García Pavón 2009. Como estudioso del género, su ensayo Anatomía del Crimen logró el Premio de la Crítica Literaria Valenciana 2012. Investigador de la transición, ha publicado Ricos por la patria (2001), Premio de Literatura de No Ficción Rodolfo Walsh, Los Franco, S.A. (2003) y La transición sangrienta (2010). En la actualidad se dedica a la creación literaria y a la docencia, e imparte cursos sobre novela negra en la Universidad de Alicante, donde organiza el encuentro literario Mayo Negro desde 2005. Este es su tercer ensayo que publica en Roca Editorial tras los éxitos de La Familia Franco, S.A. y Los ricos de Franco.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b28565acbd1bc42d5d03cb9e0575a56a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Portuguese] - A teoria do órgão de fato e sua aplicação ao Direito brasileiro by Glauco Da Rocha</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/portuguese-a-teoria-do-orgao-de-fato-e-sua-aplicacao-ao-direito-brasileiro-by-glauco-da-rocha--65205378</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660184" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660184</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - A teoria do órgão de fato e sua aplicação ao Direito brasileiro Author: Glauco Da Rocha Narrator: Voz Artificial Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: January 30, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  O livro analisa a 'teoria do órgão de fato', utilizada para caracterizar e responsabilizar os chamados 'membros orgânicos de fato', ou seja, aquelas pessoas que exercem materialmente um conjunto de atribuições orgânicas ou influenciam os órgãos sociais de um dado ente coletivo (incluindo-se as sociedades), sem ter assumido formalmente a posição orgânica. Exemplos importantes verificados no direito brasileiro são: administrador, sócio e controlador de fato. A primeira parte faz uma análise sistematizada a respeito da teoria orgânica. A segunda parte examina a teoria do órgão de fato. A terceira, sua aplicação ao Direito brasileiro.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660184</guid><pubDate>Mon, 30 Jan 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205378/9786525266039.mp3" length="1477587" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660184 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - A teoria do órgão de fato e sua aplicação ao Direito brasileiro Author: Glauco Da Rocha Narrator: Voz Artificial Format: Abridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660184" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660184</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - A teoria do órgão de fato e sua aplicação ao Direito brasileiro Author: Glauco Da Rocha Narrator: Voz Artificial Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: January 30, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  O livro analisa a 'teoria do órgão de fato', utilizada para caracterizar e responsabilizar os chamados 'membros orgânicos de fato', ou seja, aquelas pessoas que exercem materialmente um conjunto de atribuições orgânicas ou influenciam os órgãos sociais de um dado ente coletivo (incluindo-se as sociedades), sem ter assumido formalmente a posição orgânica. Exemplos importantes verificados no direito brasileiro são: administrador, sócio e controlador de fato. A primeira parte faz uma análise sistematizada a respeito da teoria orgânica. A segunda parte examina a teoria do órgão de fato. A terceira, sua aplicação ao Direito brasileiro.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/fcae61049418a4f143474325d3a10b9a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Portuguese] - Manual do Benefício Assistencial de Prestação Continuada by Rodrigo Zacharias</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/portuguese-manual-do-beneficio-assistencial-de-prestacao-continuada-by-rodrigo-zacharias--65205401</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659777" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659777</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Manual do Benefício Assistencial de Prestação Continuada Author: Rodrigo Zacharias Narrator: Voz Sintética Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 35 minutes Release date: January 27, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  O livro aborda o benefício assistencial de prestação continuada – BPC devido a pessoas idosas e pessoas com deficiência, previsto no art. 203, V, da Constituição Federal, e no art. 20 da Lei n. 8.742/93. Antes, trata do papel da seguridade social em face do problema da pobreza dos vulneráveis e discorre sobre os assuntos pertinentes ao assunto: objetivos da República Federativa do Brasil, princípios, ordem social, justiça social, primado do trabalho, igualdade, assistência social e suas características, objetivos e princípios, para ao final discorrer sobre os vários aspectos doutrinários e práticos do BPC. Tal benefício foi apreciado em toda sua dimensão, tendo sido examinados seus antecedentes (renda mensal vitalícia), eficácia da norma constitucional (art. 203, V), termo inicial, termo final, sujeito passivo, fonte de custeio, núcleo familiar, percipientes e miserabilidade, sempre com base nos critérios estabelecidos na própria Constituição Federal. Aborda a evolução legislativa, abrangendo aspectos essenciais à configuração desse direito fundamental social, inclusive efeitos de incentivo e desincentivo, não sem antes analisar a jurisprudência da Turma Nacional de Uniformização, do Superior Tribunal de Justiça e do Supremo Tribunal Federal. Cuida-se estudo que visa a propiciar uma contribuição ao estudo desse benefício para acadêmicos, professores, estudantes, advogados, juízes, membros do Ministério Público e assistentes sociais.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659777</guid><pubDate>Fri, 27 Jan 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205401/9786525267531.mp3" length="1477577" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659777 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Manual do Benefício Assistencial de Prestação Continuada Author: Rodrigo Zacharias Narrator: Voz Sintética Format: Abridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659777" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659777</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Manual do Benefício Assistencial de Prestação Continuada Author: Rodrigo Zacharias Narrator: Voz Sintética Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 35 minutes Release date: January 27, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  O livro aborda o benefício assistencial de prestação continuada – BPC devido a pessoas idosas e pessoas com deficiência, previsto no art. 203, V, da Constituição Federal, e no art. 20 da Lei n. 8.742/93. Antes, trata do papel da seguridade social em face do problema da pobreza dos vulneráveis e discorre sobre os assuntos pertinentes ao assunto: objetivos da República Federativa do Brasil, princípios, ordem social, justiça social, primado do trabalho, igualdade, assistência social e suas características, objetivos e princípios, para ao final discorrer sobre os vários aspectos doutrinários e práticos do BPC. Tal benefício foi apreciado em toda sua dimensão, tendo sido examinados seus antecedentes (renda mensal vitalícia), eficácia da norma constitucional (art. 203, V), termo inicial, termo final, sujeito passivo, fonte de custeio, núcleo familiar, percipientes e miserabilidade, sempre com base nos critérios estabelecidos na própria Constituição Federal. Aborda a evolução legislativa, abrangendo aspectos essenciais à configuração desse direito fundamental social, inclusive efeitos de incentivo e desincentivo, não sem antes analisar a jurisprudência da Turma Nacional de Uniformização, do Superior Tribunal de Justiça e do Supremo Tribunal Federal. Cuida-se estudo que visa a propiciar uma contribuição ao estudo desse benefício para acadêmicos, professores, estudantes, advogados, juízes, membros do Ministério Público e assistentes sociais.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5583b3f31061e31b4005cb8a759d23bb.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Entre Este y Oeste: Un viaje por las fronteras de Europa by Anne Applebaum</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-entre-este-y-oeste-un-viaje-por-las-fronteras-de-europa-by-anne-applebaum--65205476</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657850" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657850</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Entre Este y Oeste: Un viaje por las fronteras de Europa Author: Anne Applebaum Narrator: Indhira Serrano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 26, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Una lectura imprescindible para descifrar los orígenes de la guerra en Ucrania y la frágil situación de Europa del Este.  En el otoño de 1991, en plena desintegración del imperio soviético, Anne Applebaum -ganadora del Premio Pulitzer por Gulag. Historia de los campos de concentración soviéticos- emprendió un viaje desde el Báltico hasta el mar Negro, pasando por Lituania, Bielorrusia, Los Cárpatos y Ucrania, con la intención de comprender la nueva configuración de unos territorios en constante conflicto. Por el camino descubrió un amplio abanico de culturas identitarias, religiones y aspiraciones nacionalistas que competían entre sí.  Si bien han transcurrido más de treinta años, las vidas aquí narradas se leen hoy como un registro documental de un mundo que ya no existe. Applebaum, una excelente observadora, teje con gran habilidad la desgarradora historia de una región incomprendida a través de los relatos de personas corrientes, que describen el modo en que los acontecimientos históricos influyen y marcan la vida de la gente.  Ubicado entre la crónica periodística, la literatura de viajes y el ensayo histórico, Entre Este y Oeste ilumina con brillantez los orígenes de la crisis geopolítica entre Rusia y Europa y nos ofrece algunas claves para entender el alma de estas tierras fronterizas.  La crítica ha dicho: «En su implacable búsqueda de la comprensión, Anne Applebaum ilumina mundos relegados al olvido de esperanza, sufrimiento y dignidad humana». The Washington Post  «Sus investigaciones la han llevado a revalorizar de manera radical algunos de los supuestos históricos más básicos de Occidente». The Evening Standard  «El carácter receptivo de Applebaum anima a los fronterizos a contarle la infinidad de formas en que la división política ha subyugado sus vidas personales, sus tradiciones culturales y sus lenguas». Publishers Weekly]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657850</guid><pubDate>Thu, 26 Jan 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205476/9788419399380.mp3" length="2437233" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657850 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Entre Este y Oeste: Un viaje por las fronteras de Europa Author: Anne Applebaum Narrator: Indhira Serrano Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657850" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657850</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Entre Este y Oeste: Un viaje por las fronteras de Europa Author: Anne Applebaum Narrator: Indhira Serrano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 26, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Una lectura imprescindible para descifrar los orígenes de la guerra en Ucrania y la frágil situación de Europa del Este.  En el otoño de 1991, en plena desintegración del imperio soviético, Anne Applebaum -ganadora del Premio Pulitzer por Gulag. Historia de los campos de concentración soviéticos- emprendió un viaje desde el Báltico hasta el mar Negro, pasando por Lituania, Bielorrusia, Los Cárpatos y Ucrania, con la intención de comprender la nueva configuración de unos territorios en constante conflicto. Por el camino descubrió un amplio abanico de culturas identitarias, religiones y aspiraciones nacionalistas que competían entre sí.  Si bien han transcurrido más de treinta años, las vidas aquí narradas se leen hoy como un registro documental de un mundo que ya no existe. Applebaum, una excelente observadora, teje con gran habilidad la desgarradora historia de una región incomprendida a través de los relatos de personas corrientes, que describen el modo en que los acontecimientos históricos influyen y marcan la vida de la gente.  Ubicado entre la crónica periodística, la literatura de viajes y el ensayo histórico, Entre Este y Oeste ilumina con brillantez los orígenes de la crisis geopolítica entre Rusia y Europa y nos ofrece algunas claves para entender el alma de estas tierras fronterizas.  La crítica ha dicho: «En su implacable búsqueda de la comprensión, Anne Applebaum ilumina mundos relegados al olvido de esperanza, sufrimiento y dignidad humana». The Washington Post  «Sus investigaciones la han llevado a revalorizar de manera radical algunos de los supuestos históricos más básicos de Occidente». The Evening Standard  «El carácter receptivo de Applebaum anima a los fronterizos a contarle la infinidad de formas en que la división política ha subyugado sus vidas personales, sus tradiciones culturales y sus lenguas». Publishers Weekly]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4b712631f1756376104ca91a5988e980.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Physician on a Mission: Dr. Veltmeyer's RX to Save America by Dr. James Veltmeyer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/physician-on-a-mission-dr-veltmeyer-s-rx-to-save-america-by-dr-james-veltmeyer--65205327</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667621" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667621</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Physician on a Mission: Dr. Veltmeyer's RX to Save America Author: Dr. James Veltmeyer Narrator: Vladimir F. Louissaint Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 22 minutes Release date: January  5, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In 'Physician on a Mission: Dr. Veltmeyer's Rx to Save America,' Dr. James Veltmeyer offers his prescription for curing the deepening crisis of our American republic as it is brutally bombarded by cultural revolutionaries in our media and universities and globalist manipulators in New York, Washington, and Silicon Valley. In this book, Dr. Veltmeyer shares his views on a host of critical national and international issues, from health care and COVID-19 to foreign policy, immigration, climate change, China, trade, the federal judiciary, homelessness, education, abortion and the economy that have been addressed in his numerous OpEds and podcasts over the last several years. By seeking to bring the truth of our priceless Constitutional framework of liberty, free markets, and limited government to all Americans who are seeking that truth, he seeks nothing less than to reclaim our heritage, our civilization and indeed our very birthright as American citizens from the very forces who seek to bury them.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667621</guid><pubDate>Thu, 05 Jan 2023 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205327/9781959162018.mp3" length="2437267" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667621 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Physician on a Mission: Dr. Veltmeyer's RX to Save America Author: Dr. James Veltmeyer Narrator: Vladimir F. Louissaint Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667621" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667621</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Physician on a Mission: Dr. Veltmeyer's RX to Save America Author: Dr. James Veltmeyer Narrator: Vladimir F. Louissaint Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 22 minutes Release date: January  5, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In 'Physician on a Mission: Dr. Veltmeyer's Rx to Save America,' Dr. James Veltmeyer offers his prescription for curing the deepening crisis of our American republic as it is brutally bombarded by cultural revolutionaries in our media and universities and globalist manipulators in New York, Washington, and Silicon Valley. In this book, Dr. Veltmeyer shares his views on a host of critical national and international issues, from health care and COVID-19 to foreign policy, immigration, climate change, China, trade, the federal judiciary, homelessness, education, abortion and the economy that have been addressed in his numerous OpEds and podcasts over the last several years. By seeking to bring the truth of our priceless Constitutional framework of liberty, free markets, and limited government to all Americans who are seeking that truth, he seeks nothing less than to reclaim our heritage, our civilization and indeed our very birthright as American citizens from the very forces who seek to bury them.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d7ec901a22dd6537c3bfae64b52b0d4f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Portuguese] - Nossa ingratidão by Ruy Barbosa</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/portuguese-nossa-ingratidao-by-ruy-barbosa--65205379</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660290" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660290</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Nossa ingratidão Author: Ruy Barbosa Narrator: Guga Almeida Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 21 minutes Release date: December  1, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Seremos injustos em lançar à conta da Regência essa política de crimes a favor da escravidão?' Neste artigo de Ruy Barbosa intitulado 'Nossa ingratidão', publicado no Diário de Notícias, o grande orador se defende das acusações da imprensa por ele supostamente não ter dado o devido crédito à Princesa Isabel no processo abolicionista.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660290</guid><pubDate>Thu, 01 Dec 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205379/9786554113854.mp3" length="997119" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660290 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Nossa ingratidão Author: Ruy Barbosa Narrator: Guga Almeida Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 21 minutes Release date: December...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660290" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660290</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Nossa ingratidão Author: Ruy Barbosa Narrator: Guga Almeida Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 21 minutes Release date: December  1, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Seremos injustos em lançar à conta da Regência essa política de crimes a favor da escravidão?' Neste artigo de Ruy Barbosa intitulado 'Nossa ingratidão', publicado no Diário de Notícias, o grande orador se defende das acusações da imprensa por ele supostamente não ter dado o devido crédito à Princesa Isabel no processo abolicionista.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>125</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/eac15912aa79f6efa4845bc4224eb57d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Portuguese] - O dever da oposição: Trechos selecionados de 'Obras seletas', de Ruy Barbosa by Ruy Barbosa</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/portuguese-o-dever-da-oposicao-trechos-selecionados-de-obras-seletas-de-ruy-barbosa-by-ruy-barbosa--65205373</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660299" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660299</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - O dever da oposição: Trechos selecionados de 'Obras seletas', de Ruy Barbosa Author: Ruy Barbosa Narrator: Tom Bueno Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 18 minutes Release date: December  1, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  O texto 'O dever da oposição' foi originalmente publicado no Jornal do Comércio, em 1885. Nele, o leitor encontra figurões da história política brasileira como personagens de um debate escrito com o português incorruptível de Ruy Barbosa – dá gosto de ler! No artigo, Ruy dá uma lição aos senadores Paulino de Sousa e João Alfredo sobre os costumes políticos do Reino Unido. 'Estamos num país onde o que habilita um estadista para solver uma grande questão nacional é não ter programa e viver envolto em nuvens impenetráveis.']]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660299</guid><pubDate>Thu, 01 Dec 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205373/9786554112406.mp3" length="997177" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660299 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - O dever da oposição: Trechos selecionados de 'Obras seletas', de Ruy Barbosa Author: Ruy Barbosa Narrator: Tom Bueno Format: Abridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660299" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660299</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - O dever da oposição: Trechos selecionados de 'Obras seletas', de Ruy Barbosa Author: Ruy Barbosa Narrator: Tom Bueno Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 18 minutes Release date: December  1, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  O texto 'O dever da oposição' foi originalmente publicado no Jornal do Comércio, em 1885. Nele, o leitor encontra figurões da história política brasileira como personagens de um debate escrito com o português incorruptível de Ruy Barbosa – dá gosto de ler! No artigo, Ruy dá uma lição aos senadores Paulino de Sousa e João Alfredo sobre os costumes políticos do Reino Unido. 'Estamos num país onde o que habilita um estadista para solver uma grande questão nacional é não ter programa e viver envolto em nuvens impenetráveis.']]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>125</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ba1c783b0c6eeb062f7b262d91e0e7ae.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Portuguese] - Nossa democracia by Ruy Barbosa</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/portuguese-nossa-democracia-by-ruy-barbosa--65205365</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660296" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660296</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Nossa democracia Author: Ruy Barbosa Narrator: Guga Almeida Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 18 minutes Release date: December  1, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Que é um republicano? Qual a característica que distingue uma da outra a república e a monarquia?' Neste artigo intitulado 'Nossa democracia', escrita em abril de 1889 – pouco antes, portanto, da Proclamação da República –, Ruy Barbosa promove uma reflexão sobre essa forma de governo, analisando a postura da imprensa da época. Notável, além do conteúdo, a forma: o português de Ruy Barbosa, que dispensa comentários!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660296</guid><pubDate>Thu, 01 Dec 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205365/9786554113793.mp3" length="997118" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660296 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Nossa democracia Author: Ruy Barbosa Narrator: Guga Almeida Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 18 minutes Release date: December...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660296" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660296</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Nossa democracia Author: Ruy Barbosa Narrator: Guga Almeida Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 18 minutes Release date: December  1, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Que é um republicano? Qual a característica que distingue uma da outra a república e a monarquia?' Neste artigo intitulado 'Nossa democracia', escrita em abril de 1889 – pouco antes, portanto, da Proclamação da República –, Ruy Barbosa promove uma reflexão sobre essa forma de governo, analisando a postura da imprensa da época. Notável, além do conteúdo, a forma: o português de Ruy Barbosa, que dispensa comentários!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>125</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/28241b6e0bccb0eeb90ddc7d314feff6.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Portuguese] - Nossa veracidade: Trechos selecionados de 'Obras seletas', de Ruy Barbosa by Ruy Barbosa</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/portuguese-nossa-veracidade-trechos-selecionados-de-obras-seletas-de-ruy-barbosa-by-ruy-barbosa--65205329</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660300" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660300</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Nossa veracidade: Trechos selecionados de 'Obras seletas', de Ruy Barbosa Author: Ruy Barbosa Narrator: Tom Bueno Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 17 minutes Release date: December  1, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'A extinção do elemento servil foi, no sentido mais estrito da palavra, uma conquista popular'. O artigo de Ruy Barbosa intitulado 'Nossa veracidade', de onde se extraíram estas palavras, foi publicado no Diário de Notícias em 3 de abril de 1889, portanto, quase um ano depois da assinatura da Lei Áurea. Uma defesa veemente do autor perante os ataques de outros segmentos da imprensa.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660300</guid><pubDate>Thu, 01 Dec 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205329/9786554112413.mp3" length="997172" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660300 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Nossa veracidade: Trechos selecionados de 'Obras seletas', de Ruy Barbosa Author: Ruy Barbosa Narrator: Tom Bueno Format: Abridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660300" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660300</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Nossa veracidade: Trechos selecionados de 'Obras seletas', de Ruy Barbosa Author: Ruy Barbosa Narrator: Tom Bueno Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 17 minutes Release date: December  1, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'A extinção do elemento servil foi, no sentido mais estrito da palavra, uma conquista popular'. O artigo de Ruy Barbosa intitulado 'Nossa veracidade', de onde se extraíram estas palavras, foi publicado no Diário de Notícias em 3 de abril de 1889, portanto, quase um ano depois da assinatura da Lei Áurea. Uma defesa veemente do autor perante os ataques de outros segmentos da imprensa.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>125</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/981a40f67403ef81cdb61cf7e5587473.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Arabic] - الفظيع وتمثيله by ياسين الحاج صالح</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/arabic-alfzy-wtmthylh-by-yasyn-alhaj-salh--65205339</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668929" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668929</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - الفظيع وتمثيله Author: ياسين الحاج صالح Narrator: عمر زكريا Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: November 12, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  «من أعْوامِ السِّجْنِ إلى عُقودِ الدَّأبِ في الاسْتِقْصَاءِ والتَّحْلِيلِ، منَحَ يَاسِين الحَاج صَالح سُورِيّا المُعَاصِرة حَيَاتَه كُلَّها ومَا يَزَالُ: جَسَّدَ بِسِيـرَتِهِ مُعَاناتَها ومُقَاوَمَتَها وبَسَطَ في أعْمَالِه وَقَائعَها ومَعَانِيها...» أحمد بيضون «مَعَ نَصِّ يَاسِين، تَلْتَحِمُ السِّيَــاسَةُ والأفْكَارُ بِـتَجَارِبِ البَشَـــرِ وَعَذَابَاتِهِم، بِاللَّحْمِ والدَّمِ وَحَسَاسِيَّاتِ المَقْهُورِين. وَهَذَا بَعْضُ ما يَمْنَحُهُ خُصُوصِيَّةً تَرْفَعُهُ عَنْ مَأْلُوفِ الكِتَابَةِ السِّيَاسِيَّةِ العَرَبِيَّةِ حَيْثُ العَوْدُ الدَّائِمُ عَلَى بَدْءٍ وَاثِقٍ. هَكَذَا يَتَّفِقُ المَرْءُ وَيَخْتَلِفُ مَعَ ذَاكَ النَّصِّ، لَكِنَّهُ لا بُدَّ أنْ يُقِرَّ بِأنَّ جُرْحَ كَاتِبِهِ جَارِحٌ وَعَمِيقٌ: يَتَحَوَّلُ سُؤَالًا غَيْرَ مَطْرُوقٍ، كَمَا يَغْدُو مُحَاوَلَةَ جَوَابٍ تَجْتَمِعُ فِيها مَسْؤُولِيَّةُ شَيْخٍ مَهِيبٍ حِيَالَ الكَلامِ وَرَشَاقَةُ فَتًى مُتَجَرِّئٍ عَلَيْهِ.»حازم صاغيّة «هَذَا كِتَابٌ لا يُشبِهُهُ شيءٌ مِمَّا كُتِبَ حَتَّى الآنَ عَنْ نِظَامِ الإبَادَةِ الأَسَدِيِّ، يَدْعُونَا فِيه يَاسِين الحَاج صَالح إلى التَّـفْكِيـرِ مَعَهُ في وَسَائِلِ إنْتَاجِ هَذَا النِّظَامِ وإِعَادَةِ إِنْتَاجِهِ طَوَالَ خَمْسِينَ عَامًا، وَفي الحَاجَةِ المُلِحَّة إِلى تَجْدِيدِ القَوْلِ في تَجْرِبَةِ السُّورِيِّين المَهُولَةِ، سَبِيلًا إلى امْتِلَاكِها مَعْرِفيًّا وَسِيَاسِيًّا، والرَّبْطِ بَيْنَ العَنَاءِ والمَعْنَى.» فاروق مردم بك استمع الآن]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668929</guid><pubDate>Sat, 12 Nov 2022 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205339/9789152185155.mp3" length="2437195" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668929 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - الفظيع وتمثيله Author: ياسين الحاج صالح Narrator: عمر زكريا Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: November...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668929" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668929</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - الفظيع وتمثيله Author: ياسين الحاج صالح Narrator: عمر زكريا Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: November 12, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  «من أعْوامِ السِّجْنِ إلى عُقودِ الدَّأبِ في الاسْتِقْصَاءِ والتَّحْلِيلِ، منَحَ يَاسِين الحَاج صَالح سُورِيّا المُعَاصِرة حَيَاتَه كُلَّها ومَا يَزَالُ: جَسَّدَ بِسِيـرَتِهِ مُعَاناتَها ومُقَاوَمَتَها وبَسَطَ في أعْمَالِه وَقَائعَها ومَعَانِيها...» أحمد بيضون «مَعَ نَصِّ يَاسِين، تَلْتَحِمُ السِّيَــاسَةُ والأفْكَارُ بِـتَجَارِبِ البَشَـــرِ وَعَذَابَاتِهِم، بِاللَّحْمِ والدَّمِ وَحَسَاسِيَّاتِ المَقْهُورِين. وَهَذَا بَعْضُ ما يَمْنَحُهُ خُصُوصِيَّةً تَرْفَعُهُ عَنْ مَأْلُوفِ الكِتَابَةِ السِّيَاسِيَّةِ العَرَبِيَّةِ حَيْثُ العَوْدُ الدَّائِمُ عَلَى بَدْءٍ وَاثِقٍ. هَكَذَا يَتَّفِقُ المَرْءُ وَيَخْتَلِفُ مَعَ ذَاكَ النَّصِّ، لَكِنَّهُ لا بُدَّ أنْ يُقِرَّ بِأنَّ جُرْحَ كَاتِبِهِ جَارِحٌ وَعَمِيقٌ: يَتَحَوَّلُ سُؤَالًا غَيْرَ مَطْرُوقٍ، كَمَا يَغْدُو مُحَاوَلَةَ جَوَابٍ تَجْتَمِعُ فِيها مَسْؤُولِيَّةُ شَيْخٍ مَهِيبٍ حِيَالَ الكَلامِ وَرَشَاقَةُ فَتًى مُتَجَرِّئٍ عَلَيْهِ.»حازم صاغيّة «هَذَا كِتَابٌ لا يُشبِهُهُ شيءٌ مِمَّا كُتِبَ حَتَّى الآنَ عَنْ نِظَامِ الإبَادَةِ الأَسَدِيِّ، يَدْعُونَا فِيه يَاسِين الحَاج صَالح إلى التَّـفْكِيـرِ مَعَهُ في وَسَائِلِ إنْتَاجِ هَذَا النِّظَامِ وإِعَادَةِ إِنْتَاجِهِ طَوَالَ خَمْسِينَ عَامًا، وَفي الحَاجَةِ المُلِحَّة إِلى تَجْدِيدِ القَوْلِ في تَجْرِبَةِ السُّورِيِّين المَهُولَةِ، سَبِيلًا إلى امْتِلَاكِها مَعْرِفيًّا وَسِيَاسِيًّا، والرَّبْطِ بَيْنَ العَنَاءِ والمَعْنَى.» فاروق مردم بك استمع الآن]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/17d49a27291a9c1da863d70ac2ef4105.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Tamtam und Tabu: Meinungsmanipulation von der Wendezeit bis zur Zeitenwende by Daniela Dahn, Rainer Mausfeld</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-tamtam-und-tabu-meinungsmanipulation-von-der-wendezeit-bis-zur-zeitenwende-by-daniela-dahn-rainer-mausfeld--65205449</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658593" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658593</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Tamtam und Tabu: Meinungsmanipulation von der Wendezeit bis zur Zeitenwende Author: Daniela Dahn, Rainer Mausfeld Narrator: Markus Böker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 19, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  1990 gilt als das wichtigste Jahr der Nachkriegsgeschichte. Alles scheint gesagt – doch die Tabus überdauern. Dahn und Mausfeld nehmen sie ins Visier. Das Buch untersucht, wie die öffentliche Meinung in kurzer Zeit in eine Richtung gewendet wurde, die einzig den Interessen des Westens entsprach. Es ist an der Zeit, dieses Narrativ über die Wende zu erschüttern. „Getroffen! Beide Autoren ins Schwarze. Lesen, lesen und andere ermuntern, das Buch zu lesen! Ich wünschte, das Buch würde Schulstoff!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658593</guid><pubDate>Mon, 19 Sep 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205449/9783954719105.mp3" length="1477675" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658593 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Tamtam und Tabu: Meinungsmanipulation von der Wendezeit bis zur Zeitenwende Author: Daniela Dahn, Rainer Mausfeld Narrator: Markus Böker...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658593" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658593</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Tamtam und Tabu: Meinungsmanipulation von der Wendezeit bis zur Zeitenwende Author: Daniela Dahn, Rainer Mausfeld Narrator: Markus Böker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 19, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  1990 gilt als das wichtigste Jahr der Nachkriegsgeschichte. Alles scheint gesagt – doch die Tabus überdauern. Dahn und Mausfeld nehmen sie ins Visier. Das Buch untersucht, wie die öffentliche Meinung in kurzer Zeit in eine Richtung gewendet wurde, die einzig den Interessen des Westens entsprach. Es ist an der Zeit, dieses Narrativ über die Wende zu erschüttern. „Getroffen! Beide Autoren ins Schwarze. Lesen, lesen und andere ermuntern, das Buch zu lesen! Ich wünschte, das Buch würde Schulstoff!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6441afd2d28eb29a9e7b9b860aad74ae.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Grüne fahren SUV und Joggen macht unsterblich: Über Risiken und Nebenwirkungen der Unstatistik by Katharina Schüller, Walter Kräm</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-grune-fahren-suv-und-joggen-macht-unsterblich-uber-risiken-und-nebenwirkungen-der-unstatistik-by-katharina-schuller-walter-kram--65205444</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658828" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658828</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Grüne fahren SUV und Joggen macht unsterblich: Über Risiken und Nebenwirkungen der Unstatistik Author: Katharina Schüller, Walter Krämer, Thomas Bauer, Gerd Gigerenzer Narrator: Thomas Höricht Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 33 minutes Release date: August 17, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Das Verhältnis von Daten und Realität fordert uns heute besonders heraus, und nur allzu schnell fallen wir auf Fake News und Panikmache rein. Jeden Tag überbietet eine Schlagzeile die andere – oft auf Basis falscher Dateninterpretation. Der Psychologe Gerd Gigerenzer, die Datenanalyse-Expertin Katharina Schüller, der Ökonom Thomas Bauer und der Statistiker Walter Krämer diagnostizieren uns seit Jahren in ihrer »Unstatistik des Monats« eine Art Analphabetismus im Umgang mit Zahlen, mit Wahrscheinlichkeiten und Risiken. Anhand neuer spektakulärer Beispiele erklären die vier, wie wir Unsinn erkennen, Prognosen richtig einordnen, zwischen Kausalität und Korrelation unterscheiden und unsere immer komplexere Welt sinnvoll beschreiben können. Das ist unterhaltsam - und wichtiger denn je!   »Dieser Greatest Hits-Band (ist) ein guter Leitfaden, um die Statistiken, mit denen uns die Medien täglich bombardieren, kritischer zu lesen.« Christoph Drösser, Zeit Wissen  »Man sollte bei (Statistiken) lieber zweimal hinschauen. Dieses Buch schärft den Blick.« Bettina Gartner, Bild der Wissenschaft  »Jede/r sollte ein wenig statistisches Denken beherrschen. Und da gibt es kaum einen einfacheren und amüsanteren Einstieg in die Materie als dieses Buch.« Deutschlandradio Kultur]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658828</guid><pubDate>Wed, 17 Aug 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205444/9783954719198.mp3" length="1477761" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658828 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Grüne fahren SUV und Joggen macht unsterblich: Über Risiken und Nebenwirkungen der Unstatistik Author: Katharina Schüller, Walter Krämer,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658828" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658828</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Grüne fahren SUV und Joggen macht unsterblich: Über Risiken und Nebenwirkungen der Unstatistik Author: Katharina Schüller, Walter Krämer, Thomas Bauer, Gerd Gigerenzer Narrator: Thomas Höricht Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 33 minutes Release date: August 17, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Das Verhältnis von Daten und Realität fordert uns heute besonders heraus, und nur allzu schnell fallen wir auf Fake News und Panikmache rein. Jeden Tag überbietet eine Schlagzeile die andere – oft auf Basis falscher Dateninterpretation. Der Psychologe Gerd Gigerenzer, die Datenanalyse-Expertin Katharina Schüller, der Ökonom Thomas Bauer und der Statistiker Walter Krämer diagnostizieren uns seit Jahren in ihrer »Unstatistik des Monats« eine Art Analphabetismus im Umgang mit Zahlen, mit Wahrscheinlichkeiten und Risiken. Anhand neuer spektakulärer Beispiele erklären die vier, wie wir Unsinn erkennen, Prognosen richtig einordnen, zwischen Kausalität und Korrelation unterscheiden und unsere immer komplexere Welt sinnvoll beschreiben können. Das ist unterhaltsam - und wichtiger denn je!   »Dieser Greatest Hits-Band (ist) ein guter Leitfaden, um die Statistiken, mit denen uns die Medien täglich bombardieren, kritischer zu lesen.« Christoph Drösser, Zeit Wissen  »Man sollte bei (Statistiken) lieber zweimal hinschauen. Dieses Buch schärft den Blick.« Bettina Gartner, Bild der Wissenschaft  »Jede/r sollte ein wenig statistisches Denken beherrschen. Und da gibt es kaum einen einfacheren und amüsanteren Einstieg in die Materie als dieses Buch.« Deutschlandradio Kultur]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>ber,ller,ne</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/932411329aa1598d6dffb0ffac772041.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Arabic] - البحث عن السادات by يوسف إدريس</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/arabic-albhth-n-alsadat-by-ywsf-adrys--65205324</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667363" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667363</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - البحث عن السادات Author: يوسف إدريس Narrator: رنا الخطيب Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 37 minutes Release date: July  1, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  يشتمل هذا الكتاب على النص الحرفي للمقالات السبع التي نشرها إدريس في 'جريدة القبس' الكويتية وصحف أخرى خارج مصر. وكتب إدريس افتتاحية لهذا الكتاب بعنوان 'البحث عن الحقيقة' كمقدمة لا غنى عنها لفهم الظروف والجو النفسي المرعب الذي قـُصد به إرهاب قارئ هذه المقالات مثلما قـُصد به إرهاب كاتبها وكذلك إرهاب أي كاتب آخر. وموضوع هذه المقالات هو إبرام الرئيس السادات معاهدة كامب ديفيد مع إسرائيل. استمع الآن.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667363</guid><pubDate>Fri, 01 Jul 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205324/9789178591091.mp3" length="2437197" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667363 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - البحث عن السادات Author: يوسف إدريس Narrator: رنا الخطيب Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 37 minutes Release date: July  1, 2022...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667363" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667363</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - البحث عن السادات Author: يوسف إدريس Narrator: رنا الخطيب Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 37 minutes Release date: July  1, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  يشتمل هذا الكتاب على النص الحرفي للمقالات السبع التي نشرها إدريس في 'جريدة القبس' الكويتية وصحف أخرى خارج مصر. وكتب إدريس افتتاحية لهذا الكتاب بعنوان 'البحث عن الحقيقة' كمقدمة لا غنى عنها لفهم الظروف والجو النفسي المرعب الذي قـُصد به إرهاب قارئ هذه المقالات مثلما قـُصد به إرهاب كاتبها وكذلك إرهاب أي كاتب آخر. وموضوع هذه المقالات هو إبرام الرئيس السادات معاهدة كامب ديفيد مع إسرائيل. استمع الآن.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6f3ff278a28f3b25d25330519c832b2b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Alarmstufe Rot: Wie Chinas aggressive Außenpolitik im Pazifik in einen globalen Krieg führt by Alexander Görlach</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-alarmstufe-rot-wie-chinas-aggressive-aussenpolitik-im-pazifik-in-einen-globalen-krieg-fuhrt-by-alexander-gorlach--65205428</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658861" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658861</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Alarmstufe Rot: Wie Chinas aggressive Außenpolitik im Pazifik in einen globalen Krieg führt Author: Alexander Görlach Narrator: Michael J. Diekmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: May  3, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Kampfjets über Taiwan, Kriegsschiffe in japanischen Gewässern, Militärbasen auf den Spratly-Inseln. China will sein Territorium im Ost- und Südchinesischen Meer ausweiten. Dabei ist besonders der Anspruch auf Taiwan explosiv, das China nicht als souveränen Staat anerkennt. Doch hinter Taiwan stehen die USA.   Der aktuelle Konflikt um Inseln und Riffe vor Chinas Küste wird im Westen oft vernachlässigt. Doch dahinter stehen handfeste Territorialkonflikte mit einer Reihe von Staaten wie Japan, Südkorea oder Vietnam. Die Region ist ein Pulverfass, bei dem eine einzelne Provokation schnell in einen internationalen Konflikt führen kann. Besonders Taiwan ist China ein Dorn im Auge: Unabhängig, demokratisch und westlich, historisch aber Teil von China. Taiwan führt der Welt vor Augen, dass es zu der Diktatur in China eine demokratische Alternative gibt.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658861</guid><pubDate>Tue, 03 May 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205428/9783954718603.mp3" length="1477675" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658861 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Alarmstufe Rot: Wie Chinas aggressive Außenpolitik im Pazifik in einen globalen Krieg führt Author: Alexander Görlach Narrator: Michael J....</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658861" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658861</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Alarmstufe Rot: Wie Chinas aggressive Außenpolitik im Pazifik in einen globalen Krieg führt Author: Alexander Görlach Narrator: Michael J. Diekmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: May  3, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Kampfjets über Taiwan, Kriegsschiffe in japanischen Gewässern, Militärbasen auf den Spratly-Inseln. China will sein Territorium im Ost- und Südchinesischen Meer ausweiten. Dabei ist besonders der Anspruch auf Taiwan explosiv, das China nicht als souveränen Staat anerkennt. Doch hinter Taiwan stehen die USA.   Der aktuelle Konflikt um Inseln und Riffe vor Chinas Küste wird im Westen oft vernachlässigt. Doch dahinter stehen handfeste Territorialkonflikte mit einer Reihe von Staaten wie Japan, Südkorea oder Vietnam. Die Region ist ein Pulverfass, bei dem eine einzelne Provokation schnell in einen internationalen Konflikt führen kann. Besonders Taiwan ist China ein Dorn im Auge: Unabhängig, demokratisch und westlich, historisch aber Teil von China. Taiwan führt der Welt vor Augen, dass es zu der Diktatur in China eine demokratische Alternative gibt.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>hrt</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ce8b74054f95d18806a8ad365e196911.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Links: Ende und Anfang einer Utopie by Artur Becker</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-links-ende-und-anfang-einer-utopie-by-artur-becker--65205473</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658295" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658295</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Links: Ende und Anfang einer Utopie Author: Artur Becker Narrator: Robert Gregor Kühn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 2 minutes Release date: May  2, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die Rechte und die autoritären Aspirationen mancher Politiker und Regierenden machen uns wieder Angst - die Geschichte darf sich doch nicht wiederholen. Die Linken müssen sich neu aufstellen, müssen kämpfen, damit es in unseren globalisierten Gesellschaften ein Gleichgewicht der verschiedenen Kräfte und Denkweisen gibt. Dabei dürfen sie ihre Wurzeln nicht vergessen - erwachsen aus der Dialektik der Aufklärung besitzen die Linken die stärkste Waffe, die sie progressiv einsetzen können: die Utopie. Nur mit einer Utopie im Gepäck kann die Linke getrost in die Zukunft schauen.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658295</guid><pubDate>Mon, 02 May 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205473/9783954718443.mp3" length="1477551" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658295 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Links: Ende und Anfang einer Utopie Author: Artur Becker Narrator: Robert Gregor Kühn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 2 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658295" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658295</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Links: Ende und Anfang einer Utopie Author: Artur Becker Narrator: Robert Gregor Kühn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 2 minutes Release date: May  2, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die Rechte und die autoritären Aspirationen mancher Politiker und Regierenden machen uns wieder Angst - die Geschichte darf sich doch nicht wiederholen. Die Linken müssen sich neu aufstellen, müssen kämpfen, damit es in unseren globalisierten Gesellschaften ein Gleichgewicht der verschiedenen Kräfte und Denkweisen gibt. Dabei dürfen sie ihre Wurzeln nicht vergessen - erwachsen aus der Dialektik der Aufklärung besitzen die Linken die stärkste Waffe, die sie progressiv einsetzen können: die Utopie. Nur mit einer Utopie im Gepäck kann die Linke getrost in die Zukunft schauen.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8060d429a8b20343ff941df72fb9c2dc.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Krankenhaus im Ausverkauf: Private Gewinne auf Kosten unserer Gesundheit by Thomas Strohschneider</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-krankenhaus-im-ausverkauf-private-gewinne-auf-kosten-unserer-gesundheit-by-thomas-strohschneider--65205439</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658655" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658655</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Krankenhaus im Ausverkauf: Private Gewinne auf Kosten unserer Gesundheit Author: Thomas Strohschneider Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 59 minutes Release date: March 28, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Stoppt das Krankenhaussterben! Krankenhäuser in Deutschland und Europa sind längst zum Spekulationsobjekt international agierender, privater Klinikkonzerne geworden. Die Folge: Die Konzerne erzielen Renditen aus dem solidarischen System unseres Gesundheitswesens. Thomas Strohschneider war selbst jahrelang als Chefarzt in einer privatwirtschaftlich geführten Klinik tätig. In seinem Buch zeigt er aus eigener Erfahrung und an zahlreichen Beispielen, welche erschreckenden Auswirkungen dieser Prozess auf Patienten, Ärzte und alle in Krankenhäusern Tätigen hat, wie diese Entwicklung die Medizin als Heilkunst abschafft und die ärztliche Profession bedroht.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658655</guid><pubDate>Mon, 28 Mar 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205439/9783954718702.mp3" length="1477629" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658655 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Krankenhaus im Ausverkauf: Private Gewinne auf Kosten unserer Gesundheit Author: Thomas Strohschneider Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658655" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658655</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Krankenhaus im Ausverkauf: Private Gewinne auf Kosten unserer Gesundheit Author: Thomas Strohschneider Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 59 minutes Release date: March 28, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Stoppt das Krankenhaussterben! Krankenhäuser in Deutschland und Europa sind längst zum Spekulationsobjekt international agierender, privater Klinikkonzerne geworden. Die Folge: Die Konzerne erzielen Renditen aus dem solidarischen System unseres Gesundheitswesens. Thomas Strohschneider war selbst jahrelang als Chefarzt in einer privatwirtschaftlich geführten Klinik tätig. In seinem Buch zeigt er aus eigener Erfahrung und an zahlreichen Beispielen, welche erschreckenden Auswirkungen dieser Prozess auf Patienten, Ärzte und alle in Krankenhäusern Tätigen hat, wie diese Entwicklung die Medizin als Heilkunst abschafft und die ärztliche Profession bedroht.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c7c0e0f1416c647cbcbcb1d76d074821.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Als die Mauer fiel, war ich in der Sauna: Gespräche über den Wahnsinn unserer Zeit. Mit einem Vorwort von Markus Lanz by Arno Lui</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-als-die-mauer-fiel-war-ich-in-der-sauna-gesprache-uber-den-wahnsinn-unserer-zeit-mit-einem-vorwort-von-markus-lanz-by-arno-lui--65205452</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658877" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658877</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Als die Mauer fiel, war ich in der Sauna: Gespräche über den Wahnsinn unserer Zeit. Mit einem Vorwort von Markus Lanz Author: Arno Luik Narrator: Robert Gregor Kühn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 14 minutes Release date: March 14, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Arno Luiks Interviews beginnen oft mit provozierenden Fragen, schon mit der ersten Antwort wird der Leser in diese Gespräche hineingezogen – und liest Dinge, die er anderswo nicht gelesen hat. Arno Luik verführt seine Gegenüber von Beginn an zu einer erstaunlichen Offenheit und schafft es, Brisantes aus ihnen herauszukitzeln. Dieser Gesprächsband ist eine faszinierende Zeitreise, in der sich Geschichte auf eine mitreißende Weise entfaltet: anekdotisch, politisch, intim. Sie zeigt, warum wir wurden, wer wir sind: eine zerrissene, eine verstörte, manchmal trotzdem schöne Welt – um die es sich lohnt, zu kämpfen.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658877</guid><pubDate>Mon, 14 Mar 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205452/9783954718658.mp3" length="1477709" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658877 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Als die Mauer fiel, war ich in der Sauna: Gespräche über den Wahnsinn unserer Zeit. Mit einem Vorwort von Markus Lanz Author: Arno Luik...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658877" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658877</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Als die Mauer fiel, war ich in der Sauna: Gespräche über den Wahnsinn unserer Zeit. Mit einem Vorwort von Markus Lanz Author: Arno Luik Narrator: Robert Gregor Kühn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 14 minutes Release date: March 14, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Arno Luiks Interviews beginnen oft mit provozierenden Fragen, schon mit der ersten Antwort wird der Leser in diese Gespräche hineingezogen – und liest Dinge, die er anderswo nicht gelesen hat. Arno Luik verführt seine Gegenüber von Beginn an zu einer erstaunlichen Offenheit und schafft es, Brisantes aus ihnen herauszukitzeln. Dieser Gesprächsband ist eine faszinierende Zeitreise, in der sich Geschichte auf eine mitreißende Weise entfaltet: anekdotisch, politisch, intim. Sie zeigt, warum wir wurden, wer wir sind: eine zerrissene, eine verstörte, manchmal trotzdem schöne Welt – um die es sich lohnt, zu kämpfen.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>ber</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/bb6efc5e87585e40260783678bc57096.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Umgekehrter Totalitarismus: Faktische Machtverhältnisse und ihre zerstörerischen Auswirkungen auf unsere Demokratie by Sheldon S.</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-umgekehrter-totalitarismus-faktische-machtverhaltnisse-und-ihre-zerstorerischen-auswirkungen-auf-unsere-demokratie-by-sheldon-s--65205475</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658379" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658379</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Umgekehrter Totalitarismus: Faktische Machtverhältnisse und ihre zerstörerischen Auswirkungen auf unsere Demokratie Author: Sheldon S. Wolin Narrator: Markus Böker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 16 minutes Release date: February 13, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  2003 prägte Wolin in einem Zeitungsartikel den Begriff Inverted Totalitarianism (deutsch: Umgekehrter Totalitarismus). Mit dem Buch Democracy Incorporated: Managed Democracy and the Specter of Inverted Totalitarianism baute er 2008 seine Argumentation zum Inverted Totalitarianism aus. Die These dieses Werkes ist, dass am Ende des 20. Jahrhunderts mit dem Streben nach Superpower und dem Management von Demokratie in den USA eine postdemokratische Regierungstechnik entstanden sei, die Elemente der liberalen Demokratie mit denen totalitärer politischer Systeme verbinde. Einen zentralen Unterschied zum klassischen Totalitarismus sieht Wolin darin, dass der Nationalsozialismus ein Mobilisierungsregime gewesen sei, während der invertierte Totalitarismus auf eine weitreichende Entpolitisierung der Bevölkerung setze. Außerdem setze die postmoderne Form totaler Herrschaft auf weichere, kaum wahrnehmbare Unterdrückungsmechanismen. Eine starke Führungspersönlichkeit sei in dieser Regierungsform verzichtbar.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658379</guid><pubDate>Sun, 13 Feb 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205475/9783954718375.mp3" length="1477545" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658379 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Umgekehrter Totalitarismus: Faktische Machtverhältnisse und ihre zerstörerischen Auswirkungen auf unsere Demokratie Author: Sheldon S. Wolin...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658379" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658379</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Umgekehrter Totalitarismus: Faktische Machtverhältnisse und ihre zerstörerischen Auswirkungen auf unsere Demokratie Author: Sheldon S. Wolin Narrator: Markus Böker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 16 minutes Release date: February 13, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  2003 prägte Wolin in einem Zeitungsartikel den Begriff Inverted Totalitarianism (deutsch: Umgekehrter Totalitarismus). Mit dem Buch Democracy Incorporated: Managed Democracy and the Specter of Inverted Totalitarianism baute er 2008 seine Argumentation zum Inverted Totalitarianism aus. Die These dieses Werkes ist, dass am Ende des 20. Jahrhunderts mit dem Streben nach Superpower und dem Management von Demokratie in den USA eine postdemokratische Regierungstechnik entstanden sei, die Elemente der liberalen Demokratie mit denen totalitärer politischer Systeme verbinde. Einen zentralen Unterschied zum klassischen Totalitarismus sieht Wolin darin, dass der Nationalsozialismus ein Mobilisierungsregime gewesen sei, während der invertierte Totalitarismus auf eine weitreichende Entpolitisierung der Bevölkerung setze. Außerdem setze die postmoderne Form totaler Herrschaft auf weichere, kaum wahrnehmbare Unterdrückungsmechanismen. Eine starke Führungspersönlichkeit sei in dieser Regierungsform verzichtbar.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/dc953f55401696febdd738a206641d1b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Kampf der Nationen: Wie der wirtschaftliche Wettbewerb unsere Zukunft zerstört by Patrick Kaczmarczyk</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-kampf-der-nationen-wie-der-wirtschaftliche-wettbewerb-unsere-zukunft-zerstort-by-patrick-kaczmarczyk--65205480</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658424" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658424</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Kampf der Nationen: Wie der wirtschaftliche Wettbewerb unsere Zukunft zerstört Author: Patrick Kaczmarczyk Narrator: Robert Gregor Kühn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 39 minutes Release date: February  7, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Wettbewerb gilt im allgemeinen Verständnis als Grundvoraussetzung für wirtschaftliche Entwicklung. Die Europäische Union (EU) hat dies sogar in den vier Freiheiten des Binnenmarkts institutionalisiert. Auch in Deutschland gilt: je mehr Wettbewerb es gibt, desto mehr wirtschaftliche Dynamik bekommen wir. Doch kann man an einer solchen Denkweise tatsächlich noch festhalten? Was wäre, wenn wir dieses Modell von Grund auf neu denken würden? Ist es unserer Zeit nicht angemessen, wäre es nicht nötig, in die entgegengesetzte Richtung zu steuern? Das Gegenmodell, welches ein neues Verständnis von Wettbewerb mit sich bringt und wirtschaftliche Dynamik besser begreift, beruht auf der Arbeit des österreichischen Ökonomen Joseph Schumpeter. Er argumentiert, dass eine Wirtschaftspolitik, welche eine jeder gegen jeden Mentalität nährt, wie es in der EU der Fall ist, wirtschaftlichen Fortschritt sogar behindert.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658424</guid><pubDate>Mon, 07 Feb 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205480/9783954718344.mp3" length="1477647" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658424 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Kampf der Nationen: Wie der wirtschaftliche Wettbewerb unsere Zukunft zerstört Author: Patrick Kaczmarczyk Narrator: Robert Gregor Kühn...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658424" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658424</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Kampf der Nationen: Wie der wirtschaftliche Wettbewerb unsere Zukunft zerstört Author: Patrick Kaczmarczyk Narrator: Robert Gregor Kühn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 39 minutes Release date: February  7, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Wettbewerb gilt im allgemeinen Verständnis als Grundvoraussetzung für wirtschaftliche Entwicklung. Die Europäische Union (EU) hat dies sogar in den vier Freiheiten des Binnenmarkts institutionalisiert. Auch in Deutschland gilt: je mehr Wettbewerb es gibt, desto mehr wirtschaftliche Dynamik bekommen wir. Doch kann man an einer solchen Denkweise tatsächlich noch festhalten? Was wäre, wenn wir dieses Modell von Grund auf neu denken würden? Ist es unserer Zeit nicht angemessen, wäre es nicht nötig, in die entgegengesetzte Richtung zu steuern? Das Gegenmodell, welches ein neues Verständnis von Wettbewerb mit sich bringt und wirtschaftliche Dynamik besser begreift, beruht auf der Arbeit des österreichischen Ökonomen Joseph Schumpeter. Er argumentiert, dass eine Wirtschaftspolitik, welche eine jeder gegen jeden Mentalität nährt, wie es in der EU der Fall ist, wirtschaftlichen Fortschritt sogar behindert.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/afdd9325ebb6759d1273019d4f5e0da0.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Recherchieren: Ein Werkzeugkasten zur Kritik der herrschenden Meinung by Patrik Baab</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-recherchieren-ein-werkzeugkasten-zur-kritik-der-herrschenden-meinung-by-patrik-baab--65205446</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658859" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658859</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Recherchieren: Ein Werkzeugkasten zur Kritik der herrschenden Meinung Author: Patrik Baab Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 31, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Dieses Buch ist den Gedanken der journalistischen Aufklärung verpflichtet. Zu ihren Kernaufgaben zählen die Kritik und Kontrolle politischer Macht. In der Praxis jedoch wird die Presse häufig zum Apologeten der Mächtigen und zum publizistischen Verteidiger des Status Quo. Statt Macht- und Gewaltverhältnisse aufzuklären, vernebelt sie oft die Interessen von Machteliten und wird so zum Helfer der Gegenaufklärung. Dieses Buch zeigt, wie Kritik und Kontrolle von Eliten wieder in den Mittelpunkt der Recherche rücken können. Baab bietet einen Werkzeugkasten mit Instrumenten der Aufklärung.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658859</guid><pubDate>Mon, 31 Jan 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205446/9783954718528.mp3" length="1477607" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658859 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Recherchieren: Ein Werkzeugkasten zur Kritik der herrschenden Meinung Author: Patrik Baab Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658859" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658859</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Recherchieren: Ein Werkzeugkasten zur Kritik der herrschenden Meinung Author: Patrik Baab Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 31, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Dieses Buch ist den Gedanken der journalistischen Aufklärung verpflichtet. Zu ihren Kernaufgaben zählen die Kritik und Kontrolle politischer Macht. In der Praxis jedoch wird die Presse häufig zum Apologeten der Mächtigen und zum publizistischen Verteidiger des Status Quo. Statt Macht- und Gewaltverhältnisse aufzuklären, vernebelt sie oft die Interessen von Machteliten und wird so zum Helfer der Gegenaufklärung. Dieses Buch zeigt, wie Kritik und Kontrolle von Eliten wieder in den Mittelpunkt der Recherche rücken können. Baab bietet einen Werkzeugkasten mit Instrumenten der Aufklärung.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/997451857459313c3514ae5c7c5ad64c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Has Populism Won?: The War on Liberal Democracy by Marc D. Froese, Daniel Drache</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/has-populism-won-the-war-on-liberal-democracy-by-marc-d-froese-daniel-drache--65205418</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659370" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659370</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Has Populism Won?: The War on Liberal Democracy Author: Marc D. Froese, Daniel Drache Narrator: Carmel Amit Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 30, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Has populism won? Two experts show us how and why this disturbing global political trend has taken root and what it will take to turn the tide From Trump’s America to Putin’s Russia, and from Poland to the Philippines, rapid change and rising inequality have fueled a retreat into tribalist nationalism fed by a fear of being left behind. Populist leaders tap into this fear, with empty promises of looking out for the little guy and promising a return to national greatness. This is happening in countries across the globe and the political spectrum, arising in the right and the left alike. So why are we so susceptible to this pernicious political style at this moment? How did we get here? Will we get back to more even-handed governments? And more importantly, how has the global insurgency captured high offices across the globe, winning election after election? And more importantly, if Putin is defeated in his unprovoked war on Ukraine, will vociferous publics turn against the insurgency? Liberal democracy is at a turning point, as system smashers aren’t about to go quietly into the night, and there are few viable alternatives in the wings. Political scientists Drache and Froese have turned original research into a compelling analysis of the rise of populism and reveal what it will take to douse the flames. This is an essential read for anyone concerned about the encroachments on freedom and the rule of law around the world.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659370</guid><pubDate>Sun, 30 Jan 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205418/9781778520839.mp3" length="2437447" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659370 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Has Populism Won?: The War on Liberal Democracy Author: Marc D. Froese, Daniel Drache Narrator: Carmel Amit Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659370" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659370</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Has Populism Won?: The War on Liberal Democracy Author: Marc D. Froese, Daniel Drache Narrator: Carmel Amit Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 30, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Has populism won? Two experts show us how and why this disturbing global political trend has taken root and what it will take to turn the tide From Trump’s America to Putin’s Russia, and from Poland to the Philippines, rapid change and rising inequality have fueled a retreat into tribalist nationalism fed by a fear of being left behind. Populist leaders tap into this fear, with empty promises of looking out for the little guy and promising a return to national greatness. This is happening in countries across the globe and the political spectrum, arising in the right and the left alike. So why are we so susceptible to this pernicious political style at this moment? How did we get here? Will we get back to more even-handed governments? And more importantly, how has the global insurgency captured high offices across the globe, winning election after election? And more importantly, if Putin is defeated in his unprovoked war on Ukraine, will vociferous publics turn against the insurgency? Liberal democracy is at a turning point, as system smashers aren’t about to go quietly into the night, and there are few viable alternatives in the wings. Political scientists Drache and Froese have turned original research into a compelling analysis of the rise of populism and reveal what it will take to douse the flames. This is an essential read for anyone concerned about the encroachments on freedom and the rule of law around the world.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/fc185e7f2b51cb1a6abcc261a6f500fb.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Wunschdenken: Warum Politik so häufig scheitert by Thilo Sarrazin</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-wunschdenken-warum-politik-so-haufig-scheitert-by-thilo-sarrazin--65205427</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658729" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658729</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wunschdenken: Warum Politik so häufig scheitert Author: Thilo Sarrazin Narrator: Armand Presser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 53 minutes Release date: January 24, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Werden wir gut regiert? Oder bleibt die Politik hinter ihren Möglichkeiten zurück? Und wenn das so ist – woran liegt das? Gibt es Techniken guten Regierens? In seinem Bestseller beschreibt Thilo Sarrazin die Mechaniken von Politik, ihre typischen Fehler und die Gründe für den Erfolg oder Misserfolg von Gesellschaften. Er verdeutlicht, warum die Träume von einer besseren Gesellschaft oft nichts Gutes hervorgebracht haben. Von hier schlägt er den Bogen zu den Fehlern der aktuellen deutschen Politik, von der Einwanderung bis zur Energiewende. Er erklärt die tieferen Ursachen und gibt seine Antworten auf die großen Fragen zur Zukunft Deutschlands.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658729</guid><pubDate>Mon, 24 Jan 2022 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205427/9783954718559.mp3" length="1477573" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658729 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wunschdenken: Warum Politik so häufig scheitert Author: Thilo Sarrazin Narrator: Armand Presser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658729" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658729</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wunschdenken: Warum Politik so häufig scheitert Author: Thilo Sarrazin Narrator: Armand Presser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 53 minutes Release date: January 24, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Werden wir gut regiert? Oder bleibt die Politik hinter ihren Möglichkeiten zurück? Und wenn das so ist – woran liegt das? Gibt es Techniken guten Regierens? In seinem Bestseller beschreibt Thilo Sarrazin die Mechaniken von Politik, ihre typischen Fehler und die Gründe für den Erfolg oder Misserfolg von Gesellschaften. Er verdeutlicht, warum die Träume von einer besseren Gesellschaft oft nichts Gutes hervorgebracht haben. Von hier schlägt er den Bogen zu den Fehlern der aktuellen deutschen Politik, von der Einwanderung bis zur Energiewende. Er erklärt die tieferen Ursachen und gibt seine Antworten auf die großen Fragen zur Zukunft Deutschlands.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/58993605a9cefb8c31f3d49cb168b4c3.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Kreisläufe des Klimawandels: Wie Klima Feedback Loops die Welt zerstören oder retten können by Greta Thunberg, The Dalai Lama</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-kreislaufe-des-klimawandels-wie-klima-feedback-loops-die-welt-zerstoren-oder-retten-konnen-by-greta-thunberg-the-dalai-lama--65205470</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658271" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658271</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Kreisläufe des Klimawandels: Wie Klima Feedback Loops die Welt zerstören oder retten können Author: Greta Thunberg, The Dalai Lama Narrator: Eve Lamell, Sebastian Pappenberger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 3 minutes Release date: October 15, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Klima-Feedback-Loops sind sich selbst verstärkende Kreisläufe. Drehen sie sich zu lange, können wir sie selbst dann nicht mehr stoppen, wenn wir jede CO2-Emission einstellen. Dann machen sie diesen Planeten ganz von selbst unbewohnbar. Und einige dieser Loops drehen sich bereits… Greta Thunberg und der Dalai Lama zeigen in diesem auf einem Gespräch zwischen ihnen basierenden Buch mit Hilfe mehrerer international renommierter Wissenschaftler nicht nur die Gefahr, die von den Klima-Feedback-Loops ausgeht. Sie haben auch eine gute Nachricht: Wir können diese Loops nicht nur stoppen, wir können sie sogar umdrehen und damit die Erde und ihre Atmosphäre wieder in ihren ursprünglichen natürlichen Zustand versetzen.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658271</guid><pubDate>Fri, 15 Oct 2021 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205470/9783954718252.mp3" length="1477727" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658271 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Kreisläufe des Klimawandels: Wie Klima Feedback Loops die Welt zerstören oder retten können Author: Greta Thunberg, The Dalai Lama Narrator:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658271" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658271</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Kreisläufe des Klimawandels: Wie Klima Feedback Loops die Welt zerstören oder retten können Author: Greta Thunberg, The Dalai Lama Narrator: Eve Lamell, Sebastian Pappenberger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 3 minutes Release date: October 15, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Klima-Feedback-Loops sind sich selbst verstärkende Kreisläufe. Drehen sie sich zu lange, können wir sie selbst dann nicht mehr stoppen, wenn wir jede CO2-Emission einstellen. Dann machen sie diesen Planeten ganz von selbst unbewohnbar. Und einige dieser Loops drehen sich bereits… Greta Thunberg und der Dalai Lama zeigen in diesem auf einem Gespräch zwischen ihnen basierenden Buch mit Hilfe mehrerer international renommierter Wissenschaftler nicht nur die Gefahr, die von den Klima-Feedback-Loops ausgeht. Sie haben auch eine gute Nachricht: Wir können diese Loops nicht nur stoppen, wir können sie sogar umdrehen und damit die Erde und ihre Atmosphäre wieder in ihren ursprünglichen natürlichen Zustand versetzen.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1d27bec1bb7778683fb26c29359cbfaf.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Links blinken, rechts abbiegen: Die unheimliche Allianz zwischen Neurechten, woken Antideutschen und amerikanischen Neokonservati</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-links-blinken-rechts-abbiegen-die-unheimliche-allianz-zwischen-neurechten-woken-antideutschen-und-amerikanischen-neokonservati--65205410</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658917" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658917</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Links blinken, rechts abbiegen: Die unheimliche Allianz zwischen Neurechten, woken Antideutschen und amerikanischen Neokonservativen Author: Eva Schweitzer Narrator: Sabrina Gander Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 14, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die Antideutschen sind eine kleine, aber schrille Politsekte, die so weit links ist, dass sie schon wieder rechts angelangt ist. Einige waren mal Funktionäre von K-Gruppen, andere kommen vom Schwarzen Block oder sind bloß Anti-Ostdeutsche, die Kleinbürger verachten. Sie haben viele Sympathisanten in den Medien. Das verleiht ihnen mehr Einfluss, als für Deutschland gut ist. Eva Schweitzer zeigt die Ursprünge dieser Ideologie in den USA auf, und legt den schädlichen Einfluss der Antideutschen offen und erklärt, wer hinter diesem Phänomen steckt.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658917</guid><pubDate>Thu, 14 Oct 2021 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205410/9783954717880.mp3" length="1477741" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658917 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Links blinken, rechts abbiegen: Die unheimliche Allianz zwischen Neurechten, woken Antideutschen und amerikanischen Neokonservativen Author:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658917" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658917</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Links blinken, rechts abbiegen: Die unheimliche Allianz zwischen Neurechten, woken Antideutschen und amerikanischen Neokonservativen Author: Eva Schweitzer Narrator: Sabrina Gander Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 14, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die Antideutschen sind eine kleine, aber schrille Politsekte, die so weit links ist, dass sie schon wieder rechts angelangt ist. Einige waren mal Funktionäre von K-Gruppen, andere kommen vom Schwarzen Block oder sind bloß Anti-Ostdeutsche, die Kleinbürger verachten. Sie haben viele Sympathisanten in den Medien. Das verleiht ihnen mehr Einfluss, als für Deutschland gut ist. Eva Schweitzer zeigt die Ursprünge dieser Ideologie in den USA auf, und legt den schädlichen Einfluss der Antideutschen offen und erklärt, wer hinter diesem Phänomen steckt.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9387f86b65ecd49e99b9695be460bf96.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Propaganda: Wie die öffentliche Meinung entsteht und geformt wird by Jaques Ellul</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-propaganda-wie-die-offentliche-meinung-entsteht-und-geformt-wird-by-jaques-ellul--65205453</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658497" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658497</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Propaganda: Wie die öffentliche Meinung entsteht und geformt wird Author: Jaques Ellul Narrator: Markus Böker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 31 minutes Release date: September 20, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die Natur der Propaganda besteht nach dem großen Philosophen Jacqes Ellul in der Anpassung des Individuums an eine Gesellschaft, die darauf abzielt, das Individuum dienstbar und konform zu machen. Mit der Logik, die ein großartiges Instrument des französischen Denkens ist, versucht Ellul seine These zu beweisen, dass Propaganda ungeachtet positiver oder negativer Intentionen nicht nur eine zerstörerische Wirkung für die Demokratie hat, sondern vielleicht die größte Gefahr für die Menschheit der modernen Welt ist, schrieb Robert R. Kirsch zum Erscheinen der Originalausgabe 1962 in der Los Angeles Times. Im Westend Verlag erscheint nun erstmals die deutsche Übersetzung dieses wichtigen Standardwerks zur Propagandaforschung.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658497</guid><pubDate>Mon, 20 Sep 2021 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205453/9783954718221.mp3" length="1477607" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658497 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Propaganda: Wie die öffentliche Meinung entsteht und geformt wird Author: Jaques Ellul Narrator: Markus Böker Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658497" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658497</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Propaganda: Wie die öffentliche Meinung entsteht und geformt wird Author: Jaques Ellul Narrator: Markus Böker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 31 minutes Release date: September 20, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die Natur der Propaganda besteht nach dem großen Philosophen Jacqes Ellul in der Anpassung des Individuums an eine Gesellschaft, die darauf abzielt, das Individuum dienstbar und konform zu machen. Mit der Logik, die ein großartiges Instrument des französischen Denkens ist, versucht Ellul seine These zu beweisen, dass Propaganda ungeachtet positiver oder negativer Intentionen nicht nur eine zerstörerische Wirkung für die Demokratie hat, sondern vielleicht die größte Gefahr für die Menschheit der modernen Welt ist, schrieb Robert R. Kirsch zum Erscheinen der Originalausgabe 1962 in der Los Angeles Times. Im Westend Verlag erscheint nun erstmals die deutsche Übersetzung dieses wichtigen Standardwerks zur Propagandaforschung.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f9c594f14ae3cf269d8a9ed2613271a5.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Freiheit in Gefahr: Warum unsere Freiheitsrechte bedroht sind und wie wir sie schützen können by Hans-Jürgen Papier</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-freiheit-in-gefahr-warum-unsere-freiheitsrechte-bedroht-sind-und-wie-wir-sie-schutzen-konnen-by-hans-jurgen-papier--65205416</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658904" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658904</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Freiheit in Gefahr: Warum unsere Freiheitsrechte bedroht sind und wie wir sie schützen können Author: Hans-Jürgen Papier Narrator: Michael J. Diekmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 20, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Freiheit ist die Grundbedingung gelingender Gesellschaften. Diese Erfolgsformel scheint leichtfertig in Vergessenheit zu geraten. Mit Sorge beobachtet Hans-Jürgen Papier, wie unsere einst hart erkämpften Freiheitsrechte Stück für Stück beschnitten werden. Für den ehemaligen Präsidenten des Bundesverfassungsgerichts gilt: Auch und gerade in Krisenzeiten, bei der notwendigen Sicherstellung von Gesundheit, beim Schutz vor Bedrohungen durch Terrorismus, Klimawandel und wirtschaftliche Krisen darf die Freiheit nicht aufs Spiel gesetzt werden. Hans-Jürgen Papier zeigt auf, welchen Herausforderungen wir uns heute gegenübersehen und welche Lösungen erforderlich sind, um unser legitimes Bedürfnis nach Sicherheit nicht gegen die Freiheit auszuspielen. Für den Bundesverfassungsrichter selbst war das Prinzip der Freiheit stets Grundlage und Leitgedanke all der Entscheidungen, an denen er mitgewirkt hat; darunter einige wegweisende Urteile, die die Bürgerrechte in unserem Land gegen versuchte Übergriffe dauerhaft geschützt und gestärkt haben.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658904</guid><pubDate>Mon, 20 Sep 2021 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205416/9783954718214.mp3" length="1477535" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658904 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Freiheit in Gefahr: Warum unsere Freiheitsrechte bedroht sind und wie wir sie schützen können Author: Hans-Jürgen Papier Narrator: Michael...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658904" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658904</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Freiheit in Gefahr: Warum unsere Freiheitsrechte bedroht sind und wie wir sie schützen können Author: Hans-Jürgen Papier Narrator: Michael J. Diekmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 20, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Freiheit ist die Grundbedingung gelingender Gesellschaften. Diese Erfolgsformel scheint leichtfertig in Vergessenheit zu geraten. Mit Sorge beobachtet Hans-Jürgen Papier, wie unsere einst hart erkämpften Freiheitsrechte Stück für Stück beschnitten werden. Für den ehemaligen Präsidenten des Bundesverfassungsgerichts gilt: Auch und gerade in Krisenzeiten, bei der notwendigen Sicherstellung von Gesundheit, beim Schutz vor Bedrohungen durch Terrorismus, Klimawandel und wirtschaftliche Krisen darf die Freiheit nicht aufs Spiel gesetzt werden. Hans-Jürgen Papier zeigt auf, welchen Herausforderungen wir uns heute gegenübersehen und welche Lösungen erforderlich sind, um unser legitimes Bedürfnis nach Sicherheit nicht gegen die Freiheit auszuspielen. Für den Bundesverfassungsrichter selbst war das Prinzip der Freiheit stets Grundlage und Leitgedanke all der Entscheidungen, an denen er mitgewirkt hat; darunter einige wegweisende Urteile, die die Bürgerrechte in unserem Land gegen versuchte Übergriffe dauerhaft geschützt und gestärkt haben.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>rgen,tzen</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7e9a33964f611647d26fca3c777f7cd0.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Final Call: Wie Europa sich zwischen China und den USA behaupten kann by Daniela Schwarzer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-final-call-wie-europa-sich-zwischen-china-und-den-usa-behaupten-kann-by-daniela-schwarzer--65205485</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658569" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658569</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Final Call: Wie Europa sich zwischen China und den USA behaupten kann Author: Daniela Schwarzer Narrator: Sabrina Gander Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 15, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Europa steht vor einem Make-it-or-Break-it-Moment. Nie waren die inneren Fliehkräfte so stark, nie der äußere Druck auf die Europäische Union und ihre Mitglieder so groß. Wir stecken in einem Systemkonflikt mit autoritären Regimen wie China und Russland. Die renommierte Europaexpertin und Politikberaterin Daniela Schwarzer analysiert so nüchtern wie überzeugend: Der Zusammenhalt und die Handlungsfähigkeit müssen intern gestärkt werden, und nach außen muss Europa nach einer Klärung seiner Interessen viel strategischer auftreten. Denn unsere Herausforderer schlafen nicht. Daniela Schwarzer spricht aus, was Politiker in dieser Klarheit selten sagen: Noch haben wir die Chance, unsere Zukunft mitzugestalten. Aber nicht mehr lange. Gruppen von Staaten sollten gemeinsam voran gehen, statt ihre Energie in der Auseinandersetzung mit Störenfrieden zu verschwenden.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658569</guid><pubDate>Wed, 15 Sep 2021 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205485/9783954718016.mp3" length="1477621" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658569 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Final Call: Wie Europa sich zwischen China und den USA behaupten kann Author: Daniela Schwarzer Narrator: Sabrina Gander Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658569" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658569</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Final Call: Wie Europa sich zwischen China und den USA behaupten kann Author: Daniela Schwarzer Narrator: Sabrina Gander Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 15, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Europa steht vor einem Make-it-or-Break-it-Moment. Nie waren die inneren Fliehkräfte so stark, nie der äußere Druck auf die Europäische Union und ihre Mitglieder so groß. Wir stecken in einem Systemkonflikt mit autoritären Regimen wie China und Russland. Die renommierte Europaexpertin und Politikberaterin Daniela Schwarzer analysiert so nüchtern wie überzeugend: Der Zusammenhalt und die Handlungsfähigkeit müssen intern gestärkt werden, und nach außen muss Europa nach einer Klärung seiner Interessen viel strategischer auftreten. Denn unsere Herausforderer schlafen nicht. Daniela Schwarzer spricht aus, was Politiker in dieser Klarheit selten sagen: Noch haben wir die Chance, unsere Zukunft mitzugestalten. Aber nicht mehr lange. Gruppen von Staaten sollten gemeinsam voran gehen, statt ihre Energie in der Auseinandersetzung mit Störenfrieden zu verschwenden.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e5122245f5fb60acfe1b337e946464ce.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Die Herrschaft der extremen Mitte by Alain Deneault</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-die-herrschaft-der-extremen-mitte-by-alain-deneault--65205442</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658583" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658583</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Herrschaft der extremen Mitte Author: Alain Deneault Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: September  6, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Der kanadische Philosoph Alain Deneault stellt sich der wohl bedrohlichsten aller Bedrohungen: der Mittelmäßigkeit. Die Mittelmäßigkeit schmückt sich selber zwar mit Bildern der Macht, hat aber nicht mehr zu bieten als Konformismus, das Bedienen von Software oder die Einhaltung von Grundsatzwerten. Wir leben in einer Welt, in der eine mediokre Ordnung zum Modell für die gesamte Gesellschaft erhoben wurde und in der Denkfaulheit belohnt wird. Dabei wird nicht etwa Spitzenleistungen und Elitenbildung das Wort gesprochen. Vielmehr geht es in dieser scharfen Analyse um die Ermutigung zum Gebrauch des eigenen Verstandes.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658583</guid><pubDate>Mon, 06 Sep 2021 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205442/9783954718191.mp3" length="1477541" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658583 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Herrschaft der extremen Mitte Author: Alain Deneault Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658583" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658583</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Herrschaft der extremen Mitte Author: Alain Deneault Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: September  6, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Der kanadische Philosoph Alain Deneault stellt sich der wohl bedrohlichsten aller Bedrohungen: der Mittelmäßigkeit. Die Mittelmäßigkeit schmückt sich selber zwar mit Bildern der Macht, hat aber nicht mehr zu bieten als Konformismus, das Bedienen von Software oder die Einhaltung von Grundsatzwerten. Wir leben in einer Welt, in der eine mediokre Ordnung zum Modell für die gesamte Gesellschaft erhoben wurde und in der Denkfaulheit belohnt wird. Dabei wird nicht etwa Spitzenleistungen und Elitenbildung das Wort gesprochen. Vielmehr geht es in dieser scharfen Analyse um die Ermutigung zum Gebrauch des eigenen Verstandes.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/42b247f64462b8d5decb31652b444230.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Der schräge Vogel fängt mehr als den Wurm: Von Menschen mit Mut zum Neuanfang by Gisela Steinhauer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-der-schrage-vogel-fangt-mehr-als-den-wurm-von-menschen-mit-mut-zum-neuanfang-by-gisela-steinhauer--65205477</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658723" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658723</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der schräge Vogel fängt mehr als den Wurm: Von Menschen mit Mut zum Neuanfang Author: Gisela Steinhauer Narrator: Gisela Steinhauer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: August 30, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Wovon hängt es eigentlich ab, ob wir Lebensbejaher, Lebensverneiner oder gar Lebensvertrödler werden? Und was passiert, wenn das Leben plötzlich seine Richtung ändert. Die beliebte und bekannte Radiomoderatorin Gisela Steinhauer ist diesen Fragen nachgegangen und hat auf ihren Reisen um die Welt mit vielen außergewöhnlichen Menschen gesprochen. In ihrem Buch begegnen wir u.a. dem Schamanen Uli Gottwald, dem Regenwald-Ritter Sir Hugo, der Wüstenführerin Juta Brasch, der Hilfswerkgründerin Lea Wyler oder dem Bestatter Fritz Roth. Menschen, die uns nur noch oder endlich wieder staunen lassen.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658723</guid><pubDate>Mon, 30 Aug 2021 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205477/9783954718177.mp3" length="1477627" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658723 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der schräge Vogel fängt mehr als den Wurm: Von Menschen mit Mut zum Neuanfang Author: Gisela Steinhauer Narrator: Gisela Steinhauer Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658723" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658723</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der schräge Vogel fängt mehr als den Wurm: Von Menschen mit Mut zum Neuanfang Author: Gisela Steinhauer Narrator: Gisela Steinhauer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: August 30, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Wovon hängt es eigentlich ab, ob wir Lebensbejaher, Lebensverneiner oder gar Lebensvertrödler werden? Und was passiert, wenn das Leben plötzlich seine Richtung ändert. Die beliebte und bekannte Radiomoderatorin Gisela Steinhauer ist diesen Fragen nachgegangen und hat auf ihren Reisen um die Welt mit vielen außergewöhnlichen Menschen gesprochen. In ihrem Buch begegnen wir u.a. dem Schamanen Uli Gottwald, dem Regenwald-Ritter Sir Hugo, der Wüstenführerin Juta Brasch, der Hilfswerkgründerin Lea Wyler oder dem Bestatter Fritz Roth. Menschen, die uns nur noch oder endlich wieder staunen lassen.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ec7e58f1888c3b7f26df898c01a90a25.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Die Post-Corona-Welt: Wie wir die Zeichen der Pandemie lesen und die Trends der Zeit für uns nutzen by Georg Vielmetter</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-die-post-corona-welt-wie-wir-die-zeichen-der-pandemie-lesen-und-die-trends-der-zeit-fur-uns-nutzen-by-georg-vielmetter--65205478</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658238" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658238</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Post-Corona-Welt: Wie wir die Zeichen der Pandemie lesen und die Trends der Zeit für uns nutzen Author: Georg Vielmetter Narrator: Simon Diez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 39 minutes Release date: August 18, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Wie konnte es trotz aller frühzeitigen Warnungen zur Covid-19-Pandemie kommen? Und was sollten wir tun, um künftig noch Schlimmeres zu verhindern? Für den richtigen Umgang mit der Welt nach der Krise müssen wir zum einen verstehen, was an welchen Stellen falsch gelaufen ist. Zum anderen müssen wir uns neu orientieren und die großen Themen der Post-Corona-Welt identifizieren. Georg Vielmetters umfassende Analyse relevanter Trends und Megatrends hilft Entscheiderinnen und Entscheidern in Politik, Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft dabei, die Weichen richtig zu stellen. Ein Leitfaden für diejenigen, die unsere Zukunft aktiv gestalten: erhellend und oft überraschend.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658238</guid><pubDate>Wed, 18 Aug 2021 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205478/9783954717996.mp3" length="1477671" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658238 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Post-Corona-Welt: Wie wir die Zeichen der Pandemie lesen und die Trends der Zeit für uns nutzen Author: Georg Vielmetter Narrator: Simon...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658238" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658238</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Post-Corona-Welt: Wie wir die Zeichen der Pandemie lesen und die Trends der Zeit für uns nutzen Author: Georg Vielmetter Narrator: Simon Diez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 39 minutes Release date: August 18, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Wie konnte es trotz aller frühzeitigen Warnungen zur Covid-19-Pandemie kommen? Und was sollten wir tun, um künftig noch Schlimmeres zu verhindern? Für den richtigen Umgang mit der Welt nach der Krise müssen wir zum einen verstehen, was an welchen Stellen falsch gelaufen ist. Zum anderen müssen wir uns neu orientieren und die großen Themen der Post-Corona-Welt identifizieren. Georg Vielmetters umfassende Analyse relevanter Trends und Megatrends hilft Entscheiderinnen und Entscheidern in Politik, Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft dabei, die Weichen richtig zu stellen. Ein Leitfaden für diejenigen, die unsere Zukunft aktiv gestalten: erhellend und oft überraschend.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/357df0f5cb444f9d35112c0293d0a31a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Wir wollen unsere Zukunft zurück!: Streitschrift für mehr Phantasie in der Politik by Walter Otto ötsch, Nina Horaczek</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-wir-wollen-unsere-zukunft-zuruck-streitschrift-fur-mehr-phantasie-in-der-politik-by-walter-otto-otsch-nina-horaczek--65205415</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658514" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658514</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wir wollen unsere Zukunft zurück!: Streitschrift für mehr Phantasie in der Politik Author: Walter Otto ötsch, Nina Horaczek Narrator: Simon Diez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 16, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die Klimakrise wird nicht mit der gleichen politischen Tatkraft und Dringlichkeit angegangen wie aktuell die Corona-Pandemie. Konservative, sozialdemokratische und liberale Ansätze scheitern nicht nur an einer Lösung der mit dem Klimawandel verbundenen Probleme, sie verschärfen sie sogar weiter. Wir befinden uns in einer Krise der politischen Utopie und Vorstellungskraft. Walter Ötsch und Nina Horaczek beleuchten die Ursachen dieser Krise. Sie betonen die Bedeutung von konkreten Bildern für inspirierende Zukunftsvisionen und zeigen Auswege aus der Krise der politischen Imagination auf.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658514</guid><pubDate>Mon, 16 Aug 2021 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205415/9783954718207.mp3" length="1477669" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658514 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wir wollen unsere Zukunft zurück!: Streitschrift für mehr Phantasie in der Politik Author: Walter Otto ötsch, Nina Horaczek Narrator: Simon...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658514" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658514</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wir wollen unsere Zukunft zurück!: Streitschrift für mehr Phantasie in der Politik Author: Walter Otto ötsch, Nina Horaczek Narrator: Simon Diez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 16, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die Klimakrise wird nicht mit der gleichen politischen Tatkraft und Dringlichkeit angegangen wie aktuell die Corona-Pandemie. Konservative, sozialdemokratische und liberale Ansätze scheitern nicht nur an einer Lösung der mit dem Klimawandel verbundenen Probleme, sie verschärfen sie sogar weiter. Wir befinden uns in einer Krise der politischen Utopie und Vorstellungskraft. Walter Ötsch und Nina Horaczek beleuchten die Ursachen dieser Krise. Sie betonen die Bedeutung von konkreten Bildern für inspirierende Zukunftsvisionen und zeigen Auswege aus der Krise der politischen Imagination auf.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>ck</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6cda5543ecd7f78d672d485c47e5bde9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Mythos 9/11: Die Bilanz des Jahrhundertverbrechens - 20 Jahre danach by Mathias Bröckers</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-mythos-9-11-die-bilanz-des-jahrhundertverbrechens-20-jahre-danach-by-mathias-brockers--65205456</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658799" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658799</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Mythos 9/11: Die Bilanz des Jahrhundertverbrechens - 20 Jahre danach Author: Mathias Bröckers Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 49 minutes Release date: August  2, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die Anschläge des 11.9.2001 dürften als das Jahrhundertverbrechen in die Geschichte eingehen. Wie aber kann es sein, dass auch nach zwanzig Jahren noch immer an der offiziellen Wahrheit festgehalten wird, obwohl bis heute die objektiven Unstimmigkeiten an dieser Version erdrückend sind? Die Kommission zur Klärung der Ereignisse legte einen Abschlussbericht vor, der einer staatsanwaltlichen Prüfung nicht standhält und von dem sich selbst die Kommissionsmitglieder distanziert haben. Bestsellerautor Mathias Bröckers zieht zum 20. Jahrestag der Anschläge vom 11. September 2001 eine ernüchternde Bilanz über unterdrückte Beweise und die Folgen, die der War on Terror bis heute weltweit nach sich zieht.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658799</guid><pubDate>Mon, 02 Aug 2021 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205456/9783954718160.mp3" length="1477611" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658799 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Mythos 9/11: Die Bilanz des Jahrhundertverbrechens - 20 Jahre danach Author: Mathias Bröckers Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658799" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658799</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Mythos 9/11: Die Bilanz des Jahrhundertverbrechens - 20 Jahre danach Author: Mathias Bröckers Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 49 minutes Release date: August  2, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die Anschläge des 11.9.2001 dürften als das Jahrhundertverbrechen in die Geschichte eingehen. Wie aber kann es sein, dass auch nach zwanzig Jahren noch immer an der offiziellen Wahrheit festgehalten wird, obwohl bis heute die objektiven Unstimmigkeiten an dieser Version erdrückend sind? Die Kommission zur Klärung der Ereignisse legte einen Abschlussbericht vor, der einer staatsanwaltlichen Prüfung nicht standhält und von dem sich selbst die Kommissionsmitglieder distanziert haben. Bestsellerautor Mathias Bröckers zieht zum 20. Jahrestag der Anschläge vom 11. September 2001 eine ernüchternde Bilanz über unterdrückte Beweise und die Folgen, die der War on Terror bis heute weltweit nach sich zieht.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f6195d60da5047a69e642c17043afea0.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Politische Angst: Warum wir uns kritisches Denken nicht verbieten lassen dürfen by Ulrich Teusch</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-politische-angst-warum-wir-uns-kritisches-denken-nicht-verbieten-lassen-durfen-by-ulrich-teusch--65205455</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658493" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658493</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Politische Angst: Warum wir uns kritisches Denken nicht verbieten lassen dürfen Author: Ulrich Teusch Narrator: Markus Böker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 47 minutes Release date: July 26, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die Erzeugung von Angst ist äußerst hilfreich, um Herrschaft zu etablieren und zu stabilisieren. Das ist spätestens seit Machiavelli bekannt. Doch wer von Angst überwältigt wird, kann nicht frei sein. Politische Angst unterhöhlt Rechtsstaat und Demokratie. In der Coronakrise ist dies durch den repressiven, Angst erzeugenden staatlichen Zugriff auf Individuen und Gesellschaft vielen Menschen bewusst geworden. Ulrich Teusch zeigt, wie wir die Methoden der Angsterzeugung erkennen, uns schützen und wehren können.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658493</guid><pubDate>Mon, 26 Jul 2021 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205455/9783954718153.mp3" length="1477629" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658493 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Politische Angst: Warum wir uns kritisches Denken nicht verbieten lassen dürfen Author: Ulrich Teusch Narrator: Markus Böker Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658493" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658493</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Politische Angst: Warum wir uns kritisches Denken nicht verbieten lassen dürfen Author: Ulrich Teusch Narrator: Markus Böker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 47 minutes Release date: July 26, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die Erzeugung von Angst ist äußerst hilfreich, um Herrschaft zu etablieren und zu stabilisieren. Das ist spätestens seit Machiavelli bekannt. Doch wer von Angst überwältigt wird, kann nicht frei sein. Politische Angst unterhöhlt Rechtsstaat und Demokratie. In der Coronakrise ist dies durch den repressiven, Angst erzeugenden staatlichen Zugriff auf Individuen und Gesellschaft vielen Menschen bewusst geworden. Ulrich Teusch zeigt, wie wir die Methoden der Angsterzeugung erkennen, uns schützen und wehren können.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>rfen</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9715270e235fb17aad9f118839dc99fb.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Die erdrückte Freiheit: Wie ein Virus unseren Rechtsstaat aushebelt by Wolfgang Kubicki</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-die-erdruckte-freiheit-wie-ein-virus-unseren-rechtsstaat-aushebelt-by-wolfgang-kubicki--65205429</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658901" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658901</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die erdrückte Freiheit: Wie ein Virus unseren Rechtsstaat aushebelt Author: Wolfgang Kubicki Narrator: Michael J. Diekmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 26, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Mit der Corona-Pandemie wurden die schwersten Grundrechtseingriffe in der Geschichte der Bundesrepublik vorgenommen. Freiheitsrechte gerieten nicht nur durch politische Entscheidungen, sondern auch durch eine große gesellschaftliche Verunsicherung unter Druck. WOLFGANG KUBICKI will sich der Frage widmen, wieso die Idee der Freiheit so schnell in Verruf geraten konnte, und welche Rolle die Politik, Medien und Gesellschaft in diesem Prozess gespielt haben. Er ruft dazu auf, die Grundlagen unseres Gemeinwesens nicht leichtfertig über Bord zu werfen, sondern gerade in der Krise auf die Stärke unserer verfassungsmäßigen Ordnung zu setzen. Er wehrt sich gegen Moralismus, Angstmache und Ausgrenzung und plädiert für eine mutige und offene Auseinandersetzung über den besseren Weg. Denn nur eine Gesellschaft, die die Idee der Freiheit im Herzen trage, könne so große Herausforderungen wie eine Pandemie wirklich bewältigen.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658901</guid><pubDate>Mon, 26 Jul 2021 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205429/9783954718146.mp3" length="1477625" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658901 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die erdrückte Freiheit: Wie ein Virus unseren Rechtsstaat aushebelt Author: Wolfgang Kubicki Narrator: Michael J. Diekmann Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658901" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658901</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die erdrückte Freiheit: Wie ein Virus unseren Rechtsstaat aushebelt Author: Wolfgang Kubicki Narrator: Michael J. Diekmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 26, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Mit der Corona-Pandemie wurden die schwersten Grundrechtseingriffe in der Geschichte der Bundesrepublik vorgenommen. Freiheitsrechte gerieten nicht nur durch politische Entscheidungen, sondern auch durch eine große gesellschaftliche Verunsicherung unter Druck. WOLFGANG KUBICKI will sich der Frage widmen, wieso die Idee der Freiheit so schnell in Verruf geraten konnte, und welche Rolle die Politik, Medien und Gesellschaft in diesem Prozess gespielt haben. Er ruft dazu auf, die Grundlagen unseres Gemeinwesens nicht leichtfertig über Bord zu werfen, sondern gerade in der Krise auf die Stärke unserer verfassungsmäßigen Ordnung zu setzen. Er wehrt sich gegen Moralismus, Angstmache und Ausgrenzung und plädiert für eine mutige und offene Auseinandersetzung über den besseren Weg. Denn nur eine Gesellschaft, die die Idee der Freiheit im Herzen trage, könne so große Herausforderungen wie eine Pandemie wirklich bewältigen.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>ckte</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/23a8fcabf322a5b75b8e319378efbfab.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Das fünfte Flugzeug: Der 9/11 Thriller by Sven Böttcher, Mathias Bröckers</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-das-funfte-flugzeug-der-9-11-thriller-by-sven-bottcher-mathias-brockers--65205421</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658246" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658246</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das fünfte Flugzeug: Der 9/11 Thriller Author: Sven Böttcher, Mathias Bröckers Narrator: Markus Böker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 19, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Für den einstigen Top-Journalisten Max Fuller klingt das Ganze zunächst wie eine durchgeknallte 9/11-Verschwörungstheorie: Ein mysteriöser Anwalt bietet ihm die wahre Geschichte des fünften Flugzeuges an, das am 11. September 2001 über die Radarschirme der US-Luftabwehr irrte - und dazu auch gleich noch den angeblichen Piloten. Aber als er diesen tatsächlich ausfindig macht und ihm das Versprechen abnimmt, on air auszupacken, wird der Pilot Opfer eines merkwürdigen Unfalls. Und Fuller weiß, dass er der nächste auf der Liste ist. Ein atemberaubender Politthriller über die Hintergründe des 11. September.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658246</guid><pubDate>Mon, 19 Jul 2021 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205421/9783954718139.mp3" length="1477585" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658246 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das fünfte Flugzeug: Der 9/11 Thriller Author: Sven Böttcher, Mathias Bröckers Narrator: Markus Böker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658246" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658246</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das fünfte Flugzeug: Der 9/11 Thriller Author: Sven Böttcher, Mathias Bröckers Narrator: Markus Böker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 19, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Für den einstigen Top-Journalisten Max Fuller klingt das Ganze zunächst wie eine durchgeknallte 9/11-Verschwörungstheorie: Ein mysteriöser Anwalt bietet ihm die wahre Geschichte des fünften Flugzeuges an, das am 11. September 2001 über die Radarschirme der US-Luftabwehr irrte - und dazu auch gleich noch den angeblichen Piloten. Aber als er diesen tatsächlich ausfindig macht und ihm das Versprechen abnimmt, on air auszupacken, wird der Pilot Opfer eines merkwürdigen Unfalls. Und Fuller weiß, dass er der nächste auf der Liste ist. Ein atemberaubender Politthriller über die Hintergründe des 11. September.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>nfte</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1e24a24dbaec4e47f1408dc0dfff9399.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Evolution of Nuclear Strategy: New, Updated and Completely Revised by Jeffrey Michaels, Lawrence Freedman</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-evolution-of-nuclear-strategy-new-updated-and-completely-revised-by-jeffrey-michaels-lawrence-freedman--65205412</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662850" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662850</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Evolution of Nuclear Strategy: New, Updated and Completely Revised Author: Jeffrey Michaels, Lawrence Freedman Narrator: Richard Elwood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 45 minutes Release date: July 19, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  First published in 1981, Lawrence Freedman's The Evolution of Nuclear Strategy was immediately acclaimed as the standard work on the history of attempts to cope militarily and politically with the terrible destructive power of nuclear weapons. It has now been completely rewritten, drawing on a wide range of new research, and updated to take account of the period following the end of the cold war, and covering all nuclear powers.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662850</guid><pubDate>Mon, 19 Jul 2021 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205412/9798350827460.mp3" length="14437265" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662850 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Evolution of Nuclear Strategy: New, Updated and Completely Revised Author: Jeffrey Michaels, Lawrence Freedman Narrator: Richard Elwood Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662850" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662850</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Evolution of Nuclear Strategy: New, Updated and Completely Revised Author: Jeffrey Michaels, Lawrence Freedman Narrator: Richard Elwood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 45 minutes Release date: July 19, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  First published in 1981, Lawrence Freedman's The Evolution of Nuclear Strategy was immediately acclaimed as the standard work on the history of attempts to cope militarily and politically with the terrible destructive power of nuclear weapons. It has now been completely rewritten, drawing on a wide range of new research, and updated to take account of the period following the end of the cold war, and covering all nuclear powers.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/58f4cc032df4f18ab11c8e22327fcb39.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - An ihren Taten sollt ihr sie erkennen: Ein Insider entlarvt die neue Geld- und Politikkaste by Hans-Christian Lange</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-an-ihren-taten-sollt-ihr-sie-erkennen-ein-insider-entlarvt-die-neue-geld-und-politikkaste-by-hans-christian-lange--65205463</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658624" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658624</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - An ihren Taten sollt ihr sie erkennen: Ein Insider entlarvt die neue Geld- und Politikkaste Author: Hans-Christian Lange Narrator: Michael J. Diekmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: July 12, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Regierungen und Reiche profitieren von der Corona-Krise. Sie haben mehr Macht und Geld, predigen Moral, aber sie lösen die Krise nicht. Im Gegenteil: Corona stellt den sozialen Sprengsatz scharf, der die Spaltung der Gesellschaft durch Verschuldung, Ausgrenzung und Verteilungskonflikte um Impfstoff weiter vorantreibt. Hans-Chrisian Lange, Ex-Kanzleramtsberater und BMW-Manager, der 2016 mit SOCIAL PEACE die erste Band- und Leiharbeitergewerkschaft gründete, sagt den Macht- und Geldeliten in seinem Neuen Buch den Kampf an. Er fordert ein Bündnis der Betrogenen, eine Bewegung von unten, die mit neuen Werten, neuen öko-sozialen Zielen und einem neuen Gemeinsinn Demokratie, sozialen Frieden und Ökologie für eine nachhaltige Zukunft stärken.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658624</guid><pubDate>Mon, 12 Jul 2021 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205463/9783954718122.mp3" length="1477681" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658624 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - An ihren Taten sollt ihr sie erkennen: Ein Insider entlarvt die neue Geld- und Politikkaste Author: Hans-Christian Lange Narrator: Michael...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658624" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658624</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - An ihren Taten sollt ihr sie erkennen: Ein Insider entlarvt die neue Geld- und Politikkaste Author: Hans-Christian Lange Narrator: Michael J. Diekmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: July 12, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Regierungen und Reiche profitieren von der Corona-Krise. Sie haben mehr Macht und Geld, predigen Moral, aber sie lösen die Krise nicht. Im Gegenteil: Corona stellt den sozialen Sprengsatz scharf, der die Spaltung der Gesellschaft durch Verschuldung, Ausgrenzung und Verteilungskonflikte um Impfstoff weiter vorantreibt. Hans-Chrisian Lange, Ex-Kanzleramtsberater und BMW-Manager, der 2016 mit SOCIAL PEACE die erste Band- und Leiharbeitergewerkschaft gründete, sagt den Macht- und Geldeliten in seinem Neuen Buch den Kampf an. Er fordert ein Bündnis der Betrogenen, eine Bewegung von unten, die mit neuen Werten, neuen öko-sozialen Zielen und einem neuen Gemeinsinn Demokratie, sozialen Frieden und Ökologie für eine nachhaltige Zukunft stärken.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/23332cc98ec0f302392c943393873db7.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - 99 Ideen zur Wiederbelebung der politischen Utopie: Das kommunistische Manifest by Martin Sonneborn</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-99-ideen-zur-wiederbelebung-der-politischen-utopie-das-kommunistische-manifest-by-martin-sonneborn--65205424</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659312" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659312</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 99 Ideen zur Wiederbelebung der politischen Utopie: Das kommunistische Manifest Author: Martin Sonneborn Narrator: Erich Wittenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 23 minutes Release date: July  8, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  »Unser Kernauftrag ist es, komische Kritik zu üben, junge Menschen zu politisieren, die (verfickte) AfD zu ärgern und schließlich: Grüne, Linke und SPD mit Utopien zu konfrontieren, zur Not mit ihren eigenen.« (Martin Sonneborn, SPIEGEL im Februar 2021) Das utopische Bewusstsein, die Fähigkeit, »einfach das Ganze sich vorzustellen als etwas, was völlig anders sein könnte« (T. Willibald Adorno) ist aus dem öffentlichen Diskurs »verschwunden« (Houdini) – und damit auch die entscheidende Triebfeder jeder gesellschaftlichen Fortentwicklung. Angesichts einer von ablehnenswerten Geisteshaltungen geprägten Welt, deren eigenzerstörerisches Potenzial beständig zunimmt, fehlt ein allumfassender, unverbrauchter, integrer, noch nicht desavouierter ENTWURF für eine Welt, die dann am Ende richtig knorke ist. DIESES BUCH BIETET natürlich AUCH KEINEN. Dafür aber: 99 astreine Analysen, verstörende Gegenwartserkenntnisse und Utopien für jeden (dritten) Tag. Viele davon lustig!!!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659312</guid><pubDate>Thu, 08 Jul 2021 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205424/9783963840678.mp3" length="1477657" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659312 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 99 Ideen zur Wiederbelebung der politischen Utopie: Das kommunistische Manifest Author: Martin Sonneborn Narrator: Erich Wittenberg Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659312" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659312</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 99 Ideen zur Wiederbelebung der politischen Utopie: Das kommunistische Manifest Author: Martin Sonneborn Narrator: Erich Wittenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 23 minutes Release date: July  8, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  »Unser Kernauftrag ist es, komische Kritik zu üben, junge Menschen zu politisieren, die (verfickte) AfD zu ärgern und schließlich: Grüne, Linke und SPD mit Utopien zu konfrontieren, zur Not mit ihren eigenen.« (Martin Sonneborn, SPIEGEL im Februar 2021) Das utopische Bewusstsein, die Fähigkeit, »einfach das Ganze sich vorzustellen als etwas, was völlig anders sein könnte« (T. Willibald Adorno) ist aus dem öffentlichen Diskurs »verschwunden« (Houdini) – und damit auch die entscheidende Triebfeder jeder gesellschaftlichen Fortentwicklung. Angesichts einer von ablehnenswerten Geisteshaltungen geprägten Welt, deren eigenzerstörerisches Potenzial beständig zunimmt, fehlt ein allumfassender, unverbrauchter, integrer, noch nicht desavouierter ENTWURF für eine Welt, die dann am Ende richtig knorke ist. DIESES BUCH BIETET natürlich AUCH KEINEN. Dafür aber: 99 astreine Analysen, verstörende Gegenwartserkenntnisse und Utopien für jeden (dritten) Tag. Viele davon lustig!!!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/aa2144bd1836837d6973c0c2b04797b0.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Der Amri-Komplex: Ein Terroranschlag, zwölf Tote und die Verstrickungen des Staates by Thomas Moser</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-der-amri-komplex-ein-terroranschlag-zwolf-tote-und-die-verstrickungen-des-staates-by-thomas-moser--65205464</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658353" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658353</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der Amri-Komplex: Ein Terroranschlag, zwölf Tote und die Verstrickungen des Staates Author: Thomas Moser Narrator: Jacob Stark Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: July  5, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Am 19. Dezember 2016 kam es auf dem Weihnachtsmarkt am Berliner Breitscheidplatz zu einer LKW-Attacke, die insgesamt zwölf Menschen das Leben kostete. Für diesen schwersten Terroranschlag in Deutschland seit der Bombe auf das Münchner Oktoberfest von 1980 gilt laut offizieller Version der Tunesier Anis Amri noch immer als alleiniger Täter. Doch nach über vierjähriger Aufklärung in mehreren parlamentarischen Untersuchungsausschüssen gibt es daran begründete Zweifel. Wenn nicht Amri, wer saß dann am Steuer des LKW? Wer waren die Mittäter und Helfer? Und warum haben die deutschen Sicherheitsbehörden kein Interesse, die wahren Hintergründe aufzuklären? Thomas Moser macht deutlich: Die ungeklärten Fragen aus dem NSU-Skandal wiederholen sich auf erschreckende Weise nun im Amri-Komplex.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658353</guid><pubDate>Mon, 05 Jul 2021 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205464/9783954718115.mp3" length="1477633" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658353 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der Amri-Komplex: Ein Terroranschlag, zwölf Tote und die Verstrickungen des Staates Author: Thomas Moser Narrator: Jacob Stark Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658353" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658353</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der Amri-Komplex: Ein Terroranschlag, zwölf Tote und die Verstrickungen des Staates Author: Thomas Moser Narrator: Jacob Stark Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: July  5, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Am 19. Dezember 2016 kam es auf dem Weihnachtsmarkt am Berliner Breitscheidplatz zu einer LKW-Attacke, die insgesamt zwölf Menschen das Leben kostete. Für diesen schwersten Terroranschlag in Deutschland seit der Bombe auf das Münchner Oktoberfest von 1980 gilt laut offizieller Version der Tunesier Anis Amri noch immer als alleiniger Täter. Doch nach über vierjähriger Aufklärung in mehreren parlamentarischen Untersuchungsausschüssen gibt es daran begründete Zweifel. Wenn nicht Amri, wer saß dann am Steuer des LKW? Wer waren die Mittäter und Helfer? Und warum haben die deutschen Sicherheitsbehörden kein Interesse, die wahren Hintergründe aufzuklären? Thomas Moser macht deutlich: Die ungeklärten Fragen aus dem NSU-Skandal wiederholen sich auf erschreckende Weise nun im Amri-Komplex.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ec29675efc57cd39391b6ec15ae842ff.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Schwarzbuch Corona: Zwischenbilanz der vermeidbaren Schäden und tolerierten Opfer by Jens Berger</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-schwarzbuch-corona-zwischenbilanz-der-vermeidbaren-schaden-und-tolerierten-opfer-by-jens-berger--65205458</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658518" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658518</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Schwarzbuch Corona: Zwischenbilanz der vermeidbaren Schäden und tolerierten Opfer Author: Jens Berger Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: June 28, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In der Medizin sagt man, die Therapie darf nicht schädlicher sein als die Krankheit. Überträgt man dies auf die weltweiten Maßnahmen zur Eindämmung des Coronavirus, müsste man wohl von einem der größten Kunstfehler der Geschichte sprechen. Die indirekten Kollateralschäden der Therapie stehen in keinem Verhältnis zu den Schäden durch das Virus selbst. Der Journalist und Bestsellerautor Jens Berger zeigt anhand zahlreicher nationaler und internationaler Beispiele, welche Schäden die Corona-Politik verursacht hat und immer noch verursacht. Schäden auf dem Gebiet der Ökonomie, der Ökologie und der Gesundheit - aber auch Schäden an unserer Psyche. Schäden, die so unsolidarisch verteilt sind, wie bei keiner Katastrophe zuvor. Schäden, die uns noch lange begleiten werden und unsere Gesellschaften nachhaltig verändern werden. Berger blickt über den Tellerrand von Infiziertenzahlen und Inzidenzen und richtet den Fokus auf Zusammenhänge, die in der Debatte gerne verdrängt und ignoriert werden. Erstmals werden hier Daten und Studien zusammengetragen, die außerhalb von Fachkreisen wenig Beachtung finden, da sie nicht in das Bild einer Politik passen, für die das Wohl und die Gesundheit der Bürger angeblich das oberste Primat sind.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658518</guid><pubDate>Mon, 28 Jun 2021 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205458/9783954718276.mp3" length="1477637" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658518 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Schwarzbuch Corona: Zwischenbilanz der vermeidbaren Schäden und tolerierten Opfer Author: Jens Berger Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658518" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658518</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Schwarzbuch Corona: Zwischenbilanz der vermeidbaren Schäden und tolerierten Opfer Author: Jens Berger Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: June 28, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In der Medizin sagt man, die Therapie darf nicht schädlicher sein als die Krankheit. Überträgt man dies auf die weltweiten Maßnahmen zur Eindämmung des Coronavirus, müsste man wohl von einem der größten Kunstfehler der Geschichte sprechen. Die indirekten Kollateralschäden der Therapie stehen in keinem Verhältnis zu den Schäden durch das Virus selbst. Der Journalist und Bestsellerautor Jens Berger zeigt anhand zahlreicher nationaler und internationaler Beispiele, welche Schäden die Corona-Politik verursacht hat und immer noch verursacht. Schäden auf dem Gebiet der Ökonomie, der Ökologie und der Gesundheit - aber auch Schäden an unserer Psyche. Schäden, die so unsolidarisch verteilt sind, wie bei keiner Katastrophe zuvor. Schäden, die uns noch lange begleiten werden und unsere Gesellschaften nachhaltig verändern werden. Berger blickt über den Tellerrand von Infiziertenzahlen und Inzidenzen und richtet den Fokus auf Zusammenhänge, die in der Debatte gerne verdrängt und ignoriert werden. Erstmals werden hier Daten und Studien zusammengetragen, die außerhalb von Fachkreisen wenig Beachtung finden, da sie nicht in das Bild einer Politik passen, für die das Wohl und die Gesundheit der Bürger angeblich das oberste Primat sind.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a72b5aa7dc139075416d9d4d67f555d2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Ich bin keine Heldin: Mein langer Kampf für Gerechtigkeit by Del Ponte Carla</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-ich-bin-keine-heldin-mein-langer-kampf-fur-gerechtigkeit-by-del-ponte-carla--65205471</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658303" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658303</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ich bin keine Heldin: Mein langer Kampf für Gerechtigkeit Author: Del Ponte Carla Narrator: Dunja Bengsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: June  7, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Carla Del Ponte fordert Gerechtigkeit. Wo wird das Völkerrecht aktuell gebrochen? Und welche Möglichkeiten hätte die UN einzugreifen? Wie und von wem wird Einfluss genommen auf Entscheidungen des Sicherheitsrates? Und macht sich die UN zu einem willfährigen Instrument mächtiger Länder? Carla Del Ponte, viele Jahre Chefanklägerin des Internationalen Strafgerichtshofes, berichtet von ihrer jahrelangen Arbeit als hochrangige UNO-Diplomatin und fordert in ihrem flammenden Plädoyer die Durchsetzung des Völkerrechts, notwendige Reformen der UN sowie eine aktive Rolle der EU.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658303</guid><pubDate>Mon, 07 Jun 2021 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205471/9783954717804.mp3" length="1477573" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658303 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ich bin keine Heldin: Mein langer Kampf für Gerechtigkeit Author: Del Ponte Carla Narrator: Dunja Bengsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658303" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658303</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ich bin keine Heldin: Mein langer Kampf für Gerechtigkeit Author: Del Ponte Carla Narrator: Dunja Bengsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: June  7, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Carla Del Ponte fordert Gerechtigkeit. Wo wird das Völkerrecht aktuell gebrochen? Und welche Möglichkeiten hätte die UN einzugreifen? Wie und von wem wird Einfluss genommen auf Entscheidungen des Sicherheitsrates? Und macht sich die UN zu einem willfährigen Instrument mächtiger Länder? Carla Del Ponte, viele Jahre Chefanklägerin des Internationalen Strafgerichtshofes, berichtet von ihrer jahrelangen Arbeit als hochrangige UNO-Diplomatin und fordert in ihrem flammenden Plädoyer die Durchsetzung des Völkerrechts, notwendige Reformen der UN sowie eine aktive Rolle der EU.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b5f6b8ac32cc261475ec4774dc0ee8cb.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>GE2020: Fair or Foul? by Bertha Henson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/ge2020-fair-or-foul-by-bertha-henson--65205360</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663764" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663764</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: GE2020: Fair or Foul? Author: Bertha Henson Narrator: Petrina Pereira Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: May  1, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Singapore's 2020 general election saw its fair share of drama and comedy, and the results were not unexpected. But beyond the polls, the hard truth is impossible to avoid—the electoral system is in dire need of an overhaul. Former journalist and university lecturer Bertha Henson takes you through the days leading up to 10 July 2020 and peels back the veneer of Singapore politics. Aided by a team of NUS undergraduates, she draws on her past experience covering Singapore's polls to give you a blow-by-blow account of the campaign, and some cold truths about the political playing field. © 2020 by Bertha Henson. Published in paper format in Singapore by Epigram Books, recorded by Storyside 2021.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663764</guid><pubDate>Sat, 01 May 2021 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205360/9789180137874.mp3" length="2437201" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663764 to listen full audiobooks. Title: GE2020: Fair or Foul? Author: Bertha Henson Narrator: Petrina Pereira Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: May  1,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663764" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663764</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: GE2020: Fair or Foul? Author: Bertha Henson Narrator: Petrina Pereira Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: May  1, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Singapore's 2020 general election saw its fair share of drama and comedy, and the results were not unexpected. But beyond the polls, the hard truth is impossible to avoid—the electoral system is in dire need of an overhaul. Former journalist and university lecturer Bertha Henson takes you through the days leading up to 10 July 2020 and peels back the veneer of Singapore politics. Aided by a team of NUS undergraduates, she draws on her past experience covering Singapore's polls to give you a blow-by-blow account of the campaign, and some cold truths about the political playing field. © 2020 by Bertha Henson. Published in paper format in Singapore by Epigram Books, recorded by Storyside 2021.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9a7edc1501d0b6a0d9259e43101fa406.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Arabic] - خوف: ترامب في البيت الأبيض by بوب وودورد</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/arabic-khwf-tramb-fy-albyt-alabyd-by-bwb-wwdwrd--65205347</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663439" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663439</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - خوف: ترامب في البيت الأبيض Author: بوب وودورد Narrator: داود عفيشات Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 57 minutes Release date: April 30, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  خوف: ترامب في البيت الأبيض، هو كتاب واقعي للمؤلف والصحفي الأمريكي الشهير بوب ودورد، ويوضح الكاتب من خلاله بصورة نقدية لاذعة تفاصيل وأسرار رئاسة الرئيس الأمريكي الحالي دونالد ترامب استناداَ على مئات المقابلات والتحقيقات مع أعضاء إدارة ترامب. تروي تفاصيل الكتاب عمل مساعدي ترامب وهم يحاولون التعامل مع سلوك الرئيس، فوفقاَ للكتاب، أخذ المساعدون جل الأوراق من مكتبه لمنعه من التوقيع عليها وتهديد الأمن القومي. كما يروي الكتاب كيف أن رئيس هيئة الأركان في البيت الأبيض جون كيلي أشار إلى ترامب على أنه 'أحمق' و 'متردد'، بينما قال وزير الدفاع جيمس ماتيس أن ترامب 'لديه فهم طفل في الصف الخامس أو السادس' في حين صرحت صفحات الكتاب قول جون مود محامي ترامب الشخصي السابق أنه 'كذاب سخيف' ''أخبرته أنه إذا ما وافق على الشهادة أمام مدير مكتب التحقيقات الفيدرالي روبرت مولر بخصوص تحقيق المستشار الخاص فإنه لا محالة سيرتدي 'البدلة البرتقالية'' (بذلة السجن). وصف كبير المحررين في شبكة سي إن إن كريس سيليزا كتاب الخوف الذي يروي قصة مماثلة مع التقارير الإعلامية السائدة وغيرها من الكتب التي صدرت عام ٢٠١٨ أبرزها كتاب نار وغضب للصحفي والكاتب مايكل وولف، وكتاب المعتوه:مشاهدة من بيت ترامب الأبيض لمستشارة البيت الأبيض السابقة أوماروزا مانيغو نيومان أن ''إدارة ترامب تعاني من 'الفوضى والخلل الوظيفي، وأن البيت الأبيض في حالة فوضى وغير مستعد، بقيادة ترامب رجل يائس في عمله والأسوأ أنه غير قادر على فهم مدى عمق يأسه''. في أوائل سبتمبر وبعد نشر العديد من المنافذ الإخبارية الأمريكية مقتطفات من الكتاب وبعض التعليقات الأولية حوله، انتظر البيت الأبيض عدة ساعات قبل الرد. أعقب ذلك تغريدة للرئيس ترامب على حسابه على تويتر أنكر خلالها وبشكل رسمي التعليقات التي نسبها ودورد إليه كما اتهمه بأنه عميل لمصلحة الحزب الديموقراطي قائلا: 'كتاب الخوف 'مجرد كتاب سيء آخر وودورد لديه الكثير من مشاكل مع المصداقية.. أراد أن يكتب الكتاب بطريقة معينة.. فأنا لم أتحدث معه أبداَ''.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663439</guid><pubDate>Fri, 30 Apr 2021 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205347/9789179735692.mp3" length="2437218" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663439 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - خوف: ترامب في البيت الأبيض Author: بوب وودورد Narrator: داود عفيشات Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 57 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663439" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663439</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - خوف: ترامب في البيت الأبيض Author: بوب وودورد Narrator: داود عفيشات Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 57 minutes Release date: April 30, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  خوف: ترامب في البيت الأبيض، هو كتاب واقعي للمؤلف والصحفي الأمريكي الشهير بوب ودورد، ويوضح الكاتب من خلاله بصورة نقدية لاذعة تفاصيل وأسرار رئاسة الرئيس الأمريكي الحالي دونالد ترامب استناداَ على مئات المقابلات والتحقيقات مع أعضاء إدارة ترامب. تروي تفاصيل الكتاب عمل مساعدي ترامب وهم يحاولون التعامل مع سلوك الرئيس، فوفقاَ للكتاب، أخذ المساعدون جل الأوراق من مكتبه لمنعه من التوقيع عليها وتهديد الأمن القومي. كما يروي الكتاب كيف أن رئيس هيئة الأركان في البيت الأبيض جون كيلي أشار إلى ترامب على أنه 'أحمق' و 'متردد'، بينما قال وزير الدفاع جيمس ماتيس أن ترامب 'لديه فهم طفل في الصف الخامس أو السادس' في حين صرحت صفحات الكتاب قول جون مود محامي ترامب الشخصي السابق أنه 'كذاب سخيف' ''أخبرته أنه إذا ما وافق على الشهادة أمام مدير مكتب التحقيقات الفيدرالي روبرت مولر بخصوص تحقيق المستشار الخاص فإنه لا محالة سيرتدي 'البدلة البرتقالية'' (بذلة السجن). وصف كبير المحررين في شبكة سي إن إن كريس سيليزا كتاب الخوف الذي يروي قصة مماثلة مع التقارير الإعلامية السائدة وغيرها من الكتب التي صدرت عام ٢٠١٨ أبرزها كتاب نار وغضب للصحفي والكاتب مايكل وولف، وكتاب المعتوه:مشاهدة من بيت ترامب الأبيض لمستشارة البيت الأبيض السابقة أوماروزا مانيغو نيومان أن ''إدارة ترامب تعاني من 'الفوضى والخلل الوظيفي، وأن البيت الأبيض في حالة فوضى وغير مستعد، بقيادة ترامب رجل يائس في عمله والأسوأ أنه غير قادر على فهم مدى عمق يأسه''. في أوائل سبتمبر وبعد نشر العديد من المنافذ الإخبارية الأمريكية مقتطفات من الكتاب وبعض التعليقات الأولية حوله، انتظر البيت الأبيض عدة ساعات قبل الرد. أعقب ذلك تغريدة للرئيس ترامب على حسابه على تويتر أنكر خلالها وبشكل رسمي التعليقات التي نسبها ودورد إليه كما اتهمه بأنه عميل لمصلحة الحزب الديموقراطي قائلا: 'كتاب الخوف 'مجرد كتاب سيء آخر وودورد لديه الكثير من مشاكل مع المصداقية.. أراد أن يكتب الكتاب بطريقة معينة.. فأنا لم أتحدث معه أبداَ''.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f8f5992bfbc076a465429495df145ed9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Best War Ever: America and World War II by Michael C.C. Adams</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-best-war-ever-america-and-world-war-ii-by-michael-c-c-adams--65205319</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667297" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667297</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Best War Ever: America and World War II Author: Michael C.C. Adams Narrator: Alister Austin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 17, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The most readable-and searingly honest-short book ever written on this pivotal conflict. Was World War II really such a 'good war'? Popular memory insists that it was, in fact, 'the best war ever.' After all, we knew who the enemy was, and we understood what we were fighting for. The war was good for the economy. It was liberating for women. A battle of tanks and airplanes, it was a 'cleaner' war than World War I. Although we did not seek the conflict-or so we believed-Americans nevertheless rallied in support of the war effort, and the nation's soldiers, all twelve million of them, were proud to fight. But according to historian Michael C. C. Adams, our memory of the war era as a golden age is distorted. It has left us with a misleading-even dangerous-legacy, one enhanced by the nostalgia-tinged retrospectives of Stephen E. Ambrose and Tom Brokaw. Disputing many of our common assumptions about the period, Adams argues in The Best War Ever that our celebratory experience of World War II is marred by darker and more sordid realities. In the book, originally published in 1994, Adams challenges stereotypes to present a view of World War II that avoids the simplistic extremes of both glorification and vilification. The Best War Ever charts the complex diplomatic problems of the 1930s and reveals the realities of ground combat: no moral triumph, it was in truth a brutal slog across a blasted landscape. Adams also exposes the myth that the home front was fully united behind the war effort, demonstrating how class, race, gender, and age divisions split Americans. Meanwhile, in Europe and Asia, shell-shocked soldiers grappled with emotional and physical trauma, rigorously enforced segregation, and rampant venereal disease. In preparing this must-read new edition, Adams has consulted some seventy additional sources on topics as varied as the origins of Social Security and a national health system, the Allied strategic bombing campaign, and the relationship of traumatic brain injuries to the adjustment problems of veterans. The revised book also incorporates substantial developments that have occurred in our understanding of the course and character of the war, particularly in terms of the human consequences of fighting. In a new chapter, 'The Life Cycle of a Myth,' Adams charts image-making about the war from its inception to the present. He contrasts it with modern-day rhetoric surrounding the War on Terror, while analyzing the real-world consequences that result from distorting the past, including the dangerous idea that only through (perpetual) military conflict can we achieve lasting peace.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667297</guid><pubDate>Sat, 17 Apr 2021 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205319/9798350827392.mp3" length="2437194" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667297 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Best War Ever: America and World War II Author: Michael C.C. Adams Narrator: Alister Austin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 8 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667297" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667297</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Best War Ever: America and World War II Author: Michael C.C. Adams Narrator: Alister Austin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 17, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The most readable-and searingly honest-short book ever written on this pivotal conflict. Was World War II really such a 'good war'? Popular memory insists that it was, in fact, 'the best war ever.' After all, we knew who the enemy was, and we understood what we were fighting for. The war was good for the economy. It was liberating for women. A battle of tanks and airplanes, it was a 'cleaner' war than World War I. Although we did not seek the conflict-or so we believed-Americans nevertheless rallied in support of the war effort, and the nation's soldiers, all twelve million of them, were proud to fight. But according to historian Michael C. C. Adams, our memory of the war era as a golden age is distorted. It has left us with a misleading-even dangerous-legacy, one enhanced by the nostalgia-tinged retrospectives of Stephen E. Ambrose and Tom Brokaw. Disputing many of our common assumptions about the period, Adams argues in The Best War Ever that our celebratory experience of World War II is marred by darker and more sordid realities. In the book, originally published in 1994, Adams challenges stereotypes to present a view of World War II that avoids the simplistic extremes of both glorification and vilification. The Best War Ever charts the complex diplomatic problems of the 1930s and reveals the realities of ground combat: no moral triumph, it was in truth a brutal slog across a blasted landscape. Adams also exposes the myth that the home front was fully united behind the war effort, demonstrating how class, race, gender, and age divisions split Americans. Meanwhile, in Europe and Asia, shell-shocked soldiers grappled with emotional and physical trauma, rigorously enforced segregation, and rampant venereal disease. In preparing this must-read new edition, Adams has consulted some seventy additional sources on topics as varied as the origins of Social Security and a national health system, the Allied strategic bombing campaign, and the relationship of traumatic brain injuries to the adjustment problems of veterans. The revised book also incorporates substantial developments that have occurred in our understanding of the course and character of the war, particularly in terms of the human consequences of fighting. In a new chapter, 'The Life Cycle of a Myth,' Adams charts image-making about the war from its inception to the present. He contrasts it with modern-day rhetoric surrounding the War on Terror, while analyzing the real-world consequences that result from distorting the past, including the dangerous idea that only through (perpetual) military conflict can we achieve lasting peace.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/aa2c99dcffea856512fa89c743b9460a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Wirecard: Das Psychogramm eines Jahrhundertskandals by Bettina Weiguny, Georg Meck</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-wirecard-das-psychogramm-eines-jahrhundertskandals-by-bettina-weiguny-georg-meck--65205468</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659313" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659313</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wirecard: Das Psychogramm eines Jahrhundertskandals Author: Bettina Weiguny, Georg Meck Narrator: Erich Wittenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 29, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Der Wirecard-Skandal ist einmalig in der deutschen Wirtschaftsgeschichte – ein einziger großer Fake. Wie konnte es zu diesem filmreifen Bankrott eines Dax-Konzerns kommen? Wer sind die Köpfe hinter dem Betrug? Wer muss dafür büßen? Und warum ist das weltumspannende kriminelle Netzwerk erst nach so langer Zeit aufgeflogen? Die Journalisten Bettina Weiguny und Georg Meck - beide federführend an der UFA-Verfilmung des Wirecard-Skandals beteiligt - entwerfen das Psychogramm eines Jahrhundertskandals. Sie forschen nach den Motiven der Protagonisten, sprechen dazu frühe Vertraute der österreichischen Hauptdarsteller Markus Braun und Jan Marsalek, lassen Wegbegleiter wie Gegner zu Wort kommen, analysieren das Versagen von Politik und Behörden. Die Autoren folgen der Spur des Geldes, von Wien nach Aschheim und von dort hinaus in die Welt; nach Singapur, Manila, New York. Ihre rasante Fallstudie bietet Einblick in eine schillernde Welt von Glücksrittern und Geheimdiensten, halbseidenen Geschäftemachern und gutgläubigen wie gierigen Aktionären. Mit Hilfe von Augenzeugen rekonstruieren sie die dramatischen Stunden des Untergangs.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659313</guid><pubDate>Mon, 29 Mar 2021 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205468/9783963840616.mp3" length="1477559" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659313 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wirecard: Das Psychogramm eines Jahrhundertskandals Author: Bettina Weiguny, Georg Meck Narrator: Erich Wittenberg Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659313" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659313</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wirecard: Das Psychogramm eines Jahrhundertskandals Author: Bettina Weiguny, Georg Meck Narrator: Erich Wittenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 29, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Der Wirecard-Skandal ist einmalig in der deutschen Wirtschaftsgeschichte – ein einziger großer Fake. Wie konnte es zu diesem filmreifen Bankrott eines Dax-Konzerns kommen? Wer sind die Köpfe hinter dem Betrug? Wer muss dafür büßen? Und warum ist das weltumspannende kriminelle Netzwerk erst nach so langer Zeit aufgeflogen? Die Journalisten Bettina Weiguny und Georg Meck - beide federführend an der UFA-Verfilmung des Wirecard-Skandals beteiligt - entwerfen das Psychogramm eines Jahrhundertskandals. Sie forschen nach den Motiven der Protagonisten, sprechen dazu frühe Vertraute der österreichischen Hauptdarsteller Markus Braun und Jan Marsalek, lassen Wegbegleiter wie Gegner zu Wort kommen, analysieren das Versagen von Politik und Behörden. Die Autoren folgen der Spur des Geldes, von Wien nach Aschheim und von dort hinaus in die Welt; nach Singapur, Manila, New York. Ihre rasante Fallstudie bietet Einblick in eine schillernde Welt von Glücksrittern und Geheimdiensten, halbseidenen Geschäftemachern und gutgläubigen wie gierigen Aktionären. Mit Hilfe von Augenzeugen rekonstruieren sie die dramatischen Stunden des Untergangs.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/eb53cd03edcea5b9787d358f2fe063bd.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Rebellion oder Untergang!: Ein Aufruf zu globalem Ungehorsam zur Rettung unserer Zivilisation by Noam Chomsky</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-rebellion-oder-untergang-ein-aufruf-zu-globalem-ungehorsam-zur-rettung-unserer-zivilisation-by-noam-chomsky--65205433</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658282" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658282</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Rebellion oder Untergang!: Ein Aufruf zu globalem Ungehorsam zur Rettung unserer Zivilisation Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: Sebastian Pappenberger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 13 minutes Release date: January 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  „Niemand außer Noam Chomsky verbindet so leidenschaftlich die beiden vom Menschen verursachten Bedrohungen mit unserer Existenz – den katastrophalen Klimawandel und die nuklearen Weltuntergangsmaschinen.“ Daniel Ellsberg, Whistleblower der Pentagon-Papiere Eindrücklich wie nie zuvor klärt Chomsky über die existentiellen Bedrohungen durch Atomwaffen und den Klimawandel auf. Er stellt diese Bedrohungen in den Kontext einer nie dagewesenen globalen Macht der Konzerne, die mittlerweile die führende Rolle bei der Gestaltung unserer Zukunft übernommen haben. Noam Chomsky zeigt, dass sich globale Volksbewegungen mobilisieren müssen, um die Regierungen zu zwingen, sich der beispiellosen Herausforderung für das Überleben unserer Zivilisation zu stellen.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658282</guid><pubDate>Mon, 25 Jan 2021 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205433/9783954717606.mp3" length="1477673" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658282 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Rebellion oder Untergang!: Ein Aufruf zu globalem Ungehorsam zur Rettung unserer Zivilisation Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: Sebastian...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658282" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658282</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Rebellion oder Untergang!: Ein Aufruf zu globalem Ungehorsam zur Rettung unserer Zivilisation Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: Sebastian Pappenberger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 13 minutes Release date: January 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  „Niemand außer Noam Chomsky verbindet so leidenschaftlich die beiden vom Menschen verursachten Bedrohungen mit unserer Existenz – den katastrophalen Klimawandel und die nuklearen Weltuntergangsmaschinen.“ Daniel Ellsberg, Whistleblower der Pentagon-Papiere Eindrücklich wie nie zuvor klärt Chomsky über die existentiellen Bedrohungen durch Atomwaffen und den Klimawandel auf. Er stellt diese Bedrohungen in den Kontext einer nie dagewesenen globalen Macht der Konzerne, die mittlerweile die führende Rolle bei der Gestaltung unserer Zukunft übernommen haben. Noam Chomsky zeigt, dass sich globale Volksbewegungen mobilisieren müssen, um die Regierungen zu zwingen, sich der beispiellosen Herausforderung für das Überleben unserer Zivilisation zu stellen.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/30f3a62e54a12254e0ef0b8f0d5c1dd9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Arabic] - الحصار: ترامب تحت القصف by مايكل وولف</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/arabic-alhsar-tramb-tht-alqsf-by-maykl-wwlf--65205359</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663440" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663440</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - الحصار: ترامب تحت القصف Author: مايكل وولف Narrator: قصي حمود Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 35 minutes Release date: October 15, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  يركّز كتاب 'الحصار.. ترامب تحت القصف' للكاتب مايكل وولف، على موجة التوترات أثناء تحقيق المستشار الخاص روبرت مولر في الصلات المزعومة بين مسؤولين روس وحملة ترامب الرئاسية. بقي ترامب هو ترامب، مكشوفاً تماماً أو تستره ورقة تين وحيدة. بقي بعد الرهان على سقوطه في الجولة الثانية، وبعد اتهامه بجنون العظمة والجهل السياسي والجغرافي والمزاجية القاتلة وردود الفعال المتسرِّعة والقرارات الانفعالية في القضايا المصيرية. وها هو الكاتب، الذي حصد نجاحاً هائلاً في كتابه الأول عن ترامب 'نار وغضب'، يواصل، مزوّداً بمئة وخمسين مصدراَ من كبار الشخصيات في الإدارة الأميركية وخارجها، الكشف عمّا دار في دهاليز البيت الأبيض مؤخّراً، والإمعان في شخصية ترامب، وعلاقاته بموظّفيه، ومواقفه من الدول الصديقة والعدوّة، وروابطه الملتبسة بوسائل الإعلام، وتغريداته المفاجئة على موقع تويتر، ومخططات ابنته وصهره على المدى البعيد، ودخول ابنه اللعبة السياسية، وجعبة بانون العائد من جديد بآراء ومواقف مغايرة، رغم صدمة إقالته، ولعبة شد الحبال بين ترامب والمحقّق روبرت مولر، والاختلاف على مدى صلاحيات الرئيس في الإقالة والتعيين ومنح العفو، والحرج الملحوظ في قضية اختفاء الصحفي جمال خاشقجي. سردٌ رائع، وتقارير لا تقل روعة عما يحدث في الخطوط الأمامية، حيث يقدم 'الحصار' صورة مقلقة لا تُمحى عن رئيس لا مثيل له، حيث يعد ترامب جحيماّ محموماً يلتهم نفسه بنفسه، وهو الرئيس الأكثر إثارة للانقسام في التاريخ الأمريكي، يحيط به أعداء كثيرون، لكنه غافل عن الخطر الذي يحدق به. يستند هذا الكتاب إلى أكثر من 150 'مصدراً' تحدث معهم وولف، بالرغم من رفض الناشر الإفصاح عما إذا كانوا من الموجودين في الإدارة الحالية أم لا.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663440</guid><pubDate>Thu, 15 Oct 2020 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205359/9789179735685.mp3" length="2437207" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663440 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - الحصار: ترامب تحت القصف Author: مايكل وولف Narrator: قصي حمود Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 35 minutes Release date: October...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663440" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663440</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - الحصار: ترامب تحت القصف Author: مايكل وولف Narrator: قصي حمود Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 35 minutes Release date: October 15, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  يركّز كتاب 'الحصار.. ترامب تحت القصف' للكاتب مايكل وولف، على موجة التوترات أثناء تحقيق المستشار الخاص روبرت مولر في الصلات المزعومة بين مسؤولين روس وحملة ترامب الرئاسية. بقي ترامب هو ترامب، مكشوفاً تماماً أو تستره ورقة تين وحيدة. بقي بعد الرهان على سقوطه في الجولة الثانية، وبعد اتهامه بجنون العظمة والجهل السياسي والجغرافي والمزاجية القاتلة وردود الفعال المتسرِّعة والقرارات الانفعالية في القضايا المصيرية. وها هو الكاتب، الذي حصد نجاحاً هائلاً في كتابه الأول عن ترامب 'نار وغضب'، يواصل، مزوّداً بمئة وخمسين مصدراَ من كبار الشخصيات في الإدارة الأميركية وخارجها، الكشف عمّا دار في دهاليز البيت الأبيض مؤخّراً، والإمعان في شخصية ترامب، وعلاقاته بموظّفيه، ومواقفه من الدول الصديقة والعدوّة، وروابطه الملتبسة بوسائل الإعلام، وتغريداته المفاجئة على موقع تويتر، ومخططات ابنته وصهره على المدى البعيد، ودخول ابنه اللعبة السياسية، وجعبة بانون العائد من جديد بآراء ومواقف مغايرة، رغم صدمة إقالته، ولعبة شد الحبال بين ترامب والمحقّق روبرت مولر، والاختلاف على مدى صلاحيات الرئيس في الإقالة والتعيين ومنح العفو، والحرج الملحوظ في قضية اختفاء الصحفي جمال خاشقجي. سردٌ رائع، وتقارير لا تقل روعة عما يحدث في الخطوط الأمامية، حيث يقدم 'الحصار' صورة مقلقة لا تُمحى عن رئيس لا مثيل له، حيث يعد ترامب جحيماّ محموماً يلتهم نفسه بنفسه، وهو الرئيس الأكثر إثارة للانقسام في التاريخ الأمريكي، يحيط به أعداء كثيرون، لكنه غافل عن الخطر الذي يحدق به. يستند هذا الكتاب إلى أكثر من 150 'مصدراً' تحدث معهم وولف، بالرغم من رفض الناشر الإفصاح عما إذا كانوا من الموجودين في الإدارة الحالية أم لا.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/914a9c83e3acf49db6d0a080ba980635.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Die Revolution ist fällig: Aber sie ist verboten by Albrecht Müller</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-die-revolution-ist-fallig-aber-sie-ist-verboten-by-albrecht-muller--65205431</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658870" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658870</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Revolution ist fällig: Aber sie ist verboten Author: Albrecht Müller Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: October  6, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Bestsellerautor Albrecht Müller zeigt, dass und wie sich die Verhältnisse grundlegend verschlechtert haben. Die Revolution ist überfällig! Aber leider im Grundgesetz nicht vorgesehen … Der Idee nach haben wir eine schöne Demokratie, tatsächlich aber verhärtete Verhältnisse: Die Einkommen sind ungerecht verteilt. Große Vermögen in wenigen Händen und Finanzkonzerne beherrschen die Wirtschaft. Die Parteien sind programmatisch entkernt, die Medien konzentriert und meist angepasst. Frieden? Gemeinsame Sicherheit? Stattdessen wird auf Konfrontation und Kriegsvorbereitung gesetzt, fremdbestimmt von den USA. Europa zerbröselt. Die Revolution ist überfällig, resümiert Albrecht Müller, aber es wird sie nicht geben. Sein Rat an Gleichgesinnte: Tut euch zusammen, verhindert das Schlimmste und setzt auf bessere Zeiten!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658870</guid><pubDate>Tue, 06 Oct 2020 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205431/9783954717637.mp3" length="1477573" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658870 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Revolution ist fällig: Aber sie ist verboten Author: Albrecht Müller Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658870" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658870</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Revolution ist fällig: Aber sie ist verboten Author: Albrecht Müller Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: October  6, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Bestsellerautor Albrecht Müller zeigt, dass und wie sich die Verhältnisse grundlegend verschlechtert haben. Die Revolution ist überfällig! Aber leider im Grundgesetz nicht vorgesehen … Der Idee nach haben wir eine schöne Demokratie, tatsächlich aber verhärtete Verhältnisse: Die Einkommen sind ungerecht verteilt. Große Vermögen in wenigen Händen und Finanzkonzerne beherrschen die Wirtschaft. Die Parteien sind programmatisch entkernt, die Medien konzentriert und meist angepasst. Frieden? Gemeinsame Sicherheit? Stattdessen wird auf Konfrontation und Kriegsvorbereitung gesetzt, fremdbestimmt von den USA. Europa zerbröselt. Die Revolution ist überfällig, resümiert Albrecht Müller, aber es wird sie nicht geben. Sein Rat an Gleichgesinnte: Tut euch zusammen, verhindert das Schlimmste und setzt auf bessere Zeiten!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>ller</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/30bf2b879e24025a2ccd8d2f1a89365f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Meinungsunfreiheit: Das gefährliche Spiel mit der Demokratie by Wolfgang Kubicki</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-meinungsunfreiheit-das-gefahrliche-spiel-mit-der-demokratie-by-wolfgang-kubicki--65205388</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658646" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658646</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Meinungsunfreiheit: Das gefährliche Spiel mit der Demokratie Author: Wolfgang Kubicki Narrator: Michael J. Diekmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 49 minutes Release date: October  5, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  „Jede Person hat das Recht auf freie Meinungsäußerung. Dieses Recht schließt die Meinungsfreiheit und die Freiheit ein, Informationen und Ideen ohne behördliche Eingriffe und ohne Rücksicht auf Staatsgrenzen zu empfangen und weiterzugeben.“ Artikel 10 der Europäischen Menschenrechtskonvention  Die Meinungsfreiheit ist für eine freiheitliche Demokratie konstituierend. In Deutschland ist sie deshalb verfassungsrechtlich besonders geschützt. Trotzdem haben mehr als zwei Drittel der Deutschen das Gefühl, sie könnten ihre Meinung nicht frei äußern. Wie kommt das? Wolfgang Kubicki widmet sich der Frage, welche Fehler in Politik, Medien und Gesellschaft gemacht wurden, die zu diesem Vertrauensverlust führten und zeigt, wie wir zu einer neuen Diskurskultur finden.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658646</guid><pubDate>Mon, 05 Oct 2020 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205388/9783954717613.mp3" length="1477615" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658646 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Meinungsunfreiheit: Das gefährliche Spiel mit der Demokratie Author: Wolfgang Kubicki Narrator: Michael J. Diekmann Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658646" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658646</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Meinungsunfreiheit: Das gefährliche Spiel mit der Demokratie Author: Wolfgang Kubicki Narrator: Michael J. Diekmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 49 minutes Release date: October  5, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  „Jede Person hat das Recht auf freie Meinungsäußerung. Dieses Recht schließt die Meinungsfreiheit und die Freiheit ein, Informationen und Ideen ohne behördliche Eingriffe und ohne Rücksicht auf Staatsgrenzen zu empfangen und weiterzugeben.“ Artikel 10 der Europäischen Menschenrechtskonvention  Die Meinungsfreiheit ist für eine freiheitliche Demokratie konstituierend. In Deutschland ist sie deshalb verfassungsrechtlich besonders geschützt. Trotzdem haben mehr als zwei Drittel der Deutschen das Gefühl, sie könnten ihre Meinung nicht frei äußern. Wie kommt das? Wolfgang Kubicki widmet sich der Frage, welche Fehler in Politik, Medien und Gesellschaft gemacht wurden, die zu diesem Vertrauensverlust führten und zeigt, wie wir zu einer neuen Diskurskultur finden.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c700d0a1ab24df430d2d920ff54fd9aa.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Aus Liebe zu Deutschland: Ein Warnruf by Hamed Abdel-Samad</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-aus-liebe-zu-deutschland-ein-warnruf-by-hamed-abdel-samad--65205441</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658908" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658908</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Aus Liebe zu Deutschland: Ein Warnruf Author: Hamed Abdel-Samad Narrator: Julian Mehne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 18, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Unsere Demokratie und unsere freie Gesellschaft sind in Gefahr. Wir müssen sie verteidigen.  Deutschland hat eine Tradition der Aufklärung – und eine der Inhumanität. Demokratie, Meinungsfreiheit, Pluralität haben uns die Alliierten gebracht. Es ist an der Zeit, sich dieser Werte bewusst zu werden und dafür einzustehen. Kaum jemand weiß besser als der in Ägypten aufgewachsene Hamed Abdel-Samad, welches hohe Gut die in Deutschland gelebte Liberalität ist. Er beobachtet aber seit Jahren eine toxische Tendenz des öffentlichen Klimas, die freie, streitbare Diskursethik, Grundlage jeder demokratischen Auseinandersetzung, gegen eine engstirnige und antiaufklärerische Gesinnungsethik einzutauschen.  ›Aus Liebe zu Deutschland‹ ist ein Buch, das sich der Stärken dieses Landes ebenso versichert wie der Gefahren, denen es ausgesetzt ist. Es bedarf vielleicht eines zugewanderten Deutschen, der seinen Landsleuten klar macht, wie kostbar diese Errungenschaften sind und wie wenig selbstverständlich ihre Dauer ist.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658908</guid><pubDate>Fri, 18 Sep 2020 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205441/9783954717422.mp3" length="1477557" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658908 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Aus Liebe zu Deutschland: Ein Warnruf Author: Hamed Abdel-Samad Narrator: Julian Mehne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 41...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658908" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658908</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Aus Liebe zu Deutschland: Ein Warnruf Author: Hamed Abdel-Samad Narrator: Julian Mehne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 18, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Unsere Demokratie und unsere freie Gesellschaft sind in Gefahr. Wir müssen sie verteidigen.  Deutschland hat eine Tradition der Aufklärung – und eine der Inhumanität. Demokratie, Meinungsfreiheit, Pluralität haben uns die Alliierten gebracht. Es ist an der Zeit, sich dieser Werte bewusst zu werden und dafür einzustehen. Kaum jemand weiß besser als der in Ägypten aufgewachsene Hamed Abdel-Samad, welches hohe Gut die in Deutschland gelebte Liberalität ist. Er beobachtet aber seit Jahren eine toxische Tendenz des öffentlichen Klimas, die freie, streitbare Diskursethik, Grundlage jeder demokratischen Auseinandersetzung, gegen eine engstirnige und antiaufklärerische Gesinnungsethik einzutauschen.  ›Aus Liebe zu Deutschland‹ ist ein Buch, das sich der Stärken dieses Landes ebenso versichert wie der Gefahren, denen es ausgesetzt ist. Es bedarf vielleicht eines zugewanderten Deutschen, der seinen Landsleuten klar macht, wie kostbar diese Errungenschaften sind und wie wenig selbstverständlich ihre Dauer ist.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9d837bd59d2a84ad7928de4fbc08f02c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Chronik einer angekündigten Krise: Wie ein Virus die Welt verändern konnte by Paul Schreyer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-chronik-einer-angekundigten-krise-wie-ein-virus-die-welt-verandern-konnte-by-paul-schreyer--65205461</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658528" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658528</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Chronik einer angekündigten Krise: Wie ein Virus die Welt verändern konnte Author: Paul Schreyer Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 14, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die Politik der Angst?  Ob in Politik, Wirtschaft oder Privatleben: Das Coronavirus gibt den Takt vor. Tausende Unternehmen steuern auf den Konkurs zu, kaum für möglich gehaltene Einschränkungen der Bürgerrechte werden ohne Diskussionen beschlossen - auf unbestimmte Zeit. Viele Menschen verharren in Angst und Passivität. Regierungen unterwerfen sich Empfehlungen von Experten, eine Opposition ist kaum zu sehen und die Medien hinterfragen wenig. Was geschieht hier eigentlich? Die vordergründig chaotisch erscheinenden Reaktionen auf den Virus, werden von Paul Schreyer in einen erhellenden globalen Kontext gestellt. Deutlich wird: Einige der aktuellen Entwicklungen scheinen nicht zufällig.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658528</guid><pubDate>Mon, 14 Sep 2020 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205461/9783954717620.mp3" length="1477621" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658528 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Chronik einer angekündigten Krise: Wie ein Virus die Welt verändern konnte Author: Paul Schreyer Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658528" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658528</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Chronik einer angekündigten Krise: Wie ein Virus die Welt verändern konnte Author: Paul Schreyer Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 14, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die Politik der Angst?  Ob in Politik, Wirtschaft oder Privatleben: Das Coronavirus gibt den Takt vor. Tausende Unternehmen steuern auf den Konkurs zu, kaum für möglich gehaltene Einschränkungen der Bürgerrechte werden ohne Diskussionen beschlossen - auf unbestimmte Zeit. Viele Menschen verharren in Angst und Passivität. Regierungen unterwerfen sich Empfehlungen von Experten, eine Opposition ist kaum zu sehen und die Medien hinterfragen wenig. Was geschieht hier eigentlich? Die vordergründig chaotisch erscheinenden Reaktionen auf den Virus, werden von Paul Schreyer in einen erhellenden globalen Kontext gestellt. Deutlich wird: Einige der aktuellen Entwicklungen scheinen nicht zufällig.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>ndigten</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/da770322635dc335bbca9aca94545da6.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Mega-Manipulation: Ideologische Konditionierung in der Fassadendemokratie by Ullrich Mies</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-mega-manipulation-ideologische-konditionierung-in-der-fassadendemokratie-by-ullrich-mies--65205425</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658881" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658881</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Mega-Manipulation: Ideologische Konditionierung in der Fassadendemokratie Author: Ullrich Mies Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 36 minutes Release date: June  8, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Der offene Disput ist die Grundvoraussetzung einer demokratischen Gesellschaft. Diese Voraussetzung ist in Deutschland wie in vielen anderen westlichen Staaten schon lange nicht mehr gegeben.  Die Politik der etablierten Kräfte in Deutschland wird von einer marktradikalen und kriegsaffinen Allparteienkoalition gesteuert. Die Bewusstseinsindustrie reflektiert und verstärkt diese Ideologien. Dass Verfassungsstaat und Demokratie dabei unter die Räder kommen, nehmen die Ideologen billigend in Kauf. Es geht nicht mehr allein um Medienmanipulation und Propaganda, es geht um psychologische Kriegsführung, Informationskrieg und zunehmend um Zensur gegen die Zivilgesellschaft. Ullrich Mies hat ein internationales Autorenteam versammelt, das eigene Gedanken zur Propaganda in den westlichen Fassadendemokratien formuliert und sich weder der herrschenden Meinungsmacht der marktkonformen Demokraten unterwirft, noch den Vorgaben der sprachlichen Türsteher der Political Correctness.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658881</guid><pubDate>Mon, 08 Jun 2020 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205425/9783954717309.mp3" length="1477617" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658881 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Mega-Manipulation: Ideologische Konditionierung in der Fassadendemokratie Author: Ullrich Mies Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658881" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658881</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Mega-Manipulation: Ideologische Konditionierung in der Fassadendemokratie Author: Ullrich Mies Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 36 minutes Release date: June  8, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Der offene Disput ist die Grundvoraussetzung einer demokratischen Gesellschaft. Diese Voraussetzung ist in Deutschland wie in vielen anderen westlichen Staaten schon lange nicht mehr gegeben.  Die Politik der etablierten Kräfte in Deutschland wird von einer marktradikalen und kriegsaffinen Allparteienkoalition gesteuert. Die Bewusstseinsindustrie reflektiert und verstärkt diese Ideologien. Dass Verfassungsstaat und Demokratie dabei unter die Räder kommen, nehmen die Ideologen billigend in Kauf. Es geht nicht mehr allein um Medienmanipulation und Propaganda, es geht um psychologische Kriegsführung, Informationskrieg und zunehmend um Zensur gegen die Zivilgesellschaft. Ullrich Mies hat ein internationales Autorenteam versammelt, das eigene Gedanken zur Propaganda in den westlichen Fassadendemokratien formuliert und sich weder der herrschenden Meinungsmacht der marktkonformen Demokraten unterwirft, noch den Vorgaben der sprachlichen Türsteher der Political Correctness.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f4a9be649a7bc91eba1365012e01a687.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Zieht euch warm an, es wird heiß!: Den Klimawandel verstehen und aus der Krise für die Welt von morgen lernen by Sven Plöger</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-zieht-euch-warm-an-es-wird-heiss-den-klimawandel-verstehen-und-aus-der-krise-fur-die-welt-von-morgen-lernen-by-sven-ploger--65205394</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658671" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658671</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Zieht euch warm an, es wird heiß!: Den Klimawandel verstehen und aus der Krise für die Welt von morgen lernen Author: Sven Plöger Narrator: Eckart von Hirschhausen, Sven Plöger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 14 minutes Release date: June  2, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Dieses Buch führt den Leser unaufgeregt, doch mit klarer Haltung durch dieses existentiell wichtige Thema und erklärt, wie wir das Schlimmste noch verhindern können! Ein Hitzerekord jagt weltweit den nächsten, es herrscht extreme Trockenheit und die Wälder brennen großflächig von Alaska bis in die Tropen. Wir merken es alle: Der Klimawandel wird greifbar, er drängt sich uns von allen Seiten auf und ist nicht mehr abzutun. Das Wettergeschehen, das wir heute als Folge unseres Lebensstils erleben, hat uns die Wissenschaft vor 20, 30 Jahren ziemlich präzise vorhergesagt. Wie haben wir darauf bisher reagiert? Ziemlich ignorant. Nur nach außergewöhnlich schweren Unwettern sind wir kurz aufgewacht und in vorübergehende hektische Betriebsamkeit verfallen. Der Klimawandel ist die Herausforderung des 21. Jahrhunderts. Die Jugend hat verstanden, dass sie das Desaster ausbaden muss, und beginnt, politisch spürbar etwas zu bewegen. Es ist höchste Zeit, dass die Politik, dass wir alle endlich handeln!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658671</guid><pubDate>Tue, 02 Jun 2020 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205394/9783954717262.mp3" length="1477727" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658671 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Zieht euch warm an, es wird heiß!: Den Klimawandel verstehen und aus der Krise für die Welt von morgen lernen Author: Sven Plöger Narrator:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658671" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658671</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Zieht euch warm an, es wird heiß!: Den Klimawandel verstehen und aus der Krise für die Welt von morgen lernen Author: Sven Plöger Narrator: Eckart von Hirschhausen, Sven Plöger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 14 minutes Release date: June  2, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Dieses Buch führt den Leser unaufgeregt, doch mit klarer Haltung durch dieses existentiell wichtige Thema und erklärt, wie wir das Schlimmste noch verhindern können! Ein Hitzerekord jagt weltweit den nächsten, es herrscht extreme Trockenheit und die Wälder brennen großflächig von Alaska bis in die Tropen. Wir merken es alle: Der Klimawandel wird greifbar, er drängt sich uns von allen Seiten auf und ist nicht mehr abzutun. Das Wettergeschehen, das wir heute als Folge unseres Lebensstils erleben, hat uns die Wissenschaft vor 20, 30 Jahren ziemlich präzise vorhergesagt. Wie haben wir darauf bisher reagiert? Ziemlich ignorant. Nur nach außergewöhnlich schweren Unwettern sind wir kurz aufgewacht und in vorübergehende hektische Betriebsamkeit verfallen. Der Klimawandel ist die Herausforderung des 21. Jahrhunderts. Die Jugend hat verstanden, dass sie das Desaster ausbaden muss, und beginnt, politisch spürbar etwas zu bewegen. Es ist höchste Zeit, dass die Politik, dass wir alle endlich handeln!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/deadf563776013de34469621a22d814d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Arabic] - تهويد المعرفة by ممدوح عدوان</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/arabic-thwyd-alm-rft-by-mmdwh-dwan--65205350</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663699" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663699</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - تهويد المعرفة Author: ممدوح عدوان Narrator: لبنى إسماعيل Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 25 minutes Release date: May  1, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'نحن لم نخسر الأرض و الوطن و البيوت و المزارع فقط بل خسرنا التاريخ و منابع المعرفة أيضاً'. ''لقد هيمنوا على التاريخ ليسكنوا الواقع الذي استولوا عليه في حضن ذلك التاريخ و يرضعوه حليبه'. 'إنه هجوم على الدين بالإلتفاف حول محمد للإيصال فكرة لا يدفعون ثمن الإعلان عنها. فمن ذا الذي سيهتم بالدفاع عن النبي محمد في الغرب؟!!'. ممدوح عدوان من كتاب تهويد المعرفة. يعتبر هذا الكتاب قصيراً في كم الصفحات لكنه غني كل الغنى بكم المعلومات، وهو مصدر مهم وأساسي للمهتمين بقضية اليهود والقضية الفلسطينية وتزييف اليهود للحقائق وصورتهم التي يعكسها الغرب والتي تغيرت وتبدلت على مدى سنوات طويلة من التاريخ منذ أيام المسيح عليه السلام. يوضح الكاتب والشاعر السوري الراحل ممدوح عدوان في هذا الكتاب تغير الصورة التي كان يملكها الغرب عن الشخص اليهودي من شخص من أرذل القوم، بخيل وخسيس ومنحط كما يظهر ذلك في مسرحية شيكسبير تاجر البندقية بدور شايلوك اليهودي وغيرها من الأعمال الأدبية، وتغير صورة ذلك اليهودي إلى أن يصبح هو الإنسان الغربي المتحضر ونموذج للإنسان الأوروبي والأمريكي، وما تبع ذلك من تأييد أوروبي وأمريكي لإسرائيل واليهود. وتفسير ذلك هو أن العقل الأروبي كما هو واضح، هو المسيطر على ثروات العالم وأفكاره وهو الذي يقسم الدول ويضع حدودها كيفما شاء، لذا ركز اليهود جهودهم على مركز القوة هذا. ومن ثم برز تيار قوي يدفع بشكل غير مباشر العقلية المسيحية الأووربية للامتزاج باليهودي، ومن هناك بدأت السيطرة الحقيقية.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663699</guid><pubDate>Fri, 01 May 2020 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205350/9789179216290.mp3" length="2437198" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663699 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - تهويد المعرفة Author: ممدوح عدوان Narrator: لبنى إسماعيل Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 25 minutes Release date: May  1, 2020...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663699" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663699</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - تهويد المعرفة Author: ممدوح عدوان Narrator: لبنى إسماعيل Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 25 minutes Release date: May  1, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'نحن لم نخسر الأرض و الوطن و البيوت و المزارع فقط بل خسرنا التاريخ و منابع المعرفة أيضاً'. ''لقد هيمنوا على التاريخ ليسكنوا الواقع الذي استولوا عليه في حضن ذلك التاريخ و يرضعوه حليبه'. 'إنه هجوم على الدين بالإلتفاف حول محمد للإيصال فكرة لا يدفعون ثمن الإعلان عنها. فمن ذا الذي سيهتم بالدفاع عن النبي محمد في الغرب؟!!'. ممدوح عدوان من كتاب تهويد المعرفة. يعتبر هذا الكتاب قصيراً في كم الصفحات لكنه غني كل الغنى بكم المعلومات، وهو مصدر مهم وأساسي للمهتمين بقضية اليهود والقضية الفلسطينية وتزييف اليهود للحقائق وصورتهم التي يعكسها الغرب والتي تغيرت وتبدلت على مدى سنوات طويلة من التاريخ منذ أيام المسيح عليه السلام. يوضح الكاتب والشاعر السوري الراحل ممدوح عدوان في هذا الكتاب تغير الصورة التي كان يملكها الغرب عن الشخص اليهودي من شخص من أرذل القوم، بخيل وخسيس ومنحط كما يظهر ذلك في مسرحية شيكسبير تاجر البندقية بدور شايلوك اليهودي وغيرها من الأعمال الأدبية، وتغير صورة ذلك اليهودي إلى أن يصبح هو الإنسان الغربي المتحضر ونموذج للإنسان الأوروبي والأمريكي، وما تبع ذلك من تأييد أوروبي وأمريكي لإسرائيل واليهود. وتفسير ذلك هو أن العقل الأروبي كما هو واضح، هو المسيطر على ثروات العالم وأفكاره وهو الذي يقسم الدول ويضع حدودها كيفما شاء، لذا ركز اليهود جهودهم على مركز القوة هذا. ومن ثم برز تيار قوي يدفع بشكل غير مباشر العقلية المسيحية الأووربية للامتزاج باليهودي، ومن هناك بدأت السيطرة الحقيقية.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c23b5e62cce8ba30dc996fed4f02a79c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Imperium USA: Die skrupellose Weltmacht by Daniele Ganser</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-imperium-usa-die-skrupellose-weltmacht-by-daniele-ganser--65205383</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658905" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658905</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Imperium USA: Die skrupellose Weltmacht Author: Daniele Ganser Narrator: Daniele Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 24, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Nach Ansicht vieler hat die USA den stärksten destabilisierenden Einfluss auf das Weltgeschehen und stellen somit die größte Bedrohung für den Weltfrieden dar (Allensbach 2019, Gallup International 2019). Diese traurige Spitzenstellung hat sich die Weltmacht Nr. 1 nicht von ungefähr erworben. Keine andere Nation hat seit 1945 so viele andere Länder bombardiert, so viele Regierungen gestürzt wie die USA. Die USA unterhalten die meisten Militärstützpunkte, exportieren die meisten Waffen und haben den höchsten Rüstungsetat der Welt. Daniele Ganser beschreibt eindrücklich wie die USA Weltmachtpolitik betreiben, in der Gewalt ein zentrales Element darstellt.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658905</guid><pubDate>Fri, 24 Apr 2020 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205383/9783954717354.mp3" length="1477557" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658905 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Imperium USA: Die skrupellose Weltmacht Author: Daniele Ganser Narrator: Daniele Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 29...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658905" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658905</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Imperium USA: Die skrupellose Weltmacht Author: Daniele Ganser Narrator: Daniele Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 24, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Nach Ansicht vieler hat die USA den stärksten destabilisierenden Einfluss auf das Weltgeschehen und stellen somit die größte Bedrohung für den Weltfrieden dar (Allensbach 2019, Gallup International 2019). Diese traurige Spitzenstellung hat sich die Weltmacht Nr. 1 nicht von ungefähr erworben. Keine andere Nation hat seit 1945 so viele andere Länder bombardiert, so viele Regierungen gestürzt wie die USA. Die USA unterhalten die meisten Militärstützpunkte, exportieren die meisten Waffen und haben den höchsten Rüstungsetat der Welt. Daniele Ganser beschreibt eindrücklich wie die USA Weltmachtpolitik betreiben, in der Gewalt ein zentrales Element darstellt.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/bd457cfe059761c735a1fe661a0635f8.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Der Führerfluch: Wie wir unseren fatalen Hang zum Autoritären überwinden by Lars Vollmer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-der-fuhrerfluch-wie-wir-unseren-fatalen-hang-zum-autoritaren-uberwinden-by-lars-vollmer--65205472</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658249" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658249</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der Führerfluch: Wie wir unseren fatalen Hang zum Autoritären überwinden Author: Lars Vollmer Narrator: Lars Vollmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: December  2, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Wer dieses Hörbuch hört, - wird einsehen, dass keineswegs Politiker, Funktionäre oder Wirtschaftsbosse an den Miseren unserer Gesellschaft schuld sind.  - wird nachvollziehen, warum das politische Rechts-Links-Schema wirkungslos geworden ist. - wird unsere liberale Demokratie und ihre Probleme mit anderen Augen sehen. - wird erkennen, warum wir eine Verantwortungsgesellschaft brauchen.  Versprochen.  Lars Vollmer gilt als engagierter Verfechter von Selbstorganisation und Verantwortung. Bislang ist der Bestsellerautor vor allem in der Welt der Unternehmen bekannt. In diesem Buch denkt er weiter, was mit »New Work« längst begonnen hat: Ein Sprung unserer Gesellschaft auf eine neue Entwicklungsstufe.  Denn einstweilen sind die Symptome einer Systemkrise allgegenwärtig: Der Vertrauensverlust der Volksparteien, Klimadrama, Dieselgate, Negativzinsen, Flüchtlingskrise. Überall stockt es, blockiert es, wird Fortschritt gelähmt. Lars Vollmer stellt fest: Ein fataler Hang zum Autoritären verstellt unseren Blick auf die besten Lösungen …]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658249</guid><pubDate>Mon, 02 Dec 2019 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205472/9783954717347.mp3" length="1477597" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658249 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der Führerfluch: Wie wir unseren fatalen Hang zum Autoritären überwinden Author: Lars Vollmer Narrator: Lars Vollmer Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658249" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658249</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der Führerfluch: Wie wir unseren fatalen Hang zum Autoritären überwinden Author: Lars Vollmer Narrator: Lars Vollmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: December  2, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Wer dieses Hörbuch hört, - wird einsehen, dass keineswegs Politiker, Funktionäre oder Wirtschaftsbosse an den Miseren unserer Gesellschaft schuld sind.  - wird nachvollziehen, warum das politische Rechts-Links-Schema wirkungslos geworden ist. - wird unsere liberale Demokratie und ihre Probleme mit anderen Augen sehen. - wird erkennen, warum wir eine Verantwortungsgesellschaft brauchen.  Versprochen.  Lars Vollmer gilt als engagierter Verfechter von Selbstorganisation und Verantwortung. Bislang ist der Bestsellerautor vor allem in der Welt der Unternehmen bekannt. In diesem Buch denkt er weiter, was mit »New Work« längst begonnen hat: Ein Sprung unserer Gesellschaft auf eine neue Entwicklungsstufe.  Denn einstweilen sind die Symptome einer Systemkrise allgegenwärtig: Der Vertrauensverlust der Volksparteien, Klimadrama, Dieselgate, Negativzinsen, Flüchtlingskrise. Überall stockt es, blockiert es, wird Fortschritt gelähmt. Lars Vollmer stellt fest: Ein fataler Hang zum Autoritären verstellt unseren Blick auf die besten Lösungen …]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>berwinden,hrerfluch</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/92ef6eed006ddbea6c237abb27f2883d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Orosucio by Jorge Moch</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-orosucio-by-jorge-moch--65205338</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668682" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668682</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Orosucio Author: Jorge Moch Narrator: Ricardo Bustamante, Jaime Collepardo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 38 minutes Release date: November 30, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Orosucio de Jorge Moch describe la cotidiana violencia en México, esta vez dentro de las relaciones del Estado mexicano con asesinos a sueldo. Cuando hallan una fosa clandestina, la estabilidad del gobierno se ve amenazada por la investigación de un profesor experto en arqueología forense, dado esto, la solución es matarlo.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668682</guid><pubDate>Sat, 30 Nov 2019 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205338/9789179312091.mp3" length="2437217" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668682 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Orosucio Author: Jorge Moch Narrator: Ricardo Bustamante, Jaime Collepardo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 38 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668682" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668682</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Orosucio Author: Jorge Moch Narrator: Ricardo Bustamante, Jaime Collepardo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 38 minutes Release date: November 30, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Orosucio de Jorge Moch describe la cotidiana violencia en México, esta vez dentro de las relaciones del Estado mexicano con asesinos a sueldo. Cuando hallan una fosa clandestina, la estabilidad del gobierno se ve amenazada por la investigación de un profesor experto en arqueología forense, dado esto, la solución es matarlo.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1c1f2ab09835f90ac77f77da753eaa38.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Sabotierte Wirklichkeit: oder Wenn Journalismus zur Glaubenslehre wird by Marcus B. Klöckner</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-sabotierte-wirklichkeit-oder-wenn-journalismus-zur-glaubenslehre-wird-by-marcus-b-klockner--65205422</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658690" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658690</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Sabotierte Wirklichkeit: oder Wenn Journalismus zur Glaubenslehre wird Author: Marcus B. Klöckner Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: August  5, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Sagen Medien, was ist? Eindeutig: nein. Der Bruch mit der Wirklichkeit ist im Journalismus längst eine bestimmende Konstante. Immer wieder ist zu beobachten, wie Medien Wirklichkeit ignorieren, verdrehen, frisieren oder gar gleich erfinden. Die Wirklichkeit, die Medien uns vor Augen führen, ist oft so stark verzerrt, dass es gilt, sie grundlegend zu hinterfragen. Insbesondere in den Zentren der tonangebenden Medien ist ein Journalismus entstanden, der mehr und mehr Züge einer Glaubenslehre trägt. Häufig bedienen Journalisten zuerst die eigenen Glaubensüberzeugungen, dann kommen die Fakten.  In seinem neuen Buch zeigt Marcus B. Klöckner anhand vieler Beispiele auf, wie es aussieht, wenn Medien Scheinwirklichkeiten erzeugen, und verdeutlicht, wie in einem System freier Medien eine spezielle Form von Zensur entsteht. Mit weitreichenden Konsequenzen für unsere Demokratie und uns alle.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658690</guid><pubDate>Mon, 05 Aug 2019 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205422/9783954717002.mp3" length="1477623" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658690 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Sabotierte Wirklichkeit: oder Wenn Journalismus zur Glaubenslehre wird Author: Marcus B. Klöckner Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658690" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658690</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Sabotierte Wirklichkeit: oder Wenn Journalismus zur Glaubenslehre wird Author: Marcus B. Klöckner Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: August  5, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Sagen Medien, was ist? Eindeutig: nein. Der Bruch mit der Wirklichkeit ist im Journalismus längst eine bestimmende Konstante. Immer wieder ist zu beobachten, wie Medien Wirklichkeit ignorieren, verdrehen, frisieren oder gar gleich erfinden. Die Wirklichkeit, die Medien uns vor Augen führen, ist oft so stark verzerrt, dass es gilt, sie grundlegend zu hinterfragen. Insbesondere in den Zentren der tonangebenden Medien ist ein Journalismus entstanden, der mehr und mehr Züge einer Glaubenslehre trägt. Häufig bedienen Journalisten zuerst die eigenen Glaubensüberzeugungen, dann kommen die Fakten.  In seinem neuen Buch zeigt Marcus B. Klöckner anhand vieler Beispiele auf, wie es aussieht, wenn Medien Scheinwirklichkeiten erzeugen, und verdeutlicht, wie in einem System freier Medien eine spezielle Form von Zensur entsteht. Mit weitreichenden Konsequenzen für unsere Demokratie und uns alle.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/bfbba199205baa08819227ef815797fc.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Angst und Macht: Herrschaftstechniken der Angsterzeugung in kapitalistischen Demokratien by Rainer Mausfeld</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-angst-und-macht-herrschaftstechniken-der-angsterzeugung-in-kapitalistischen-demokratien-by-rainer-mausfeld--65205426</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658315" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658315</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Angst und Macht: Herrschaftstechniken der Angsterzeugung in kapitalistischen Demokratien Author: Rainer Mausfeld Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 19, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Macht und Angst gehören in der politisch-gesellschaftlichen Welt eng zusammen. Macht hat für den, der sie hat, viele Vorteile und für diejenigen, die ihr unterworfen sind, viele Nachteile, denn Macht erzeugt bei den ihr Unterworfenen Angst. Da die Angst selbst wiederum Macht über die Geängstigten ausübt, haben diejenigen, die es verstehen, Angst zu erzeugen, eine sehr wirkungsvolle Methode, auf diese Weise ihre Macht zu stabilisieren und zu erweitern. Angsterzeugung ist ein Herrschaftsinstrument, und Techniken zum Erzeugen von gesellschaftlicher Angst gehören zum Handwerkszeug der Macht. Diese Einsicht ist so alt wie die Zivilisationsgeschichte. Rainer Mausfeld, der bereits mit Warum schweigen die Lämmer ein fulminantes Aufklärungswerk veröffentlichte und damit auf den Bestsellerlisten landete, liefert mit dem vorliegenden Buch eine extrem wichtige Erweiterung, die mehr denn je vonnöten ist.  Stimmen zu seinem Bestseller Warum schweigen die Lämmer: Eine so schmerzhafte wie brillante Endoskopie des gegenwärtigen politischen Systems. Mausfeld ist ein Volksaufklärer in der Denktradition Humboldts, Deweys und Chomskys … ein Weckruf zur rechten Zeit. NZZ  Mit seinem neuen Buch beflügelt Rainer Mausfeld die Sehnsucht nach Veränderung. Rubikon  Mausfeld deckt die Systematik dieser Indoktrination auf und macht uns sensibel für die vielfältigen psychologischen Beeinflussungsmethoden. NachDenkseiten  In dem Buch geht es insbesondere um Täuschung und Illusionen, was den Begriff der Demokratie und den Zustand der Gesellschaft angeht. Telepolis]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658315</guid><pubDate>Fri, 19 Jul 2019 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205426/9783954717149.mp3" length="1477653" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658315 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Angst und Macht: Herrschaftstechniken der Angsterzeugung in kapitalistischen Demokratien Author: Rainer Mausfeld Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658315" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658315</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Angst und Macht: Herrschaftstechniken der Angsterzeugung in kapitalistischen Demokratien Author: Rainer Mausfeld Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 19, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Macht und Angst gehören in der politisch-gesellschaftlichen Welt eng zusammen. Macht hat für den, der sie hat, viele Vorteile und für diejenigen, die ihr unterworfen sind, viele Nachteile, denn Macht erzeugt bei den ihr Unterworfenen Angst. Da die Angst selbst wiederum Macht über die Geängstigten ausübt, haben diejenigen, die es verstehen, Angst zu erzeugen, eine sehr wirkungsvolle Methode, auf diese Weise ihre Macht zu stabilisieren und zu erweitern. Angsterzeugung ist ein Herrschaftsinstrument, und Techniken zum Erzeugen von gesellschaftlicher Angst gehören zum Handwerkszeug der Macht. Diese Einsicht ist so alt wie die Zivilisationsgeschichte. Rainer Mausfeld, der bereits mit Warum schweigen die Lämmer ein fulminantes Aufklärungswerk veröffentlichte und damit auf den Bestsellerlisten landete, liefert mit dem vorliegenden Buch eine extrem wichtige Erweiterung, die mehr denn je vonnöten ist.  Stimmen zu seinem Bestseller Warum schweigen die Lämmer: Eine so schmerzhafte wie brillante Endoskopie des gegenwärtigen politischen Systems. Mausfeld ist ein Volksaufklärer in der Denktradition Humboldts, Deweys und Chomskys … ein Weckruf zur rechten Zeit. NZZ  Mit seinem neuen Buch beflügelt Rainer Mausfeld die Sehnsucht nach Veränderung. Rubikon  Mausfeld deckt die Systematik dieser Indoktrination auf und macht uns sensibel für die vielfältigen psychologischen Beeinflussungsmethoden. NachDenkseiten  In dem Buch geht es insbesondere um Täuschung und Illusionen, was den Begriff der Demokratie und den Zustand der Gesellschaft angeht. Telepolis]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/77bc545365dd88472e9d0dd6c79b61b6.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - El tres letras: historia y contexto del Movimiento de Izquierda Revolucionaria (MIR) by Sergio Salinas</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-el-tres-letras-historia-y-contexto-del-movimiento-de-izquierda-revolucionaria-mir-by-sergio-salinas--65205368</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668470" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668470</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El tres letras: historia y contexto del Movimiento de Izquierda Revolucionaria (MIR) Author: Sergio Salinas Narrator: Mario De Candia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 18, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  La violencia política ha sido una realidad en la historia contemporánea de Chile y de América Latina. Sin embargo, ello no siempre estuvo acompañado de una investigación rigurosa al respecto: este libro constituye un notable aporte en dicho sentido. El autor se centra en el período fundacional, de consolidación y de inicio de la lucha armada desarrollada por el MIR. Se trata de la etapa en la que se pasa del discurso a la acción, porque es allí cuando se establecen los rasgos fundamentales de toda organización política. 'El tres letras' era el nombre silencioso, apenas susurrado, con el que se denominaba al Movimiento de Izquierda Revolucionaria durante la época de la dictadura militar. Había vivido desde su concepción y etapa embrionaria un profundo debate en torno a la recepción y apropiación del contexto intelectual y político de la época, y luego continuó con una nueva discusión: la de su propio camino para establecer una justificación para la lucha armada.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668470</guid><pubDate>Thu, 18 Jul 2019 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205368/9789178979745.mp3" length="2437258" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668470 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El tres letras: historia y contexto del Movimiento de Izquierda Revolucionaria (MIR) Author: Sergio Salinas Narrator: Mario De Candia...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668470" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668470</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El tres letras: historia y contexto del Movimiento de Izquierda Revolucionaria (MIR) Author: Sergio Salinas Narrator: Mario De Candia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 18, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  La violencia política ha sido una realidad en la historia contemporánea de Chile y de América Latina. Sin embargo, ello no siempre estuvo acompañado de una investigación rigurosa al respecto: este libro constituye un notable aporte en dicho sentido. El autor se centra en el período fundacional, de consolidación y de inicio de la lucha armada desarrollada por el MIR. Se trata de la etapa en la que se pasa del discurso a la acción, porque es allí cuando se establecen los rasgos fundamentales de toda organización política. 'El tres letras' era el nombre silencioso, apenas susurrado, con el que se denominaba al Movimiento de Izquierda Revolucionaria durante la época de la dictadura militar. Había vivido desde su concepción y etapa embrionaria un profundo debate en torno a la recepción y apropiación del contexto intelectual y político de la época, y luego continuó con una nueva discusión: la de su propio camino para establecer una justificación para la lucha armada.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f436686298a6b03b0de9303ccb5b9f02.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Der Krieg vor dem Krieg: Wie Propaganda über Leben und Tod entscheidet by Ulrich Teusch</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-der-krieg-vor-dem-krieg-wie-propaganda-uber-leben-und-tod-entscheidet-by-ulrich-teusch--65205459</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658374" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658374</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der Krieg vor dem Krieg: Wie Propaganda über Leben und Tod entscheidet Author: Ulrich Teusch Narrator: Markus Böker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 12 minutes Release date: June 18, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die Grenzen zwischen Krieg und Frieden werden immer poröser: Wirtschaftskriege, Cyberkriege, hybride Kriege, Propagandakriege. Krieg ist, global betrachtet, zu einem Normalzustand geworden. Wir leben in Zeiten des permanenten Krieges.  Krieg geht stets mit Kriegspropaganda einher. Ulrich Teusch seziert in diesem Buch aktuelle und historische Propagandastrategien und beleuchtet die Interessen der Kriegsverkäufer in Politik, Wirtschaft, Militär und Medien. Die gute Nachricht: So bedrohlich Kriegspropaganda nach wie vor ist - sie hat den Zenit ihrer Leistungsfähigkeit überschritten. Sie stößt immer öfter an Grenzen. Das eröffnet allen, die für eine friedliche und freie Welt streiten, große Chancen.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658374</guid><pubDate>Tue, 18 Jun 2019 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205459/9783954716739.mp3" length="1477611" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658374 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der Krieg vor dem Krieg: Wie Propaganda über Leben und Tod entscheidet Author: Ulrich Teusch Narrator: Markus Böker Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658374" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658374</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der Krieg vor dem Krieg: Wie Propaganda über Leben und Tod entscheidet Author: Ulrich Teusch Narrator: Markus Böker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 12 minutes Release date: June 18, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die Grenzen zwischen Krieg und Frieden werden immer poröser: Wirtschaftskriege, Cyberkriege, hybride Kriege, Propagandakriege. Krieg ist, global betrachtet, zu einem Normalzustand geworden. Wir leben in Zeiten des permanenten Krieges.  Krieg geht stets mit Kriegspropaganda einher. Ulrich Teusch seziert in diesem Buch aktuelle und historische Propagandastrategien und beleuchtet die Interessen der Kriegsverkäufer in Politik, Wirtschaft, Militär und Medien. Die gute Nachricht: So bedrohlich Kriegspropaganda nach wie vor ist - sie hat den Zenit ihrer Leistungsfähigkeit überschritten. Sie stößt immer öfter an Grenzen. Das eröffnet allen, die für eine friedliche und freie Welt streiten, große Chancen.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>ber</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b50bac039aca62a3d1b36e1d064a4b17.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Die Wiederentdeckung des Menschen: Warum Egoismus, Gier und Konkurrenz nicht unserer Natur entsprechen by Andreas Von Westphalen</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-die-wiederentdeckung-des-menschen-warum-egoismus-gier-und-konkurrenz-nicht-unserer-natur-entsprechen-by-andreas-von-westphalen--65205448</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658270" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658270</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Wiederentdeckung des Menschen: Warum Egoismus, Gier und Konkurrenz nicht unserer Natur entsprechen Author: Andreas Von Westphalen Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 18, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Menschen sind halt so ...  Der Mensch ist von Natur aus egoistisch und faul. Generell ist er darauf aus, den größten Nutzen für sich selbst herauszuschlagen und bringt seine beste Leistung nur unter Konkurrenzdruck. So zumindest die herrschende Meinung in Wissenschaft, Wirtschaft und Politik - mit weitreichenden Folgen, die wir alle zu spüren bekommen: zum Beispiel in der verfehlten Bildungs- und Sozialpolitik oder in einer zunehmend kontrollierten Arbeitswelt.  Das Menschenbild im Kapitalismus ist nichts weiter als eine von der Wirtschaft verbreitete Mär. In diesem Buch widerlegt Andreas von Westphalen die These des egoistischen Nutzenmaximierers und beweist anhand vieler spannender Beispiele, dass wir ganz anders ticken. Ein reichhaltiges Angebot an guten Argumenten gegen die Besserwisser aus den Chefetagen, den Beraterfirmen und den Stammtischrunden.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658270</guid><pubDate>Tue, 18 Jun 2019 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205448/9783954716753.mp3" length="1477695" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658270 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Wiederentdeckung des Menschen: Warum Egoismus, Gier und Konkurrenz nicht unserer Natur entsprechen Author: Andreas Von Westphalen...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658270" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658270</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Wiederentdeckung des Menschen: Warum Egoismus, Gier und Konkurrenz nicht unserer Natur entsprechen Author: Andreas Von Westphalen Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 18, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Menschen sind halt so ...  Der Mensch ist von Natur aus egoistisch und faul. Generell ist er darauf aus, den größten Nutzen für sich selbst herauszuschlagen und bringt seine beste Leistung nur unter Konkurrenzdruck. So zumindest die herrschende Meinung in Wissenschaft, Wirtschaft und Politik - mit weitreichenden Folgen, die wir alle zu spüren bekommen: zum Beispiel in der verfehlten Bildungs- und Sozialpolitik oder in einer zunehmend kontrollierten Arbeitswelt.  Das Menschenbild im Kapitalismus ist nichts weiter als eine von der Wirtschaft verbreitete Mär. In diesem Buch widerlegt Andreas von Westphalen die These des egoistischen Nutzenmaximierers und beweist anhand vieler spannender Beispiele, dass wir ganz anders ticken. Ein reichhaltiges Angebot an guten Argumenten gegen die Besserwisser aus den Chefetagen, den Beraterfirmen und den Stammtischrunden.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5969c64baafce5edd8dcc692a8742601.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Wenn man weiß, wo der Verstand ist, hat der Tag Struktur: Anleitung zum Selberdenken in verrückten Zeiten by Alexander Unzicker</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-wenn-man-weiss-wo-der-verstand-ist-hat-der-tag-struktur-anleitung-zum-selberdenken-in-verruckten-zeiten-by-alexander-unzicker--65205460</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658648" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658648</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wenn man weiß, wo der Verstand ist, hat der Tag Struktur: Anleitung zum Selberdenken in verrückten Zeiten Author: Alexander Unzicker Narrator: Jan Koester Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 10, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Was auch immer in den Nachrichten kommt, eines ist sicher: Wir scheitern zunehmend daran, uns ein objektives Bild der Realität zu machen. Während uns die Breaking News aus aller Welt in Atem halten, entziehen sich entscheidende Veränderungen unserer Aufmerksamkeit: Digitalisierung, Überwachung, die enger werdenden Grenzen der Meinungsfreiheit. Der Physiker, Jurist und Kognitionsforscher Alexander Unzicker analysiert die Herausforderungen für unser Denken im postfaktischen Zeitalter und schafft Orientierung im großen Durcheinander. Vor allem aber fordert er von uns allen mehr Mut, den eigenen Verstand zu gebrauchen - auch ohne fremde Anleitung.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658648</guid><pubDate>Mon, 10 Jun 2019 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205460/9783954716746.mp3" length="1477689" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658648 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wenn man weiß, wo der Verstand ist, hat der Tag Struktur: Anleitung zum Selberdenken in verrückten Zeiten Author: Alexander Unzicker...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658648" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658648</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wenn man weiß, wo der Verstand ist, hat der Tag Struktur: Anleitung zum Selberdenken in verrückten Zeiten Author: Alexander Unzicker Narrator: Jan Koester Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 10, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Was auch immer in den Nachrichten kommt, eines ist sicher: Wir scheitern zunehmend daran, uns ein objektives Bild der Realität zu machen. Während uns die Breaking News aus aller Welt in Atem halten, entziehen sich entscheidende Veränderungen unserer Aufmerksamkeit: Digitalisierung, Überwachung, die enger werdenden Grenzen der Meinungsfreiheit. Der Physiker, Jurist und Kognitionsforscher Alexander Unzicker analysiert die Herausforderungen für unser Denken im postfaktischen Zeitalter und schafft Orientierung im großen Durcheinander. Vor allem aber fordert er von uns allen mehr Mut, den eigenen Verstand zu gebrauchen - auch ohne fremde Anleitung.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>ckten</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ccf8764787e60a2c30c18a6864269ea6.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Arabic] - في كلّ بيت داعشي by محمد معمري</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/arabic-fy-kl-byt-da-shy-by-mhmd-m-mry--65205381</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663379" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663379</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - في كلّ بيت داعشي Author: محمد معمري Narrator: أحمد راضي Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: June  6, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  لقد أصبحت كلمة داعش مؤخرًا رمزًا للإرهاب والتطرق في أقصى صوره فكيف إذا فاجأكَ أحدهم ورمى القنبلة في وجهك وقال: يوجد في كلّ بيت داعشي !! ربّما ليس هذا ما يرمي إليه الكاتب بالحرف الواحد لكنّها إشارة الخطر حيث يبحث من خلال هذه الصفحات عن مبررات ودوافع الالتحاق بداعش من خلال سرد خمس قصص واقعية لشباب وشابات من تونس التحقوا بتنظيم 'داعش'، وما يجمع بين هذه القصص هو طريقة استقطابهم التي تمت عبر موقع التواصل الاجتماعي 'فيسبوك'. ومن هذا المنطلق، عمل الكاتب على تحليل الاستراتيجية الاتصالية لتنظيم 'داعش' من خلال ثلاثة محاور أساسية وهي الترغيب والترهيب والإقناع عبر إنتاج مضامين على الشبكة تركز على هذه المحاور، ومن خلال استغلال مواقع 'يوتيوب' و'تويتر' و'فيسبوك'. في الكتاب محاولة للإجابة عن عديد من الأسئلة الحارقة حول دوافع الالتحاق بصفوف هذا التنظيم الإرهابي وخوض المعارك تحت رايته...أسئلةٌ شائكة وإجاباتٌ مريعة !!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663379</guid><pubDate>Thu, 06 Jun 2019 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205381/9789178593453.mp3" length="2437195" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663379 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - في كلّ بيت داعشي Author: محمد معمري Narrator: أحمد راضي Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: June  6, 2019...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663379" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663379</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - في كلّ بيت داعشي Author: محمد معمري Narrator: أحمد راضي Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: June  6, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  لقد أصبحت كلمة داعش مؤخرًا رمزًا للإرهاب والتطرق في أقصى صوره فكيف إذا فاجأكَ أحدهم ورمى القنبلة في وجهك وقال: يوجد في كلّ بيت داعشي !! ربّما ليس هذا ما يرمي إليه الكاتب بالحرف الواحد لكنّها إشارة الخطر حيث يبحث من خلال هذه الصفحات عن مبررات ودوافع الالتحاق بداعش من خلال سرد خمس قصص واقعية لشباب وشابات من تونس التحقوا بتنظيم 'داعش'، وما يجمع بين هذه القصص هو طريقة استقطابهم التي تمت عبر موقع التواصل الاجتماعي 'فيسبوك'. ومن هذا المنطلق، عمل الكاتب على تحليل الاستراتيجية الاتصالية لتنظيم 'داعش' من خلال ثلاثة محاور أساسية وهي الترغيب والترهيب والإقناع عبر إنتاج مضامين على الشبكة تركز على هذه المحاور، ومن خلال استغلال مواقع 'يوتيوب' و'تويتر' و'فيسبوك'. في الكتاب محاولة للإجابة عن عديد من الأسئلة الحارقة حول دوافع الالتحاق بصفوف هذا التنظيم الإرهابي وخوض المعارك تحت رايته...أسئلةٌ شائكة وإجاباتٌ مريعة !!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/830f885ee1773ce831684db71fa3a67d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Wir sind immer die Guten: Ansichten eines Putinverstehers oder wie der Kalte Krieg neu entfacht wird by Paul Schreyer, Mathias Br</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-wir-sind-immer-die-guten-ansichten-eines-putinverstehers-oder-wie-der-kalte-krieg-neu-entfacht-wird-by-paul-schreyer-mathias-br--65205454</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658423" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658423</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wir sind immer die Guten: Ansichten eines Putinverstehers oder wie der Kalte Krieg neu entfacht wird Author: Paul Schreyer, Mathias Bröckers Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: March 29, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Ein gescheitertes Abkommen mit der EU führte vor fünf Jahren zu den Maidan-Protesten in der Ukraine und Europa in eine der gefährlichsten Krisen der vergangenen Jahrzehnten. In dieser komplett überarbeiteten und erweiterten Neuausgabe analysieren Mathias Bröckers und Paul Schreyer den historischen Hintergrund des Ukraine-Konflikts, die Rolle der Geopolitik und gehen der Frage nach, wer die realen Akteure in diesem tödlichen Spiel sind und welche Interessen sie verfolgen.  » Ein lautstarker Appell an die Werte einer offenen Gesellschaft und ein überzeugendes Plädoyer für verantwortungsvolle Politik.«  NDR Info]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658423</guid><pubDate>Fri, 29 Mar 2019 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205454/9783954716852.mp3" length="1477693" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658423 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wir sind immer die Guten: Ansichten eines Putinverstehers oder wie der Kalte Krieg neu entfacht wird Author: Paul Schreyer, Mathias Bröckers...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658423" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658423</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wir sind immer die Guten: Ansichten eines Putinverstehers oder wie der Kalte Krieg neu entfacht wird Author: Paul Schreyer, Mathias Bröckers Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: March 29, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Ein gescheitertes Abkommen mit der EU führte vor fünf Jahren zu den Maidan-Protesten in der Ukraine und Europa in eine der gefährlichsten Krisen der vergangenen Jahrzehnten. In dieser komplett überarbeiteten und erweiterten Neuausgabe analysieren Mathias Bröckers und Paul Schreyer den historischen Hintergrund des Ukraine-Konflikts, die Rolle der Geopolitik und gehen der Frage nach, wer die realen Akteure in diesem tödlichen Spiel sind und welche Interessen sie verfolgen.  » Ein lautstarker Appell an die Werte einer offenen Gesellschaft und ein überzeugendes Plädoyer für verantwortungsvolle Politik.«  NDR Info]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/3ef92d14fe801117a12f1c5dd6687766.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Konterrevolution: Der Rückzug des liberalen Europa by Jan Zielonka</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-konterrevolution-der-ruckzug-des-liberalen-europa-by-jan-zielonka--65205430</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658796" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658796</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Konterrevolution: Der Rückzug des liberalen Europa Author: Jan Zielonka Narrator: Sebastian Pappenberger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 52 minutes Release date: February 13, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In vielen europäischen Ländern sind rechte Bewegungen im Aufwind. Oder mit den Worten Jan Zielonkas: Eine Konterrevolution ist in Gang gekommen. Im Jahr 1990 sah das noch ganz anders aus. Der Eiserne Vorhang war gefallen und Zielonkas Lehrer Ralf Dahrendorf begrüßte eine Revolution in Europa; es herrschten Euphorie und Aufbruchsstimmung.  Mittlerweile liegt die Europäische Union in Scherben, weil die politischen Eliten marktradikalen Ideen nachgelaufen sind und die liberale Demokratie verraten haben. Zielonka unterzieht die Entwicklungen einer unerbittlichen Analyse und formuliert ein starkes Plädoyer für eine offene Gesellschaft und eine Neuerfindung Europas.  Zielonkas Buch spitzt eine Debatte zu. FAZ]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658796</guid><pubDate>Wed, 13 Feb 2019 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205430/9783954716586.mp3" length="1477609" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658796 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Konterrevolution: Der Rückzug des liberalen Europa Author: Jan Zielonka Narrator: Sebastian Pappenberger Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658796" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658796</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Konterrevolution: Der Rückzug des liberalen Europa Author: Jan Zielonka Narrator: Sebastian Pappenberger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 52 minutes Release date: February 13, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In vielen europäischen Ländern sind rechte Bewegungen im Aufwind. Oder mit den Worten Jan Zielonkas: Eine Konterrevolution ist in Gang gekommen. Im Jahr 1990 sah das noch ganz anders aus. Der Eiserne Vorhang war gefallen und Zielonkas Lehrer Ralf Dahrendorf begrüßte eine Revolution in Europa; es herrschten Euphorie und Aufbruchsstimmung.  Mittlerweile liegt die Europäische Union in Scherben, weil die politischen Eliten marktradikalen Ideen nachgelaufen sind und die liberale Demokratie verraten haben. Zielonka unterzieht die Entwicklungen einer unerbittlichen Analyse und formuliert ein starkes Plädoyer für eine offene Gesellschaft und eine Neuerfindung Europas.  Zielonkas Buch spitzt eine Debatte zu. FAZ]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>ckzug</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b40b17a9e1c2ce1662cc8f0011bdf6d6.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Arabic] - القضية الكردية.. إشكالية بناء الدولة by عمار عباس محمود</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/arabic-alqdyt-alkrdyt-ashkalyt-bna-aldwlt-by-mar-bas-mhmwd--65205337</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/661568" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/661568</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - القضية الكردية.. إشكالية بناء الدولة Author: عمار عباس محمود Narrator: ديالا كلتوم Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes Release date: December 19, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  يعتقد الأكراد أنهم أكبر 'أمة' بدون دولة في العالم المعاصر، وهم لم يندمجوا في أي من الدول الموجودين فيها، ولكنهم اجتمعوا تحت اسم (الحركة التحررية القومية الكردية)، وهذه دلالة واضحة على أنهم يشعرون بأن وطنهم محتل، ويعدون هذه الأنظمة السياسية الحاكمة في هذه الدول (سلطات إحتلال). بدأ الشعور القومي ينتشر بين المتعلمين والوطنيين من التجار ورجال الأعمال، وهذا أدى إلى نمو النزعة القومية عند الأكراد. وازداد هذا الشعور بعد إنهيار دولة الخلافة العثمانية بعد الحرب العالمية الأولى (1914 – 1918)، والذي أدى إلى إعادة ترتيب حدود الدول واستحداث بعضها بموجب معاهدة 'سايكس/ بيكو'، وبهذا توزع الأكراد على خارطة أربع دول هي تركيا والعراق وسوريا وإيران، بعد أن كانوا ضمن الدولة العثمانية والدولة الصفوية. تكمن أهم معوقات إقامة الدولة الكردية، في تضارب المواقف الكردية والتباينات الأيديولوجية والحزبية، فالأحزاب الكردية العراقية كثيرًا ما كانت تتقاتل فيما بينها، وكثيرًا ما كانت تنشق على نفسها، ومن ثم فإن السعي نحو دولة مستقلة قد يؤجج هذه الخصومات، وهو ما سيؤول إلى مزيد من الخلافات، خاصة في ظل حاجتهم إلى إعادة هيكلة قواتهم العسكرية، التي لا تزال هي الأخرى منقسمة. تتطور الأحداث وتتغير المعطيات على ساحة السياسة العالمية. وعلى وقع التطورات الجارية في المنطقة الآن، فثمة إقتناع لدى الأكراد يترسخ يومًا بعد يوم بأنهم أمام فرصة تاريخية قد لا تتكرر لتحقيق حلمهم، القديم الجديد، بإنشاء دولة للأمة الكردية.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/661568</guid><pubDate>Wed, 19 Dec 2018 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205337/9789178074334.mp3" length="2437246" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/661568 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - القضية الكردية.. إشكالية بناء الدولة Author: عمار عباس محمود Narrator: ديالا كلتوم Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/661568" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/661568</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - القضية الكردية.. إشكالية بناء الدولة Author: عمار عباس محمود Narrator: ديالا كلتوم Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes Release date: December 19, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  يعتقد الأكراد أنهم أكبر 'أمة' بدون دولة في العالم المعاصر، وهم لم يندمجوا في أي من الدول الموجودين فيها، ولكنهم اجتمعوا تحت اسم (الحركة التحررية القومية الكردية)، وهذه دلالة واضحة على أنهم يشعرون بأن وطنهم محتل، ويعدون هذه الأنظمة السياسية الحاكمة في هذه الدول (سلطات إحتلال). بدأ الشعور القومي ينتشر بين المتعلمين والوطنيين من التجار ورجال الأعمال، وهذا أدى إلى نمو النزعة القومية عند الأكراد. وازداد هذا الشعور بعد إنهيار دولة الخلافة العثمانية بعد الحرب العالمية الأولى (1914 – 1918)، والذي أدى إلى إعادة ترتيب حدود الدول واستحداث بعضها بموجب معاهدة 'سايكس/ بيكو'، وبهذا توزع الأكراد على خارطة أربع دول هي تركيا والعراق وسوريا وإيران، بعد أن كانوا ضمن الدولة العثمانية والدولة الصفوية. تكمن أهم معوقات إقامة الدولة الكردية، في تضارب المواقف الكردية والتباينات الأيديولوجية والحزبية، فالأحزاب الكردية العراقية كثيرًا ما كانت تتقاتل فيما بينها، وكثيرًا ما كانت تنشق على نفسها، ومن ثم فإن السعي نحو دولة مستقلة قد يؤجج هذه الخصومات، وهو ما سيؤول إلى مزيد من الخلافات، خاصة في ظل حاجتهم إلى إعادة هيكلة قواتهم العسكرية، التي لا تزال هي الأخرى منقسمة. تتطور الأحداث وتتغير المعطيات على ساحة السياسة العالمية. وعلى وقع التطورات الجارية في المنطقة الآن، فثمة إقتناع لدى الأكراد يترسخ يومًا بعد يوم بأنهم أمام فرصة تاريخية قد لا تتكرر لتحقيق حلمهم، القديم الجديد، بإنشاء دولة للأمة الكردية.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b8a73c8513a9dc23dd3afa0cb7242c48.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Kampf oder Untergang!: Warum wir gegen die Herren der Menschheit aufstehen müssen by Emran Feroz, Noam Chomsky</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-kampf-oder-untergang-warum-wir-gegen-die-herren-der-menschheit-aufstehen-mussen-by-emran-feroz-noam-chomsky--65205432</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658701" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658701</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Kampf oder Untergang!: Warum wir gegen die Herren der Menschheit aufstehen müssen Author: Emran Feroz, Noam Chomsky Narrator: Sebastian Pappenberger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: December  3, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Noam Chomsky ist einer der wichtigsten Denker der Gegenwart. Der emeritierte MIT-Professor am weltbekannten Massachusetts Institute of Technology gilt als ein Mann für alles. In diesem Buch spricht Chomsky über die großen Fragen: Warum herrscht auf unserer Welt weiterhin so viel Ungleichheit? Leben wir bereits in der Dystopie? Steht die Menschheit am Rande der Selbstauslöschung? Warum begehren die 99 Prozent nicht gegen die Eliten, die Herren der Menschheit, wie Chomsky sie einst nannte, auf? Kaum jemand kann all dies besser beurteilen als Noam Chomsky, der fast ein ganzes Jahrhundert Revolution, Revolte, Krieg und Zerstörung hinter sich hat und dennoch optimistisch ist. Das sollte uns alle ermutigen weiterzumachen, denn einen anderen Ausweg haben wir nicht.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658701</guid><pubDate>Mon, 03 Dec 2018 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205432/9783954716395.mp3" length="1477677" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658701 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Kampf oder Untergang!: Warum wir gegen die Herren der Menschheit aufstehen müssen Author: Emran Feroz, Noam Chomsky Narrator: Sebastian...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658701" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658701</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Kampf oder Untergang!: Warum wir gegen die Herren der Menschheit aufstehen müssen Author: Emran Feroz, Noam Chomsky Narrator: Sebastian Pappenberger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: December  3, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Noam Chomsky ist einer der wichtigsten Denker der Gegenwart. Der emeritierte MIT-Professor am weltbekannten Massachusetts Institute of Technology gilt als ein Mann für alles. In diesem Buch spricht Chomsky über die großen Fragen: Warum herrscht auf unserer Welt weiterhin so viel Ungleichheit? Leben wir bereits in der Dystopie? Steht die Menschheit am Rande der Selbstauslöschung? Warum begehren die 99 Prozent nicht gegen die Eliten, die Herren der Menschheit, wie Chomsky sie einst nannte, auf? Kaum jemand kann all dies besser beurteilen als Noam Chomsky, der fast ein ganzes Jahrhundert Revolution, Revolte, Krieg und Zerstörung hinter sich hat und dennoch optimistisch ist. Das sollte uns alle ermutigen weiterzumachen, denn einen anderen Ausweg haben wir nicht.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>ssen</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6dffa3d8bc0f1732a8612be9c4598040.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Warum schweigen die Lämmer?: Wie Elitendemokratie und Neoliberalismus unsere Gesellschaft und unsere Lebensgrundlagen bedrohen by</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-warum-schweigen-die-lammer-wie-elitendemokratie-und-neoliberalismus-unsere-gesellschaft-und-unsere-lebensgrundlagen-bedrohen-by--65205358</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658918" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658918</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Warum schweigen die Lämmer?: Wie Elitendemokratie und Neoliberalismus unsere Gesellschaft und unsere Lebensgrundlagen bedrohen Author: Rainer Mausfeld Narrator: Josef Vossenkuhl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 7 minutes Release date: October  2, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In den vergangenen Jahrzehnten wurde die Demokratie in einer beispiellosen Weise ausgehöhlt. Demokratie wurde durch die Illusion von Demokratie ersetzt, die freie öffentliche Debatte durch ein Meinungs- und Empörungsmanagement, das Leitideal des mündigen Bürgers durch das des politisch apathischen Konsumenten. Wahlen spielen mittlerweile für grundlegende politische Fragen praktisch keine Rolle mehr. Die wichtigen politischen Fragen werden von politisch-ökonomischen Gruppierungen entschieden, die weder demokratisch legitimiert noch demokratisch rechenschaftspflichtig sind. Die destruktiven ökologischen, sozialen und psychischen Folgen dieser Form der Elitenherrschaft bedrohen immer mehr unsere Gesellschaft und unsere Lebensgrundlagen. Rainer Mausfeld deckt die Systematik dieser Indoktrination auf, zeigt dabei auch Ihre historischen Konstanten und macht uns sensibel für die vielfältigen psychologischen Beeinflussungsmethoden.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658918</guid><pubDate>Tue, 02 Oct 2018 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205358/9783954716364.mp3" length="1477735" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658918 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Warum schweigen die Lämmer?: Wie Elitendemokratie und Neoliberalismus unsere Gesellschaft und unsere Lebensgrundlagen bedrohen Author:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658918" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658918</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Warum schweigen die Lämmer?: Wie Elitendemokratie und Neoliberalismus unsere Gesellschaft und unsere Lebensgrundlagen bedrohen Author: Rainer Mausfeld Narrator: Josef Vossenkuhl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 7 minutes Release date: October  2, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In den vergangenen Jahrzehnten wurde die Demokratie in einer beispiellosen Weise ausgehöhlt. Demokratie wurde durch die Illusion von Demokratie ersetzt, die freie öffentliche Debatte durch ein Meinungs- und Empörungsmanagement, das Leitideal des mündigen Bürgers durch das des politisch apathischen Konsumenten. Wahlen spielen mittlerweile für grundlegende politische Fragen praktisch keine Rolle mehr. Die wichtigen politischen Fragen werden von politisch-ökonomischen Gruppierungen entschieden, die weder demokratisch legitimiert noch demokratisch rechenschaftspflichtig sind. Die destruktiven ökologischen, sozialen und psychischen Folgen dieser Form der Elitenherrschaft bedrohen immer mehr unsere Gesellschaft und unsere Lebensgrundlagen. Rainer Mausfeld deckt die Systematik dieser Indoktrination auf, zeigt dabei auch Ihre historischen Konstanten und macht uns sensibel für die vielfältigen psychologischen Beeinflussungsmethoden.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e9cc1276ad0556059f33c0b098202bcf.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Die GEZ-Lüge: erkennen - erwachen - verändern by Heiko Schrang</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-die-gez-luge-erkennen-erwachen-verandern-by-heiko-schrang--65205402</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658568" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658568</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die GEZ-Lüge: erkennen - erwachen - verändern Author: Heiko Schrang Narrator: Armand Presser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 41 minutes Release date: June 13, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Stellt euch vor, es gibt einen Rundfunkbeitrag und keiner zahlt ihn.  Dem Erfolgsautor Heiko Schrang wurde mit Gefängnis gedroht, da er sich aus Gewissensgründen weigerte, den Rundfunkbeitrag zu entrichten. Die Geschichte sorgte für große mediale Aufmerksamkeit, was zur Folge hatte, dass unzählige Menschen sich ermutigt sahen, seinem Beispiel zu folgen.   Dieses Buch ist ein Befreiungsschlag aus Gewissensgründen, die uns auferlegten Ketten aus Lügen, Manipulation und Kriegshetze abzureißen. Es demaskiert das System hinter dem Zwangsbeitrag:  - Warum Intendanten mehr verdienen als die Bundeskanzlerin. - Warum nur ein geringer Teil der 8,3 Milliarden Einnahmen dem Fernsehprogramm zugutekommt.  - 4,9 Millionen Menschen setzen bereits ein Zeichen und zahlen den Zwangsbeitrag nicht. - Konkrete Anleitung, wie wir uns zur Wehr setzen können.  Leistet auch Ihr Zivilcourage und empfehlt dieses Buch weiter, damit noch mehr Menschen die wahren Hintergründe des untergehenden GEZ-Systems erkennen.  „Du wirst vielleicht sagen, ich sei ein Träumer. Aber ich bin nicht der Einzige! Und ich hoffe, eines Tages wirst auch Du einer von uns sein.“ (John Lennon: Imagine)   Dieses Buch ist ein Aufruf zur Zivilcourage!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658568</guid><pubDate>Wed, 13 Jun 2018 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205402/9783954716500.mp3" length="1477565" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658568 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die GEZ-Lüge: erkennen - erwachen - verändern Author: Heiko Schrang Narrator: Armand Presser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 41...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658568" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658568</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die GEZ-Lüge: erkennen - erwachen - verändern Author: Heiko Schrang Narrator: Armand Presser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 41 minutes Release date: June 13, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Stellt euch vor, es gibt einen Rundfunkbeitrag und keiner zahlt ihn.  Dem Erfolgsautor Heiko Schrang wurde mit Gefängnis gedroht, da er sich aus Gewissensgründen weigerte, den Rundfunkbeitrag zu entrichten. Die Geschichte sorgte für große mediale Aufmerksamkeit, was zur Folge hatte, dass unzählige Menschen sich ermutigt sahen, seinem Beispiel zu folgen.   Dieses Buch ist ein Befreiungsschlag aus Gewissensgründen, die uns auferlegten Ketten aus Lügen, Manipulation und Kriegshetze abzureißen. Es demaskiert das System hinter dem Zwangsbeitrag:  - Warum Intendanten mehr verdienen als die Bundeskanzlerin. - Warum nur ein geringer Teil der 8,3 Milliarden Einnahmen dem Fernsehprogramm zugutekommt.  - 4,9 Millionen Menschen setzen bereits ein Zeichen und zahlen den Zwangsbeitrag nicht. - Konkrete Anleitung, wie wir uns zur Wehr setzen können.  Leistet auch Ihr Zivilcourage und empfehlt dieses Buch weiter, damit noch mehr Menschen die wahren Hintergründe des untergehenden GEZ-Systems erkennen.  „Du wirst vielleicht sagen, ich sei ein Träumer. Aber ich bin nicht der Einzige! Und ich hoffe, eines Tages wirst auch Du einer von uns sein.“ (John Lennon: Imagine)   Dieses Buch ist ein Aufruf zur Zivilcourage!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>ge</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/06a4fd8398eee3fe12b5b26cfb1de206.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Wir sind ja nicht zum Spaß hier: Reportagen, Satiren und andere Gebrauchstexte by Deniz Yücel</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-wir-sind-ja-nicht-zum-spass-hier-reportagen-satiren-und-andere-gebrauchstexte-by-deniz-yucel--65205434</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658323" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658323</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wir sind ja nicht zum Spaß hier: Reportagen, Satiren und andere Gebrauchstexte Author: Deniz Yücel Narrator: Josef Vossenkuhl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: April 18, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  »Dieser Ort«, schreibt Deniz Yücel im Februar 2017 aus dem Polizeigewahrsam in Istanbul, »hat keine Erinnerung. Alle, die ich hier kennengelernt habe – kurdische Aktivisten, Makler, Katasterbeamte, festgenommene Richter und Polizisten, Gangster – alle haben mir gesagt: ›Du musst das aufschreiben, Deniz Abi.‹ Ich habe gesagt: ›Logisch, mach ich. Ist schließlich mein Job. Wir sind ja nicht zum Spaß hier.‹«  Während seiner einjährigen Haftzeit hat Deniz Yücel – in mühsamer Kommunikation über seine Anwälte und kuratiert von der Journalistin Doris Akrap – eine Auswahl aus seinen Texten aus den vergangenen 13 Jahren zu einem ebenso klugen wie unterhaltsamen und in jeder Hinsicht abwechslungsreichen Buch zusammengestellt: Reportagen, Satiren, Polemiken, Kommentare, Glossen und andere »Gebrauchstexte aus dem Handgemenge«. Dazu kommen zwei Stücke, die er im Hochsicherheitsgefängnis Silivri Nr. 9 hierfür verfasst hat, sowie einen Beitrag seiner Frau, der Fernsehproduzentin und Lyrikerin Dilek Mayatürk Yücel.  Ob es um Journalismus geht – »Scheißefinden und Besserwissen« –, um unsere Mitbürger mit Migrationshintergrund – »Mathe für Ausländer« –, um ganz Allgemeines wie »Biokoks und Surenbingo« oder, natürlich, um die Türkei – »Der Chef, der Putsch und der Park«: Bei Yücel geht bissige Gesellschaftskritik mit einer klaren Analyse der harten Fakten einher.  »Die Beiträge, die Deniz Yücel in diesem Buch veröffentlicht hat, sind großer Journalismus. In die Tiefe gehend, prall gefüllt auch mit persönlich Erlebtem, nicht geschwätzig-feuilletonistisch überladen, sondern in den Kontext passend und von großer Einfühlsamkeit. Ich glaube an die Kraft dieses Buches.« Günter Wallraff, DER SPIEGEL]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658323</guid><pubDate>Wed, 18 Apr 2018 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205434/9783954716265.mp3" length="1477631" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658323 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wir sind ja nicht zum Spaß hier: Reportagen, Satiren und andere Gebrauchstexte Author: Deniz Yücel Narrator: Josef Vossenkuhl Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658323" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658323</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wir sind ja nicht zum Spaß hier: Reportagen, Satiren und andere Gebrauchstexte Author: Deniz Yücel Narrator: Josef Vossenkuhl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: April 18, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  »Dieser Ort«, schreibt Deniz Yücel im Februar 2017 aus dem Polizeigewahrsam in Istanbul, »hat keine Erinnerung. Alle, die ich hier kennengelernt habe – kurdische Aktivisten, Makler, Katasterbeamte, festgenommene Richter und Polizisten, Gangster – alle haben mir gesagt: ›Du musst das aufschreiben, Deniz Abi.‹ Ich habe gesagt: ›Logisch, mach ich. Ist schließlich mein Job. Wir sind ja nicht zum Spaß hier.‹«  Während seiner einjährigen Haftzeit hat Deniz Yücel – in mühsamer Kommunikation über seine Anwälte und kuratiert von der Journalistin Doris Akrap – eine Auswahl aus seinen Texten aus den vergangenen 13 Jahren zu einem ebenso klugen wie unterhaltsamen und in jeder Hinsicht abwechslungsreichen Buch zusammengestellt: Reportagen, Satiren, Polemiken, Kommentare, Glossen und andere »Gebrauchstexte aus dem Handgemenge«. Dazu kommen zwei Stücke, die er im Hochsicherheitsgefängnis Silivri Nr. 9 hierfür verfasst hat, sowie einen Beitrag seiner Frau, der Fernsehproduzentin und Lyrikerin Dilek Mayatürk Yücel.  Ob es um Journalismus geht – »Scheißefinden und Besserwissen« –, um unsere Mitbürger mit Migrationshintergrund – »Mathe für Ausländer« –, um ganz Allgemeines wie »Biokoks und Surenbingo« oder, natürlich, um die Türkei – »Der Chef, der Putsch und der Park«: Bei Yücel geht bissige Gesellschaftskritik mit einer klaren Analyse der harten Fakten einher.  »Die Beiträge, die Deniz Yücel in diesem Buch veröffentlicht hat, sind großer Journalismus. In die Tiefe gehend, prall gefüllt auch mit persönlich Erlebtem, nicht geschwätzig-feuilletonistisch überladen, sondern in den Kontext passend und von großer Einfühlsamkeit. Ich glaube an die Kraft dieses Buches.« Günter Wallraff, DER SPIEGEL]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>cel</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b163a1ea86ddb16e2111707184c601e2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Die Angst der Eliten: Wer fürchtet die Demokratie? by Paul Schreyer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-die-angst-der-eliten-wer-furchtet-die-demokratie-by-paul-schreyer--65205462</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658413" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658413</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Angst der Eliten: Wer fürchtet die Demokratie? Author: Paul Schreyer Narrator: Sebastian Pappenberger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: April  3, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Ist unsere Demokratie noch zu retten? Das System steckt in der Krise. Liegt der Ausweg in mehr direkter Demokratie? Oder ist das Volk zu dumm, um in wesentlichen Fragen selbst zu entscheiden? Lässt es sich zu leicht manipulieren und geht rechten Populisten auf den Leim? Wenn Außenseiter bei Wahlen erfolgreich sind, heißt es oft, die Bürger hätten falsch abgestimmt. Aber wer entscheidet, was richtig ist? In Deutschland gibt es freie Wahlen für alle erst seit gut hundert Jahren. Doch reichen Abstimmungen über die Zusammensetzung eines Parlamentes aus, um ein demokratisches System zu schaffen und eine Oligarchie, also eine Herrschaft der Reichen, zu verhindern? Oder gibt es vielleicht noch weitere, ganz andere wichtige Voraussetzungen für eine Demokratie, die bislang nicht erfüllt sind - weder in Deutschland noch anderswo?]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658413</guid><pubDate>Tue, 03 Apr 2018 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205462/9783954716005.mp3" length="1477591" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658413 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Angst der Eliten: Wer fürchtet die Demokratie? Author: Paul Schreyer Narrator: Sebastian Pappenberger Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658413" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658413</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Angst der Eliten: Wer fürchtet die Demokratie? Author: Paul Schreyer Narrator: Sebastian Pappenberger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: April  3, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Ist unsere Demokratie noch zu retten? Das System steckt in der Krise. Liegt der Ausweg in mehr direkter Demokratie? Oder ist das Volk zu dumm, um in wesentlichen Fragen selbst zu entscheiden? Lässt es sich zu leicht manipulieren und geht rechten Populisten auf den Leim? Wenn Außenseiter bei Wahlen erfolgreich sind, heißt es oft, die Bürger hätten falsch abgestimmt. Aber wer entscheidet, was richtig ist? In Deutschland gibt es freie Wahlen für alle erst seit gut hundert Jahren. Doch reichen Abstimmungen über die Zusammensetzung eines Parlamentes aus, um ein demokratisches System zu schaffen und eine Oligarchie, also eine Herrschaft der Reichen, zu verhindern? Oder gibt es vielleicht noch weitere, ganz andere wichtige Voraussetzungen für eine Demokratie, die bislang nicht erfüllt sind - weder in Deutschland noch anderswo?]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>rchtet</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/34e6fe37c5e4438dc7faaf65e3754a61.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Im Zeichen der Wahrheit by Heiko Schrang</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-im-zeichen-der-wahrheit-by-heiko-schrang--65205387</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658665" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658665</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Im Zeichen der Wahrheit Author: Heiko Schrang Narrator: Jacob Stark Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 43 minutes Release date: March 21, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Vier Jahre nach dem Kultbuch „Die Jahrhundertlüge, die nur Insider kennen“ erscheint endlich Heiko Schrangs lang ersehntes Werk „Im Zeichen der Wahrheit“. Dieses Buch ist ein Lichtblick in einer Welt, die viele als immer dunkler empfinden. Es beleuchtet zum ersten Mal geheimes Wissen, das jahrhundertelang unter Verschluss gehalten wurde. „Im Zeichen der Wahrheit“ deckt nicht nur die geheimen Aktivitäten der „Mächtigen“ auf, sondern ist der bewusstseinsöffnende Schlüssel zu den essenziellen Fragen des Lebens.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658665</guid><pubDate>Wed, 21 Mar 2018 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205387/9783954716227.mp3" length="1477493" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658665 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Im Zeichen der Wahrheit Author: Heiko Schrang Narrator: Jacob Stark Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 43 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658665" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658665</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Im Zeichen der Wahrheit Author: Heiko Schrang Narrator: Jacob Stark Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 43 minutes Release date: March 21, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Vier Jahre nach dem Kultbuch „Die Jahrhundertlüge, die nur Insider kennen“ erscheint endlich Heiko Schrangs lang ersehntes Werk „Im Zeichen der Wahrheit“. Dieses Buch ist ein Lichtblick in einer Welt, die viele als immer dunkler empfinden. Es beleuchtet zum ersten Mal geheimes Wissen, das jahrhundertelang unter Verschluss gehalten wurde. „Im Zeichen der Wahrheit“ deckt nicht nur die geheimen Aktivitäten der „Mächtigen“ auf, sondern ist der bewusstseinsöffnende Schlüssel zu den essenziellen Fragen des Lebens.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c4c2cf7990a1eb5048b8536849cbc416.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Deutschland außer Rand und Band: Zwischen Werteverfall, Political (In)Correctness und illegaler Migration by Petra Paulsen</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-deutschland-ausser-rand-und-band-zwischen-werteverfall-political-in-correctness-und-illegaler-migration-by-petra-paulsen--65205482</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658300" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658300</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Deutschland außer Rand und Band: Zwischen Werteverfall, Political (In)Correctness und illegaler Migration Author: Petra Paulsen Narrator: Beate Müller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 12, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Sie schrieb einen emotionalen Brief an Bundeskanzlerin Merkel, der durch die Medien ging. Über eine Million Menschen sahen ihre Botschaft auf YouTube. Spätestens seit ihrer Teilnahme an der ZDF Sendung “Wie geht's Deutschland“ wurde sie einem breiten Publikum bekannt. Die Rede ist von Petra Paulsen.  Als eine unübersehbare Zahl von Menschen aus dem Nahen Osten und Nordafrika im Herbst 2015 plötzlich unkontrolliert nach Deutschland strömte, stellte sich die Gymnasiallehrerin die Frage „Was ist hier bloß los?“. Sie machte sich auf die Suche nach den Hintergründen einer Entwicklung, die sich immer mehr als ein Verhängnis abzeichnet – für Deutschland wie für Europa.  Die Autorin begann, Recherchen anzustellen und Fakten zusammenzutragen. Ihre analytische Neugier überspannte dabei einen weiten thematischen Bogen: Von den katastrophalen Folgewirkungen der Zuwanderung auf die innere Sicherheit, über den sinkenden Bildungsstand, die demografische und mentale Verformung der Gesellschaft, bis zum fatalen Verlust des Geschichtsbewusstseins – vor allem aber das schicksalsschwere Versagen von Bundeskanzlerin Angela Merkel, zu deren Wählern Petra Paulsen sich einst selbst zählte.  Was daraus entstand, unterscheidet sich in mancherlei Hinsicht von den üblichen Darstellungen der Gegenwart. Dieses Buch ist ein Höhenflug an Heimatliebe, gepaart mit dem sezierenden Intellekt der Naturwissenschaftlerin, gespickt mit akribisch belegten Tatbeständen sowie spannend lesbaren und aufrüttelnden Informationen. Durch seine inhaltliche Fülle leistet es einen Beitrag zum Geschichtsverständnis dieses Jahrhunderts. Es ist ein Weckruf an alle Menschen, die nicht verstehen, was in diesem Land gerade geschieht.  Andreas Kirschhofer-Bozenhardt, Publizist und Sozialforscher  Mit einem Vorwort von Thorsten Schulte, Autor des Bestsellers Kontrollverlust.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658300</guid><pubDate>Mon, 12 Mar 2018 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205482/9783954716210.mp3" length="1477681" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658300 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Deutschland außer Rand und Band: Zwischen Werteverfall, Political (In)Correctness und illegaler Migration Author: Petra Paulsen Narrator:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658300" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658300</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Deutschland außer Rand und Band: Zwischen Werteverfall, Political (In)Correctness und illegaler Migration Author: Petra Paulsen Narrator: Beate Müller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 12, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Sie schrieb einen emotionalen Brief an Bundeskanzlerin Merkel, der durch die Medien ging. Über eine Million Menschen sahen ihre Botschaft auf YouTube. Spätestens seit ihrer Teilnahme an der ZDF Sendung “Wie geht's Deutschland“ wurde sie einem breiten Publikum bekannt. Die Rede ist von Petra Paulsen.  Als eine unübersehbare Zahl von Menschen aus dem Nahen Osten und Nordafrika im Herbst 2015 plötzlich unkontrolliert nach Deutschland strömte, stellte sich die Gymnasiallehrerin die Frage „Was ist hier bloß los?“. Sie machte sich auf die Suche nach den Hintergründen einer Entwicklung, die sich immer mehr als ein Verhängnis abzeichnet – für Deutschland wie für Europa.  Die Autorin begann, Recherchen anzustellen und Fakten zusammenzutragen. Ihre analytische Neugier überspannte dabei einen weiten thematischen Bogen: Von den katastrophalen Folgewirkungen der Zuwanderung auf die innere Sicherheit, über den sinkenden Bildungsstand, die demografische und mentale Verformung der Gesellschaft, bis zum fatalen Verlust des Geschichtsbewusstseins – vor allem aber das schicksalsschwere Versagen von Bundeskanzlerin Angela Merkel, zu deren Wählern Petra Paulsen sich einst selbst zählte.  Was daraus entstand, unterscheidet sich in mancherlei Hinsicht von den üblichen Darstellungen der Gegenwart. Dieses Buch ist ein Höhenflug an Heimatliebe, gepaart mit dem sezierenden Intellekt der Naturwissenschaftlerin, gespickt mit akribisch belegten Tatbeständen sowie spannend lesbaren und aufrüttelnden Informationen. Durch seine inhaltliche Fülle leistet es einen Beitrag zum Geschichtsverständnis dieses Jahrhunderts. Es ist ein Weckruf an alle Menschen, die nicht verstehen, was in diesem Land gerade geschieht.  Andreas Kirschhofer-Bozenhardt, Publizist und Sozialforscher  Mit einem Vorwort von Thorsten Schulte, Autor des Bestsellers Kontrollverlust.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f3488db975603077b26b2c7d13205f6f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Im Spinnennetz der Geheimdienste: Warum wurden Olof Palme, Uwe Barschel und William Colby ermordet? by Patrik Baab, Robert E. Har</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-im-spinnennetz-der-geheimdienste-warum-wurden-olof-palme-uwe-barschel-und-william-colby-ermordet-by-patrik-baab-robert-e-har--65205450</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658865" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658865</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Im Spinnennetz der Geheimdienste: Warum wurden Olof Palme, Uwe Barschel und William Colby ermordet? Author: Patrik Baab, Robert E. Harkavy Narrator: Patrick Zwingmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 56 minutes Release date: January  5, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Warum starb Uwe Barschel? Geheimdienste wie CIA, FSB, Mossad oder BND sind für uns schlicht eine verbotene Zone, in der nicht nur diskret spioniert, sondern auch die blutige Drecksarbeit streng geheim erledigt wird. Robert E. Harkavy und Patrik Baab werfen mit ihrem Buch ein helles Licht auf die verdeckten Operationen dieser Schattenkrieger. Am Beispiel der bis heute ungeklärten Todesfälle von Olof Palme, Uwe Barschel und William Colby beleuchten sie die Strippenzieher und Hintergründe. Sie haben Quellen aus fünf verschiedenen Geheimdiensten angezapft, zahlreiche ehemalige Geheimdienstler interviewt und führen die drei Todesfälle zusammen vor dem Hintergrund der Iran-Contra-Affäre und eines Schattenkrieges der CIA, dessen größter Teil immer noch im Dunkeln liegt. Ein spannender Spionage-Thriller, der leider finstere Realität ist.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658865</guid><pubDate>Fri, 05 Jan 2018 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205450/9783954715916.mp3" length="1477695" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658865 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Im Spinnennetz der Geheimdienste: Warum wurden Olof Palme, Uwe Barschel und William Colby ermordet? Author: Patrik Baab, Robert E. Harkavy...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658865" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658865</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Im Spinnennetz der Geheimdienste: Warum wurden Olof Palme, Uwe Barschel und William Colby ermordet? Author: Patrik Baab, Robert E. Harkavy Narrator: Patrick Zwingmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 56 minutes Release date: January  5, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Warum starb Uwe Barschel? Geheimdienste wie CIA, FSB, Mossad oder BND sind für uns schlicht eine verbotene Zone, in der nicht nur diskret spioniert, sondern auch die blutige Drecksarbeit streng geheim erledigt wird. Robert E. Harkavy und Patrik Baab werfen mit ihrem Buch ein helles Licht auf die verdeckten Operationen dieser Schattenkrieger. Am Beispiel der bis heute ungeklärten Todesfälle von Olof Palme, Uwe Barschel und William Colby beleuchten sie die Strippenzieher und Hintergründe. Sie haben Quellen aus fünf verschiedenen Geheimdiensten angezapft, zahlreiche ehemalige Geheimdienstler interviewt und führen die drei Todesfälle zusammen vor dem Hintergrund der Iran-Contra-Affäre und eines Schattenkrieges der CIA, dessen größter Teil immer noch im Dunkeln liegt. Ein spannender Spionage-Thriller, der leider finstere Realität ist.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ca60b279793e56542df28e772f09ddb8.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Couragiert gegen den Strom: Über Goethe, die Macht und die Zukunft by Sahra Wagenknecht</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-couragiert-gegen-den-strom-uber-goethe-die-macht-und-die-zukunft-by-sahra-wagenknecht--65205397</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658503" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658503</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Couragiert gegen den Strom: Über Goethe, die Macht und die Zukunft Author: Sahra Wagenknecht Narrator: Ursula Berlinghof Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: September  1, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Lest mehr Goethe! Goethe ist ohne Zweifel einer der frühesten, feinsinnigsten und tiefgründigsten Kritiker, die der Kapitalismus je hatte. Er hat die existenzielle Bedrohung von Kultur, Zivilisation und Humanität in einer durchkommerzialisierten Gesellschaft geradezu prophetisch vorhergesehen. Ihm graute vor Verhältnissen, in 'denen sich alles rechnen' muss. Das hinderte ihn nicht, die gewaltigen produktiven Potenziale der neuen Ordnung anzuerkennen. Goethe war kein rückwärtsgewandter Verweigerer, sondern weitsichtig genug, über eine Moderne jenseits des Kapitalismus schon nachzudenken, als dies er sich gerade zu etablieren begann. Sahra Wagenknecht]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658503</guid><pubDate>Fri, 01 Sep 2017 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205397/9783954715725.mp3" length="1477605" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658503 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Couragiert gegen den Strom: Über Goethe, die Macht und die Zukunft Author: Sahra Wagenknecht Narrator: Ursula Berlinghof Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658503" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658503</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Couragiert gegen den Strom: Über Goethe, die Macht und die Zukunft Author: Sahra Wagenknecht Narrator: Ursula Berlinghof Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: September  1, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Lest mehr Goethe! Goethe ist ohne Zweifel einer der frühesten, feinsinnigsten und tiefgründigsten Kritiker, die der Kapitalismus je hatte. Er hat die existenzielle Bedrohung von Kultur, Zivilisation und Humanität in einer durchkommerzialisierten Gesellschaft geradezu prophetisch vorhergesehen. Ihm graute vor Verhältnissen, in 'denen sich alles rechnen' muss. Das hinderte ihn nicht, die gewaltigen produktiven Potenziale der neuen Ordnung anzuerkennen. Goethe war kein rückwärtsgewandter Verweigerer, sondern weitsichtig genug, über eine Moderne jenseits des Kapitalismus schon nachzudenken, als dies er sich gerade zu etablieren begann. Sahra Wagenknecht]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>ber</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/45c7ad452f7ef4efaaa76c9193a765ac.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Lückenpresse: Das Ende des Journalismus, wie wir ihn kannten by Ulrich Teusch</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-luckenpresse-das-ende-des-journalismus-wie-wir-ihn-kannten-by-ulrich-teusch--65205445</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658478" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658478</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Lückenpresse: Das Ende des Journalismus, wie wir ihn kannten Author: Ulrich Teusch Narrator: Andreas Denk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: December  1, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Ist die Kritik an die etablierten Medien berechtigt oder Paranoia á la Lügenpresse“? Die etablierten Medien stecken in einer massiven Glaubwürdigkeitskrise. Teile des Publikums proben den Aufstand, öffentliche und veröffentlichte Meinung driften auseinander. Nicht nur hierzulande, auch in vielen Ländern geraten die angeblichen Leitmedien unter Beschuss. Stein des Anstoßes sind die Inhalte - Stichwort Lügenpresse. Doch sind Lügen wirklich das Problem? Ulrich Teusch stellt zwei andere, weit gravierendere Faktoren ins Zentrum seiner Analyse: die Unterdrückung wesentlicher Informationen und das Messen mit zweierlei Maß. Beide Defizite sind in unserem Mediensystem strukturell verankert. Wenn sich daran nichts ändert, wird sich das Siechtum der Mainstreammedien fortsetzen. Und der Journalismus, wie wir ihn kannten, wird bald der Vergangenheit angehören.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658478</guid><pubDate>Thu, 01 Dec 2016 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205445/9783954715251.mp3" length="1477591" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658478 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Lückenpresse: Das Ende des Journalismus, wie wir ihn kannten Author: Ulrich Teusch Narrator: Andreas Denk Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658478" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658478</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Lückenpresse: Das Ende des Journalismus, wie wir ihn kannten Author: Ulrich Teusch Narrator: Andreas Denk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: December  1, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Ist die Kritik an die etablierten Medien berechtigt oder Paranoia á la Lügenpresse“? Die etablierten Medien stecken in einer massiven Glaubwürdigkeitskrise. Teile des Publikums proben den Aufstand, öffentliche und veröffentlichte Meinung driften auseinander. Nicht nur hierzulande, auch in vielen Ländern geraten die angeblichen Leitmedien unter Beschuss. Stein des Anstoßes sind die Inhalte - Stichwort Lügenpresse. Doch sind Lügen wirklich das Problem? Ulrich Teusch stellt zwei andere, weit gravierendere Faktoren ins Zentrum seiner Analyse: die Unterdrückung wesentlicher Informationen und das Messen mit zweierlei Maß. Beide Defizite sind in unserem Mediensystem strukturell verankert. Wenn sich daran nichts ändert, wird sich das Siechtum der Mainstreammedien fortsetzen. Und der Journalismus, wie wir ihn kannten, wird bald der Vergangenheit angehören.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>ckenpresse</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a849c1e7eaf9c453dd83ffc08c12f4a8.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Der Fall Erdogan: Wie uns Merkel an einen Autokraten verkauft by Sevim Dagdelen</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-der-fall-erdogan-wie-uns-merkel-an-einen-autokraten-verkauft-by-sevim-dagdelen--65205435</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658654" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658654</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der Fall Erdogan: Wie uns Merkel an einen Autokraten verkauft Author: Sevim Dagdelen Narrator: Can Dündar, Sabine Stark Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 37 minutes Release date: November 23, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Wann tritt die EU der Türkei bei?  Nach dem Scheitern des gegen ihn gerichteten Militärputsches ist der türkische Präsident Erdogan dabei, das NATO-Mitgliedsland Türkei systematisch in einen islamistischen Unterdrückungsstaat umzubauen. Rigoros geht er gegen Andersdenkende vor. Zehntausende Menschen wurden aus dem Staatsdienst entlassen, Massenverhaftungen sind an der Tagesordnung. Im Südosten dauert der Krieg gegen die Kurden an, in Syrien werden islamistische Terrorgruppen unterstützt. Warum hält Bundeskanzlerin Merkel weiter zu dem antidemokratischen Staatschef? Welchen Preis hat der EU-Türkei-Deal in Sachen Flüchtlingspolitik? Sevim Dagdelen beleuchtet die Machtverhältnisse am Bosporus und zeigt politische Alternativen zum unterwürfigen Umgang der Bundesregierung mit der Türkei auf.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658654</guid><pubDate>Wed, 23 Nov 2016 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205435/9783954715220.mp3" length="1477587" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658654 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der Fall Erdogan: Wie uns Merkel an einen Autokraten verkauft Author: Sevim Dagdelen Narrator: Can Dündar, Sabine Stark Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658654" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658654</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der Fall Erdogan: Wie uns Merkel an einen Autokraten verkauft Author: Sevim Dagdelen Narrator: Can Dündar, Sabine Stark Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 37 minutes Release date: November 23, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Wann tritt die EU der Türkei bei?  Nach dem Scheitern des gegen ihn gerichteten Militärputsches ist der türkische Präsident Erdogan dabei, das NATO-Mitgliedsland Türkei systematisch in einen islamistischen Unterdrückungsstaat umzubauen. Rigoros geht er gegen Andersdenkende vor. Zehntausende Menschen wurden aus dem Staatsdienst entlassen, Massenverhaftungen sind an der Tagesordnung. Im Südosten dauert der Krieg gegen die Kurden an, in Syrien werden islamistische Terrorgruppen unterstützt. Warum hält Bundeskanzlerin Merkel weiter zu dem antidemokratischen Staatschef? Welchen Preis hat der EU-Türkei-Deal in Sachen Flüchtlingspolitik? Sevim Dagdelen beleuchtet die Machtverhältnisse am Bosporus und zeigt politische Alternativen zum unterwürfigen Umgang der Bundesregierung mit der Türkei auf.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b868addd72b199e7490db5927fd93e31.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Illegale Kriege: Wie die NATO-Länder die UNO sabotieren. Eine Chronik von Kuba bis Syrien by Daniele Ganser</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-illegale-kriege-wie-die-nato-lander-die-uno-sabotieren-eine-chronik-von-kuba-bis-syrien-by-daniele-ganser--65205417</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658314" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658314</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Illegale Kriege: Wie die NATO-Länder die UNO sabotieren. Eine Chronik von Kuba bis Syrien Author: Daniele Ganser Narrator: Markus Böker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 17 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Mit der Gründung der UNO gilt ein weltweites Kriegsverbot. Nur in zwei Ausnahmen sind kriegerische Maßnahmen zugelassen (Selbstverteidigung oder Mandat des UNO-Sicherheitsrats). Die Realität ist jedoch eine ganz andere. Dieses Buch beschreibt, wie in Vergangenheit und Gegenwart illegale Kriege geführt werden. Es zeigt, wie die Regeln der UNO und vor allem das Kriegsverbot gezielt sabotiert wurden und welch unrühmliche Rolle hierbei die Länder der NATO spielen. Es ist ein Buch von beklemmender Aktualität.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658314</guid><pubDate>Tue, 15 Nov 2016 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205417/9783954715022.mp3" length="1477653" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658314 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Illegale Kriege: Wie die NATO-Länder die UNO sabotieren. Eine Chronik von Kuba bis Syrien Author: Daniele Ganser Narrator: Markus Böker...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658314" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658314</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Illegale Kriege: Wie die NATO-Länder die UNO sabotieren. Eine Chronik von Kuba bis Syrien Author: Daniele Ganser Narrator: Markus Böker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 17 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Mit der Gründung der UNO gilt ein weltweites Kriegsverbot. Nur in zwei Ausnahmen sind kriegerische Maßnahmen zugelassen (Selbstverteidigung oder Mandat des UNO-Sicherheitsrats). Die Realität ist jedoch eine ganz andere. Dieses Buch beschreibt, wie in Vergangenheit und Gegenwart illegale Kriege geführt werden. Es zeigt, wie die Regeln der UNO und vor allem das Kriegsverbot gezielt sabotiert wurden und welch unrühmliche Rolle hierbei die Länder der NATO spielen. Es ist ein Buch von beklemmender Aktualität.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/51fdfa5938de1d2f97ef494090a43b8e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Europa im Erdölrausch: Die Folgen einer gefährlichen Abhängigkeit by Daniele Ganser</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-europa-im-erdolrausch-die-folgen-einer-gefahrlichen-abhangigkeit-by-daniele-ganser--65205466</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658517" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658517</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Europa im Erdölrausch: Die Folgen einer gefährlichen Abhängigkeit Author: Daniele Ganser Narrator: Markus Böker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: November  9, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  88 Millionen Fässer Erdöl werden weltweit täglich verbraucht. Das sind 44 Supertanker. Woher kommt das Öl? Wie hat es die europäische Geschichte in den letzten 150 Jahren beeinflusst? Und vor allem: Warum geht es uns jetzt aus? Daniele Ganser, Peak-Oil-Experte und Friedensforscher, legt die erste Gesamtdarstellung zu Europas Erdöl-Abhängigkeit vor. Er schildert den Beginn der Erdölindustrie, das durch billige Energie angetriebene Wirtschaftswachstum, die Erdölkrisen der 1970er-Jahre und die Hintergründe des andauernden, blutigen Kampfs ums Erdöl bis hin zu den jüngsten Kriegen im Irak und in Libyen. Absoluten Neuigkeitswert hat Gansers Nachweis, dass beim konventionellen Erdöl weltweit bereits 2005 das Fördermaximum erreicht wurde. Für heiße Diskussionen werden auch seine Szenarien zur energiepolitischen Zukunft sorgen: Spitzt sich der globale Kampf ums Erdöl zu? Gelingt den Europäern die Wende hin zu 100 Prozent erneuerbaren Energien?]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658517</guid><pubDate>Mon, 09 Nov 2015 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205466/9783954714490.mp3" length="1477587" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658517 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Europa im Erdölrausch: Die Folgen einer gefährlichen Abhängigkeit Author: Daniele Ganser Narrator: Markus Böker Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658517" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658517</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Europa im Erdölrausch: Die Folgen einer gefährlichen Abhängigkeit Author: Daniele Ganser Narrator: Markus Böker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: November  9, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  88 Millionen Fässer Erdöl werden weltweit täglich verbraucht. Das sind 44 Supertanker. Woher kommt das Öl? Wie hat es die europäische Geschichte in den letzten 150 Jahren beeinflusst? Und vor allem: Warum geht es uns jetzt aus? Daniele Ganser, Peak-Oil-Experte und Friedensforscher, legt die erste Gesamtdarstellung zu Europas Erdöl-Abhängigkeit vor. Er schildert den Beginn der Erdölindustrie, das durch billige Energie angetriebene Wirtschaftswachstum, die Erdölkrisen der 1970er-Jahre und die Hintergründe des andauernden, blutigen Kampfs ums Erdöl bis hin zu den jüngsten Kriegen im Irak und in Libyen. Absoluten Neuigkeitswert hat Gansers Nachweis, dass beim konventionellen Erdöl weltweit bereits 2005 das Fördermaximum erreicht wurde. Für heiße Diskussionen werden auch seine Szenarien zur energiepolitischen Zukunft sorgen: Spitzt sich der globale Kampf ums Erdöl zu? Gelingt den Europäern die Wende hin zu 100 Prozent erneuerbaren Energien?]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9fb22577146d1a42f89cdff6482d5459.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Nato-Geheimarmeen in Europa: Inszenierter Terror und verdeckte Kriegsführung by Daniele Ganser</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-nato-geheimarmeen-in-europa-inszenierter-terror-und-verdeckte-kriegsfuhrung-by-daniele-ganser--65205438</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658815" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658815</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Nato-Geheimarmeen in Europa: Inszenierter Terror und verdeckte Kriegsführung Author: Daniele Ganser Narrator: Markus Böker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: November  9, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Dieses Buch zeichnet ein erschreckendes Bild: Ein durch die NATO und die militärischen Geheimdienste koordiniertes Netzwerk von Geheimarmeen war bis zum Auseinanderfall der Sowjetunion in mehreren westeuropäischen Ländern in schwere Verbrechen verwickelt, darunter Mord, Folter, Staatsstreich und Terror. Daniele Ganser ist in seiner mehrjährigen Forschungsarbeit auf brisante Dokumente gestoßen: Sie belegen, dass die von den USA angeführte Militärallianz nach dem Zweiten Weltkrieg in allen Ländern Westeuropas geheime Armeen aufgebaut hat, welche von den Geheimdiensten CIA und MI6 trainiert wurden. Ihr Ziel: im Falle einer sowjetischen Invasion als Guerilla zu kämpfen, um die besetzten Länder wieder zu befreien. Doch dabei ist es nicht geblieben. Gezielt wurden Attentate gegen die eigene Bevölkerung ausgeführt, um Unsicherheit zu erzeugen und den Ruf nach einem starken Staat zu unterstützen. Sowohl die ursprüngliche Planung als auch die antikommunistisch motivierten Verbrechen sind heute der Öffentlichkeit noch weitgehend unbekannt.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658815</guid><pubDate>Mon, 09 Nov 2015 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205438/9783954714506.mp3" length="1477609" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658815 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Nato-Geheimarmeen in Europa: Inszenierter Terror und verdeckte Kriegsführung Author: Daniele Ganser Narrator: Markus Böker Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658815" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658815</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Nato-Geheimarmeen in Europa: Inszenierter Terror und verdeckte Kriegsführung Author: Daniele Ganser Narrator: Markus Böker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: November  9, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Dieses Buch zeichnet ein erschreckendes Bild: Ein durch die NATO und die militärischen Geheimdienste koordiniertes Netzwerk von Geheimarmeen war bis zum Auseinanderfall der Sowjetunion in mehreren westeuropäischen Ländern in schwere Verbrechen verwickelt, darunter Mord, Folter, Staatsstreich und Terror. Daniele Ganser ist in seiner mehrjährigen Forschungsarbeit auf brisante Dokumente gestoßen: Sie belegen, dass die von den USA angeführte Militärallianz nach dem Zweiten Weltkrieg in allen Ländern Westeuropas geheime Armeen aufgebaut hat, welche von den Geheimdiensten CIA und MI6 trainiert wurden. Ihr Ziel: im Falle einer sowjetischen Invasion als Guerilla zu kämpfen, um die besetzten Länder wieder zu befreien. Doch dabei ist es nicht geblieben. Gezielt wurden Attentate gegen die eigene Bevölkerung ausgeführt, um Unsicherheit zu erzeugen und den Ruf nach einem starken Staat zu unterstützen. Sowohl die ursprüngliche Planung als auch die antikommunistisch motivierten Verbrechen sind heute der Öffentlichkeit noch weitgehend unbekannt.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>hrung</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ceb2bf03ddb712e27bee44feabc181ef.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Krieg um jeden Preis: Gier, Machtmissbrauch und das Millardengeschäft mit dem Kampf gegen den Terror by James Risen</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-krieg-um-jeden-preis-gier-machtmissbrauch-und-das-millardengeschaft-mit-dem-kampf-gegen-den-terror-by-james-risen--65205436</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658620" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658620</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Krieg um jeden Preis: Gier, Machtmissbrauch und das Millardengeschäft mit dem Kampf gegen den Terror Author: James Risen Narrator: Andreas Denk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: September 14, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Eine beängstigende Lektüre Johanna Adorján FAS  Unter dem Deckmantel der Terrorismusbekämpfung führt die US-Regierung einen Krieg, der in keinem Verhältnis mehr zur tatsächlichen Bedrohung durch terroristische Organisationen steht. Es geht um ein Milliardengeschäft und das Interesse einiger Menschen, diesen Krieg am Laufen zu halten – koste es, was es wolle. James Risen zeigt, wer die Akteure sind. Seit 9/11 führt Amerika einen endlosen Krieg gegen den Terror, weltweit und ohne das Versprechen auf Frieden. James Risen, Journalist bei der New York Times und zweifacher Pulitzerpreisträger, offenbart in seinem neuen Buch das unvorstellbare Ausmaß der verborgenen Kosten dieses Krieges, erzählt von Profitgier und verschwendetem Geld, von unerhörtem Machtmissbrauch, von Kriegen gegen Normalität, Anstand und Wahrheit. Unter dem Deckmantel der Terrorismusbekämpfung hat die US-Regierung schändliche Dinge getan – und heute wird alles getan, um diese zu verdecken. Wer profitiert vom Krieg gegen den Terror? Wer verdient konkret daran? James Risen deckt auf.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658620</guid><pubDate>Mon, 14 Sep 2015 01:22:06 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205436/9783954714063.mp3" length="1477667" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Bud  Bergstrom</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658620 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Krieg um jeden Preis: Gier, Machtmissbrauch und das Millardengeschäft mit dem Kampf gegen den Terror Author: James Risen Narrator: Andreas...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658620" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658620</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Krieg um jeden Preis: Gier, Machtmissbrauch und das Millardengeschäft mit dem Kampf gegen den Terror Author: James Risen Narrator: Andreas Denk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: September 14, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Eine beängstigende Lektüre Johanna Adorján FAS  Unter dem Deckmantel der Terrorismusbekämpfung führt die US-Regierung einen Krieg, der in keinem Verhältnis mehr zur tatsächlichen Bedrohung durch terroristische Organisationen steht. Es geht um ein Milliardengeschäft und das Interesse einiger Menschen, diesen Krieg am Laufen zu halten – koste es, was es wolle. James Risen zeigt, wer die Akteure sind. Seit 9/11 führt Amerika einen endlosen Krieg gegen den Terror, weltweit und ohne das Versprechen auf Frieden. James Risen, Journalist bei der New York Times und zweifacher Pulitzerpreisträger, offenbart in seinem neuen Buch das unvorstellbare Ausmaß der verborgenen Kosten dieses Krieges, erzählt von Profitgier und verschwendetem Geld, von unerhörtem Machtmissbrauch, von Kriegen gegen Normalität, Anstand und Wahrheit. Unter dem Deckmantel der Terrorismusbekämpfung hat die US-Regierung schändliche Dinge getan – und heute wird alles getan, um diese zu verdecken. Wer profitiert vom Krieg gegen den Terror? Wer verdient konkret daran? James Risen deckt auf.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6c51cafef2f57a0d4daed3dd24a4b55e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item></channel></rss>
